All 9 contributions to the Finance Act 2025 (Ministerial Extracts Only)

Read Full Bill Debate Texts

Wed 27th Nov 2024
Tue 10th Dec 2024
Finance Bill
Commons Chamber

Committee of the whole House day 1
Wed 11th Dec 2024
Finance Bill
Commons Chamber

Committee of the whole House (day 2)
Tue 28th Jan 2025
Finance Bill (First sitting)
Public Bill Committees

Committee stage: 1st sitting & Committee stage
Tue 28th Jan 2025
Thu 30th Jan 2025
Thu 30th Jan 2025
Mon 3rd Mar 2025
Finance Bill
Commons Chamber

Report stage & 3rd reading
Wed 19th Mar 2025
Finance Bill
Lords Chamber

2nd reading & Committee negatived & 3rd reading

Finance Bill

(Limited Text - Ministerial Extracts only)

Read Full debate
2nd reading
Wednesday 27th November 2024

(1 year, 8 months ago)

Commons Chamber
Finance Act 2025 Read Hansard Text Watch Debate

This text is a record of ministerial contributions to a debate held as part of the Finance Act 2025 passage through Parliament.

In 1993, the House of Lords Pepper vs. Hart decision provided that statements made by Government Ministers may be taken as illustrative of legislative intent as to the interpretation of law.

This extract highlights statements made by Government Ministers along with contextual remarks by other members. The full debate can be read here

This information is provided by Parallel Parliament and does not comprise part of the offical record

James Murray Portrait The Exchequer Secretary to the Treasury (James Murray)
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

I beg to move, That the Bill be now read a Second time.

Four weeks ago today, my right hon. Friend the Chancellor delivered the first Budget of this new Government. It was a historic, once-in-a-generation Budget—a Budget to deliver economic stability, to fix the public finances and to secure a step change in investment. It was a Budget to lay the essential foundations for growth, which is this Government’s No. 1 mission.

And let’s face it, after 14 years under the Conservatives, the foundations needed some fixing. That is why our Budget is built on tough new fiscal rules that will put a stop to borrowing for day-to-day spending and get debt falling as a share of GDP. Our Budget delivers fiscal responsibility while getting the NHS and other public services back on their feet and protecting working people. That is the difference a Labour Budget makes. That is not to say that the decisions have been easy. The very opposite is true. We have taken difficult decisions on spending, welfare and tax, and this Finance Bill begins to implement some of those decisions.

Before I turn to the measures in this Bill, I will speak about what the Bill does not include. When I was a shadow Minister, shadowing the tax brief, I covered a total of six Finance Bills and probably as many Ministers. Through those Finance Bills, we saw the Conservatives repeatedly extend the freeze in the personal allowance and the higher rate threshold for income tax. The Finance Act 2021 froze income tax thresholds from 2022 until 2026, and then the Finance Act 2023 extended those freezes by another two years until 2028. The Conservatives were responsible for six consecutive years of rising taxes on working people’s payslips.

Our Government will not follow that path. In this Finance Bill, there are no tax rises on working people’s payslips, nor on many pensioners’ incomes, like those the Conservatives put into law. We have made no changes to the basic, higher and additional rates of income tax. We have made no change to the rate of VAT. And in next week’s National Insurance Contributions (Secondary Class 1 Contributions) Bill, we will make no increase to working people’s contributions. We said that we would fix the public finances while protecting working people, and that is exactly what we are doing.

We also said that we would provide stability for businesses making investment decisions, and that we would cap the rate of corporation tax. This Bill delivers on those commitments, too.

In the last Parliament, we repeatedly saw Finance Bills being used to put temporary measures in place, leading to an unstable and ever-changing investment allowances regime. At the start of the last Parliament, the annual investment allowance had been temporarily raised to £1 million. That level was extended twice on a temporary basis before finally being made permanent. Meanwhile, full expensing for expenditure on plant and machinery was also introduced on a temporary basis. And, over the last Parliament, the super-deduction came and went entirely.

We are doing things differently. Our corporate tax road map, which was published at the Budget, and the Finance Bill before us today both make it clear that we are prioritising the stability that we know businesses need to invest.

Graham Stuart Portrait Graham Stuart (Beverley and Holderness) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Does the Minister agree with Gary Smith? This was supposed to be a Budget for growth and jobs. The increased energy profits levy is driving investment out of the North sea and will not make the slightest difference to how much oil and gas we consume, yet it is estimated that it will lose £13 billion of much-needed revenue for the taxpayer. This means we will lose environmentally, fiscally and in terms of jobs. Surely even the Minister can recognise how wrong that is.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I will come to the energy profits levy in a moment, but we have engaged with the oil and gas industry to ensure that we raise the money we need for the clean energy transition while supporting investment and jobs in that industry. We recognise that oil and gas will play a part in the energy mix for years to come, but we also recognise that the industry must contribute to this essential transition.

This Bill maintains the 25% cap on corporation tax that we set out in our manifesto. It also makes no changes to the permanent full expensing regime or the annual investment allowance.

Before turning to other measures in the Bill, I note that the Leader of the Opposition has already committed to reversing several of them. If Conservative Members disagree with the difficult but necessary choices that this Government have had to make to repair the public finances and protect working people, they have every right to oppose our plans, but they must explain what choices they would make instead. So far, their new leadership has fallen at the very first hurdle of being a credible Opposition by trying to have it both ways. [Interruption.] They make plenty of noise, but I do not hear any alternatives.

The Leader of the Opposition has said that she opposes the measures in this Bill, but she also claims to support the investment that those measures fund. She says that reintroducing the VAT tax break for private school fees would be the very first thing she does if she became Prime Minister, yet she also appears to support the extra £2.3 billion that our Budget puts into state education. In fact, we have calculated that she has made unfunded pledges worth £12 million for every hour since she was appointed. By my reckoning, that is £1 million-worth of pledges since I began speaking five minutes ago.

By behaving this way, the Conservatives simply remind people how very far away they are from being a credible Opposition, and they are getting further away by the day.

Andrew Murrison Portrait Dr Andrew Murrison (South West Wiltshire) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The then Leader of the Opposition, and now Prime Minister, rightly said that his Administration would go for growth. He made it his No. 1 priority, and he inherited the fastest-growing economy in the G7. [Interruption.] The Minister shakes his head, but this is a fact. Can he say what has happened to growth since 4 July?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Every business knows that we can make investment decisions only on the basis of secure public finances and economic stability, which is why this Government’s first priority has been to wipe the slate clean of the mess we inherited from the Conservative party, to deliver economic stability and to provide the environment for businesses to make the investments on which we will grow the economy. That remains our No. 1 mission.

Paul Holmes Portrait Paul Holmes (Hamble Valley) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Will the Minister give way?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I will make some progress.

As the Chancellor set out in the Budget, we believe that before making any changes to the tax rates that people pay, it is vital that we do everything we can to close the tax gap. That is why, in the Budget, the Chancellor announced a step change in our ambition to do so, with a package raising £6.5 billion of additional tax revenue by 2029-30. This package will ensure that more of the tax that is owed is paid, and that taxpayers are supported to pay the right tax first time. Our plan involves boosting the capacity of His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs to ensure compliance and reduce debt, alongside changes to legislation, some of which this Finance Bill delivers, to remove loopholes used to reduce tax liabilities.

That is why this Bill includes measures such as introducing capital gains on the liquidation of a limited liability partnership, closing a route increasingly used to avoid paying tax. The Bill reforms rules for overseas pension transfers, closing a gap that allows individuals to transfer significant pension savings overseas tax-free. And the Bill implements the cryptoasset reporting framework, tackling complex compliance cases where a significant proportion of offshore risk sits.

In our manifesto, we said that we would take on the tax gap, and that is what we are doing in government.

Jerome Mayhew Portrait Jerome Mayhew (Broadland and Fakenham) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The Minister recognises the importance of reducing the tax gap, so will he commend the previous Conservative Government for halving the tax gap they inherited from Labour in 2010?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As we all know, efforts to close the tax gap thoroughly stalled under the previous Government, and we have brought renewed focus to this effort. It is one of our top priorities. Before increasing any tax rates, we must ensure that people pay the tax that is owed. Frankly, if the previous Government had been doing such a great job, how is it that our Government have been able to find an extra £6.5 billion to close the tax gap in our first Budget alone? That was in our manifesto, and that is what we are delivering.

In our manifesto, we made other specific commitments on tax, and I will set out now how the Bill seeks to implement them. First, let me turn to non-doms in the tax system. As right hon. and hon. Members will know, this Government believe that everyone who is a long-term resident in the UK should pay their taxes here. That is why this Government are removing the outdated concept of domicile status from the tax system, and why we are implementing a new residence-based regime from 6 April 2025. We have long argued for such a change to be made. Although the previous Government ended up being forced towards our position, they never implemented any changes. Under this Government, we will finally make the reforms necessary to make the system fit for the 21st century.

Our new regime will be internationally competitive and focused on attracting the best talent and investment to the UK. Our reforms will scrap the planned 50% reduction in foreign income subject to tax in the first year of the new regime; introduce a new residence-based regime for inheritance tax; retain and reform overseas workday relief, encouraging employees to spend more of their earnings in the UK; and extend the previously announced temporary repatriation facility to three years, from April 2025.

The new rules mean that, from April 2025, anyone who has been tax resident in the UK for more than four years will pay UK tax on their foreign income and gains, as is the case for other UK residents. That is a much simpler and clearer test than exists under the current regime. The Office for Budget Responsibility confirmed that these reforms will raise £12.7 billion in revenue over the five year forecast period. That funding is crucial for meeting our commitments to fixing the public finances.

Secondly, in government we have decided to go further than our manifesto commitment to increase the non-resident stamp duty surcharge, and we will instead increase the higher rate of stamp duty on additional dwellings, from three percentage points to five percentage points above the standard residential rate. That increase to the higher rate of stamp duty will raise more money than set out in the manifesto—a total of £310 million by 2029-30—and will go further to rebalance the housing market.

The OBR’s certified costing assumes that an increase in the higher rate of stamp duty by two percentage points is expected to result in 130,000 additional transactions over the next five years by first-time buyers and other people buying a primary residence. We estimate that approximately half those who paid a non-resident stamp duty surcharge also pay the higher rates of stamp duty, so the change will improve the comparative advantage of UK resident home movers, while ensuring that no additional barriers are faced by those coming to the UK and buying their main home.

Thirdly, the Bill delivers our manifesto commitment to introduce the 20% standard rate of VAT on private school fees. That will apply to any charges charged on or after 29 July for terms starting after 1 January 2025, and it sits alongside our changes to private schools business rates relief in the Non-Domestic Rating (Multipliers and Private Schools) Bill. Ending tax breaks for private schools is a tough but necessary decision that will secure additional funding to help the Government deliver their commitments to improve education in state schools across the country, and achieve the aspiration that every parent has for a high-quality education for their children.

Mark Sewards Portrait Mr Mark Sewards (Leeds South West and Morley) (Lab)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Is it not the case that state school parents work just as hard as private school parents, although they will never be in a financial position to be able to send their kids to private schools, and therefore it falls on this Government to fund state schools properly?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

My hon. Friend is right that every parent aspires to a high-quality education for their children, and that is exactly what this Government will achieve through the already announced £2.3 billion increase to the core schools budget for the financial year 2025-26, increasing per pupil funding in real terms. That includes £1 billion of additional funding for the special educational needs and disabilities system.

Paul Holmes Portrait Paul Holmes
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The Minister is dedicated to extolling the virtues of his manifesto. When he sat down to write the Budget with his right hon. Friend the Chancellor, did he recall whether the manifesto put to the country at the general election stated that growth forecasts under this Government would be lower than they were under the previous Government? Was the taxing of small family farms for a total revenue of £590 million in his manifesto? He is very keen on the manifesto, but did it outline that growth would be lower under this Government?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am keen on our manifesto, which delivered this Labour majority and this Labour Government. If the hon. Gentleman looks at the manifesto that we went into the election with, he will see the three words that open our pledges: “deliver economic stability”. After the mess that the previous Government made of the public finances, and the damage they did to our public services and our economy, that is crucial. Delivering economic stability, fixing the public finances and putting our public services back on a firm footing are essential to getting the investment and growth that our country badly needs.

Let me be clear about the VAT policy on private school fees: charging the standard rate of 20% does not mean that schools must increase their fees by 20%, because schools can reclaim VAT paid on inputs and reduce the cost to minimise the extent to which they need to increase fees. Many schools have already publicly committed to cap increases at 5%, or to absorb the full VAT costs themselves.

Luke Evans Portrait Dr Luke Evans (Hinckley and Bosworth) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Parents from two private schools in my area have written to me that they will have to move their children into the state system, but the problem is that there are not places in the state system to accomplish that. Will there be a dedicated fund to help those schools when pupils move? Will funds be put aside for the welfare of the kids who are being taken out of school mid-term? Figures that have been released suggest that there could be about 3,000 such pupils. Such a move will have a significant impact on their mental health and their family’s welfare, and I know this Government are committed to ensuring that children have good welfare. Will the Minister consider a ringfenced fund to help support the mental health of those kids?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the hon. Gentleman knows, mental health, more broadly, is a priority for this Government. On the policy around VAT on private school fees, the impact on pupils in private schools having to change to a state school is expected to be very limited. The Government estimate that 35,000 pupils—less than 0.5% of all state school pupils—will leave, or never enter, the private sector as a result of this policy. Those movements will take place over a number of years, and only 3,000 pupils are estimated to move within the current academic year. To put that number in context for the hon. Gentleman, every year many pupils move between schools, including between private schools and the state sector. A Department for Education report published in 2022 looking at moves between state schools and out of state schools, found that almost 60,000 moves take place every year. As he will know, pupil numbers in schools fluctuate regularly for a number of reasons, and the school funding system in England is already set up to manage that.

Chris Vince Portrait Chris Vince (Harlow) (Lab/Co-op)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Does my hon. Friend not think it ironic that Conservative Members are talking about the mental health of students? They did not consider that when they made changes to the state system. As a former teacher, I know the massive impact on young people’s mental health of the Conservative party’s decision to move from lettered grades to numbered grades at short notice, to completely change the syllabus and not to provide the resources or textbooks that teachers needed to teach those courses.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

My hon. Friend is right to point out that the lack of funding that the previous Government put into the state sector has implications. It takes a toll on children if schools are not properly funded. If the capital budgets for schools are not properly funded, as well as their revenue budgets, that has an impact on children’s lives. That is why the funding that we are putting into schools is something for which I will make no apology. The fact that we are having to take difficult decisions to fund it is the nature of government. I note that Conservative Members are happy to support our investment in state schools, but they refuse to support the difficult decisions necessary to generate that funding. Frankly, that underscores how far away they are from even being a credible Opposition.

Andrew Murrison Portrait Dr Murrison
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

On that point, will the Minister give way?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I have already given way to the right hon. Gentleman, so I will make some progress.

Within the policy, provision for pupils with special educational needs is an important matter that a several right hon. and hon. Members have raised with me. The Government recognise the importance of that too, and I am glad to confirm that where pupils have special educational needs that can only be met in private schools, as determined by an education, health and care plan in England or its equivalent in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland, local authorities and devolved Governments that fund those places will be compensated for the VAT they are charged on those pupils’ fees.

Fourthly, this Government are delivering on the manifesto commitments to increase the energy profits levy by three percentage points, from 35% to 38%, and to extend the period over which the levy applies by one year. The Government are also ending unjustifiably generous allowances by removing the levy’s core investment allowance, which was unique to oil and gas taxation and not available to any other sector of the economy. We are, however, providing stability within other features of the system, by maintaining the level of tax relief available for decarbonisation investment, by setting the rate of the allowance at 66% and by maintaining the availability of 100% first-year allowances.

Dave Doogan Portrait Dave Doogan (Angus and Perthshire Glens) (SNP)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The Minister is defending the changes that he is making to the fiscal regime as it relates to the North sea and the production of oil and gas. Can he identify another oil and gas-producing nation that taxes its industry higher than the United Kingdom does?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

We know that other countries tax in different ways. Norway has a high headline rate, although it has a different set of structures of allowances and so on. It is important for us that we calibrate the headline rate and the allowances in the right way. That is why we have taken the measured decision to increase the rate as I described, to remove the investment allowance but at the same time to retain the 100% first-year allowances and the level of relief available for decarbonisation investment.

Harriet Cross Portrait Harriet Cross (Gordon and Buchan) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Does the Minister think that that is the right balance, given that Offshore Energies UK suggests that the changes will cost £12 billion in tax revenues?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am absolutely confident, through all my engagement with OEUK and many firms that work in the oil and gas sector, that our approach strikes the right balance, as needed in our economy. It recognises that oil and gas producers will have a role in the energy mix for years to come, while also being clear that it is crucial we raise money for the energy transition. The energy profits levy seeks to achieve that by providing the money for that transition while also supporting jobs and investment in the sector, as exists at the moment.

Fifthly, the Bill delivers on our manifesto commitment around carried interest by increasing to 32% the capital gains tax rates that apply as an interim measure from 6 April next year, ahead of reforming carried interest more fully in a future Finance Bill. The reforms, which will have effect from April 2026, will ensure that the reward is taxed in line with economic characteristics. They put the tax treatment of carried interest on a fairer and more stable footing for the long term, while preserving the UK’s competitive position as a global asset management hub.

As the Chancellor set out both in July and again at the Budget, the fiscal situation we inherited was far worse than we had expected. We know that the previous Government left us with a £22 billion black hole and so we have had to take tough decisions to fix the public finances and get public services back on their feet. Some of those decisions are outside the scope of this Finance Bill and will be debated during the passage of other Bills. However, this Bill includes a number of those decisions, which we have sought to take in as fair a way as possible.

The Bill makes changes to the main rates of capital gains tax by increasing them to 18% and 24% from 30 October 2024. That decision will raise revenue while ensuring that the UK tax system remains internationally competitive. We are supporting businesses through that transition by maintaining business asset disposal relief, with its million-pound lifetime limit, and by phasing in the increase to that relief’s CGT rate, in line with the changes to investors’ relief, to 14% in April 2025 and then to 18% in April 2026.

The Bill maintains inheritance tax thresholds at their current levels for a further two years to 5 April 2030. It also legislates for air passenger duty rates for 2025-26 and for those announced in the Budget for 2026-27. From 2026-27, all rates of air passenger duty will be adjusted to partially account for previous high inflation, and that change will help maintain the value of air passenger duty rates in real terms.

Luke Evans Portrait Dr Evans
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

When it comes to flying, Ryanair has come out and said it will cut 5 million tickets because of the change. How does that help growth?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Let me put these decisions into context for the hon. Gentleman. The increase equates to £1 more for people taking domestic flights in economy class and £2 more for those flying to short-haul destinations in economy class. None of the decisions are easy, but we have to take them to fix the public finances and to get our economy back on a stable footing.

Paul Holmes Portrait Paul Holmes
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Will the Minister give way?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I will make some progress. That is the impact the changes have on domestic flights and short-haul destinations in economy class. However, in addition to the broad changes in air passenger duty rates, the higher rates for larger private jets will also increase by a further 50% to ensure they contribute fairly to the public finances.

The Bill also renews the tobacco duty escalator and enables His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs to prepare for the introduction of a new duty on vaping products. The Bill increases the soft drink industry levy over the next five years to reflect the 27% increase in consumer prices index inflation between 2018 and 2024, as well as increasing the rate in line with CPI each year from 1 April 2025. Finally, while the Bill increases alcohol duty for non-draught products, in line with retail prices index inflation, duty on qualifying draught products will be cut by 1.7% in cash terms to support pubs, and we will increase the duty discount on products that qualify for small producer relief from 1 February 2025.

The Chancellor has been clear that the Budget was a once-in-a-generation event, at which the Government took difficult but necessary decisions. By taking those tough decisions, the Budget delivers economic stability, sound public finances and stronger public services. On those foundations, we will work day in, day out across the rest of this Parliament to boost investment and growth.

Many of the measures to boost investment are being delivered outside of the Finance Bill, from the planning reform that we got under way within days of taking office to the creation of mega-funds for pension investments, which the Chancellor announced at Mansion House. The Bill introduces additional reliefs for our creative industries, for visual effects within film and high-end TV, which will play a key role in strengthening the UK as a global hub for film and TV. Likewise, the Bill introduces measures to support the transition to electric vehicles, through higher vehicle excise duty first-year rates for hybrid and internal combustion engine vehicles, which boosts the incentive for EVs, and by an extension of first-year allowances for electric cars and charge points until 2025-26.

Above and beyond any individual measures, the impact of the Bill and the Budget that it follows is to lay the foundation for greater investment and growth, through fiscal responsibility, stronger public services and economic stability. We have laid the foundations for creating wealth, jobs and opportunity in every part of this country, enabling people to meet their aspirations for themselves and their families, and making people across Britain better off.

Ben Lake Portrait Ben Lake (Ceredigion Preseli) (PC)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

One of the measures that has a bearing on the provision of public services is the increase to the employer national insurance contributions. I understand the Treasury is in discussion with the devolved Governments and local Government across England to ascertain precisely how much extra funding support is required to offset the increased cost upon their services. Will the Minister give us an update on those discussions and when he believes local authorities and, indeed, the devolved Governments will know how much money in additional support they will receive?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am afraid I will not give the hon. Gentleman inside information on any ongoing discussions between the Treasury and devolved Governments. The policy for reimbursing increases in employer national insurance contributions is well established. The last Government followed a similar process in relation to the health and social care levy, whereby Departments, employees and other direct public sector employees are typically refunded the entire increase and third parties, contractors and so on are not. As for the devolved Governments’ settlements, they have their own process to go through with the Treasury. I am sure the hon. Gentleman will understand why I cannot give a running commentary on that, but I am sure that his colleagues will pick that up.

Graham Stuart Portrait Graham Stuart
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Will the Minister give way?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I will make some progress. I have been generous in giving way to the right hon. Gentleman in particular. [Interruption.] All right, go on, then.

Graham Stuart Portrait Graham Stuart
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am grateful to the Minister, who has shown his customary good humour and good will to the Chamber. He is unable to discuss the precise numbers for the devolved Governments, but can he confirm what the overall cost is to the Exchequer of compensating the public sector for the impact of NICs? I believe it is around £5.9 billion, but I want to check with the Minister that that is correct.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I regret giving way to the right hon. Gentleman. I invite him to return to the Chamber next Tuesday for the Second Reading of the National Insurance Contributions (Secondary Class 1 Contributions) Bill, when I will also be speaking. We can have a full debate on national insurance then, which I am sure he and his colleagues are looking forward to. I hope they will support it in the Lobby because, no doubt, they support the extra investment in the NHS which that decision funds. I thank him in advance for signalling his good grace and support for our measures.

After we were elected, we said that we would take the difficult decisions necessary to fix the public finances. We said that we would close the tax gap, implement our manifesto pledges and protect working people. We said that we would deliver economic stability, fiscal responsibility and the certainty that businesses need to invest and grow. This Bill plays a central role in achieving those goals and I commend it to the House.

Nusrat Ghani Portrait Madam Deputy Speaker (Ms Nusrat Ghani)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I call the shadow Chancellor.

--- Later in debate ---
Tulip Siddiq Portrait The Economic Secretary to the Treasury (Tulip Siddiq)
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

Just as it was an honour to close the Budget debate on behalf of the Government, it is an honour to close the debate on Second Reading of the Finance Bill—the first Finance Bill by a Labour Government in 14 years. I thank hon. Members for their contributions, and look forward to hearing further contributions during the Committee of the whole House and the Bill’s remaining passages, alongside the Exchequer Secretary to the Treasury.

Before I address the numerous points raised in the debate, it is worth reflecting briefly on the points made by the Exchequer Secretary in his opening remarks on what the Bill will achieve. The Bill legislates for key measures in the Budget—a Budget in which we took tough decisions on tax, spending and welfare to restore Britain’s economic stability. The Bill delivers on our manifesto commitments and starts the work of moving to a fairer, more sustainable tax system while raising the revenue needed to adequately fund our public services. The Government have taken a balanced approach that will create a fairer system while still promoting growth and wealth creation.

We are adjusting the rate of capital gains tax, for example —a tax paid by fewer than 1% of adults every year—to raise some of that revenue. Although rates have increased, the Government will maintain the UK’s position as having the lowest CGT of any European G7 economy. There are no changes to CGT rates on property or the annual exempt allowance, and there is a phased increase to business asset disposal relief, to give entrepreneurs time to adjust. That is just one of the many measures in the Bill that will move us to a fairer system, where those who can pay do pay. [Interruption.] I will get on to farmers, hon. Members will be pleased to know.

I congratulate my hon. Friend the Member for South Derbyshire (Samantha Niblett) on an excellent maiden speech. She is absolutely an inspiration to her teenage daughter, but also to young women across the country, including my daughter. I thank her for that. We are very pleased to have her. We need more people with careers in tech in the House. She is very welcome.

We also heard powerful contributions from my hon. Friends the Members for Darlington (Lola McEvoy), for Crewe and Nantwich (Connor Naismith), for Macclesfield (Tim Roca), for Barking (Nesil Caliskan), for Vale of Glamorgan (Kanishka Narayan), for Makerfield (Josh Simons) and for Harlow (Chris Vince). I pay particular tribute to my hon. Friend the Member for York Outer (Mr Charters) for his play on words—as an English graduate, I always enjoy that, and I thought he was excellent.

Hon. Members have extensively discussed the agricultural property relief changes announced in the Budget, and will note that they are not included in the Bill. That is because the Government are committed to technical consultation on tax legislation. We feel it is important to get complex legislation right, and to give businesses and those affected by tax changes the certainty that they need ahead of the measures coming into force. The Government will publish draft legislation on this measure before legislating for it in a future Finance Bill.

Luke Evans Portrait Dr Evans
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am grateful to the Minister for making that point. Is there a timetable attached to that that she could set out to this House? Many businesses will have listened to that statement, and will want to know exactly when they need to make their business decisions.

Tulip Siddiq Portrait Tulip Siddiq
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

We will set out plans in due course. The Bill does, however, extend the scope of agricultural property relief from 6 April 2025 to land managed under certain environmental agreements. That supports the UK Government’s wider environmental objective of supporting farmers and land managers so that they can deliver, alongside food production, significant and important outcomes for the climate and environment. The measure is intended to prevent the loss of APR being a barrier to the involvement of agricultural landowners and farmers in land use change under environmental agreements including, but not limited to, the environmental land management schemes in England and equivalent schemes elsewhere in the UK.

I want to address something the hon. Member for St Albans (Daisy Cooper) talked about: family farms. This is not in the Finance Bill, but I will still refer to it. Individuals can pass on a sum of up to £325,000 inheritance tax-free; £500,000 if that includes a residence being passed to a direct descendent; and £1 million when a tax-free allowance is passed to a surviving spouse or civil partner. There is also a full exemption from inheritance tax when passing assets to a spouse or civil partner.

Daisy Cooper Portrait Daisy Cooper
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am grateful to the Minister for giving way. Madam Deputy Speaker, I beg for your patience as I retread some of the remarks I made earlier. It is my view that the family farm tax gives us the worst of both worlds at the moment. It does not prevent equity companies from buying up land, but it does treat family farms as collateral damage. I urge her to think again on this measure and think about introducing a genuine family farm test. If she were to do that, she would certainly have the Liberal Democrats’ support.

Tulip Siddiq Portrait Tulip Siddiq
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

It was a difficult decision, and I understand the point the hon. Lady is making, but the reforms to agricultural property relief mean that farmers can access 100% relief for the first £1 million and 50% relief thereafter, meaning an effective 20% tax rate. It was a difficult decision, but we had to do it to fund public services.

My hon. Friend the Member for Bolton West (Phil Brickell) talked about tax avoidance and fraud. To stop people taking unfair advantage of our system, the Government announced in the Budget the most ambitious ever package to close the tax gap, raising £6.5 billion in additional tax revenue per year by 2029-30.

Graham Stuart Portrait Graham Stuart
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Will the Minister give way?

Tulip Siddiq Portrait Tulip Siddiq
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The right hon. Gentleman has spoken enough times in the debate, so I will not be taking yet another intervention from him.

The hon. Member for Bognor Regis and Littlehampton (Alison Griffiths) raised questions about SMEs and high streets. The Government have been absolutely clear that we need to take difficult decisions to deliver long-term stability and growth, and that stabilising public finances is the only way to create long-term stability in which businesses can thrive. But we recognise the need to protect small employers, which is why we have more than doubled employment allowance—she may like to know that—meaning that half of businesses with mixed liabilities will either gain or see no change at all next year.

The right hon. Member for East Hampshire (Damian Hinds) raised questions about VAT on private schools hitting SEND pupils. To protect pupils with special educational needs and disabilities who can only have their needs met in a private school, the local authorities and devolved Governments that fund those places will be compensated for the VAT they are charged on those pupils’ fees. I hope that reassures him.

The right hon. Gentleman also raised a point about faith schools. Of course the Government value parental choice and recognise that some people want their children to be educated in a school with a particular faith ethos. My hon. Friend the Exchequer Secretary met the Partnerships for Jewish Schools and the Association of Muslim Schools during the consultation period on this policy. To ensure fairness and consistency between all schools that charge fees, faith schools will remain in the scope of the policy. It is worth noting for the right hon. Member that some faith schools are likely to be less impacted by the policy if some of their income is derived from voluntary donations from the community, because donations that are freely given and for which there is no obligation are outside the scope of VAT. As such, not all the income that small faith schools receive will necessarily be subject to VAT. I hope that reassures him a bit.

Marie Goldman Portrait Marie Goldman (Chelmsford) (LD)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the Minister for giving way. I want to ask her specifically about what she just said about special schools still getting funding. Is she aware that many parents of children with special educational needs choose to send their children to special schools even though they do not have education, health and care plans, so do not have funding through local authorities and so will still be affected by this measure? I wonder what she thinks about that.

Tulip Siddiq Portrait Tulip Siddiq
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

My hon. Friend the Exchequer Secretary says that he will write to the hon. Lady about this, but we note the points that she has made, and we are looking into them.

The hon. Member for Gordon and Buchan (Harriet Cross) asked about oil and gas investment. We recognise that oil and gas will continue to have a role in the energy mix during the transition, but we need to drive public and private investment towards cleaner energy. The money raised by these changes will contribute to public investment while the sector continues to benefit from £84.25 in relief for every £100 of private investment. To reflect our commitment to facilitating cleaner home-grown energy, the Government have confirmed that the sector will continue to benefit from a decarbonisation investment allowance with a value similar to the relief that it received prior to the November energy profits levy rate increases.

I end by saying that the Bill delivers on key manifesto commitments from this Labour Government. It provides stability, it supports businesses, and it moves us to a fairer, more sustainable tax system. For those reasons, I commend it to the House.

Question put, That the amendment be made.

--- Later in debate ---
18:50

Division 49

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 112

Noes: 333

Question put, That the Bill be now read a Second time.
--- Later in debate ---
19:06

Division 50

Question accordingly agreed to.

Ayes: 332

Noes: 176

Bill read a Second time.

Finance Bill

(Limited Text - Ministerial Extracts only)

Read Full debate
Committee of the whole House
Tuesday 10th December 2024

(1 year, 8 months ago)

Commons Chamber
Finance Act 2025 Read Hansard Text Watch Debate Amendment Paper: Committee of the whole House Amendments as at 10 December 2024 - (10 Dec 2024)

This text is a record of ministerial contributions to a debate held as part of the Finance Act 2025 passage through Parliament.

In 1993, the House of Lords Pepper vs. Hart decision provided that statements made by Government Ministers may be taken as illustrative of legislative intent as to the interpretation of law.

This extract highlights statements made by Government Ministers along with contextual remarks by other members. The full debate can be read here

This information is provided by Parallel Parliament and does not comprise part of the offical record

Tulip Siddiq Portrait The Economic Secretary to the Treasury (Tulip Siddiq)
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

Since 2010, the UK has experienced low productivity, rising debt levels and declining public services. Public sector net debt is at its highest since the early 1960s, at 98.5% of GDP. Per capita, GDP remains lower that before the covid-19 pandemic.

In July this year, the Government uncovered a challenging fiscal and spending inheritance, with a £22 billion in-year pressure in the public finances. The Office for Budget Responsibility’s review into March’s spending forecasts concluded that had the information that has since been shared by the Treasury been made available to it at the time of the March Budget, there would have been a materially higher departmental expenditure limits forecast for 2024 to 2025. This was the result of the previous Government not factoring in the impact of a series of new, challenging pressures on the public finances, not taking the difficult decisions needed to address these pressures, and instead making a series of commitments that they could not fund.

This Government are committed to fixing the foundations and delivering a decade of national renewal. To do so, we must turn the page and take a different approach. In the autumn Budget, the House will have heard the Chancellor set out the Government’s first steps to repair the public finances, by taking the tough decisions needed to address the £22 billion in-year pressures to avoid further damage to our public services, including securing £5.5 billion of savings.

We are also putting in place significant reforms to strengthen our fiscal and spending framework that will improve certainty, transparency and accountability, and ensure that the situation can never happen again. This Government are taking the tough decisions on tax, spending and welfare that are necessary to repair the public finances and restore economic and fiscal stability. Those choices are not easy, but they are transparent, they are responsible and, with such a difficult position, they will ensure that the Government can deliver on our commitments not to increase taxes on working people.

The changes to the main rates of capital gains tax in clauses 7 to 11 will help to address the gap in public finances while retaining the UK’s internationally competitive investment climate. The new rates are revenue-maximising in the current design of the tax system, generating an additional £8.9 billion over the forecast period. The UK’s headline CGT rates will remain lower than those of France, Germany and Italy, and the highest rate is still lower than it was between 2010 and 2016. The new rates will mostly affect people who earn income from selling financial assets. The Government are taking the difficult but responsible decision to ask that group to pay a little bit more tax in order to restore economic stability.

Clause 12 represents the first step in a package of reforms to the taxation of carried interest by increasing the applicable rates of capital gains tax to 32% for carried interest arising on or after 6 April 2025. The reforms will put the tax treatment of carried interest on a fairer and more stable footing for the long term, while preserving the UK’s competitive position as a global asset management hub.

I will begin with clauses 7 to 9, concerning the capital gains tax package. CGT is charged on individuals’ annual capital gains, net of losses and allowable costs. Less than 1% of adults pay CGT per year. There are lower rates available for reliefs, including business asset disposal relief and investors’ relief. CGT has an annual exempt amount of £3,000 for individuals, which keeps people with lower levels of capital gains out of the system.

To repair the public finances and help raise the revenue required to increase funding for public services, the Government are increasing the main rates of CGT. The clauses will increase the lower main rate of CGT from 10% to 18% and increase the higher rate from 20% to 24%. Those changes affect disposables made on or after 30 October 2024. The clauses also increase the CGT rate at which business asset disposal relief and investors’ relief are charged in a phased way from 10% to 14%, effective from 6 April 2025, and from 14% to 18%, effective from 6 April 2026. Phasing in the rate increases for those CGT reliefs demonstrates the Government’s commitment to a predictable tax system.

The Government accept that for some entrepreneurs, a lower CGT rate will be factored into their plans for exiting the business, which can be a once-in-a-lifetime event. Although it is right to increase CGT rates to raise revenue, it is also fair to give business owners some time to adjust. The changes will raise £2.5 billion per year by the end of the forecast period, while ensuring the UK’s headline CGT rates remain below those of France, Germany and Italy.

Turning to clause 10, investors’ relief offers access to the lower rates of CGT on the disposal of qualifying unlisted shares. Its objective is to provide the financial incentive for individuals to invest in unlisted trading companies over the long term and help companies in accessing other forms of investment. The lifetime limit for investors’ relief was previously £10 million, compared with business asset disposable relief’s lifetime limit of £1 million. We feel that that disparity in lifetime limits is unfair towards entrepreneurs and could encourage harmful tax planning strategies. The changes made by clause 10 will reduce the lifetime limit for investors’ relief to match that of business asset disposal relief at £1 million of qualifying gains per person. Investors’ relief has received little take-up since its introduction in 2016, and so the Government expect that the measure will affect a very small number of individuals.

Turning to clause 11 and schedule 2, which introduce transitional arrangements and anti-forestalling rules, the transitional arrangements are consistent with similar rules put in place when CGT rates were charged in-year in 2010. The anti-forestalling rules draw on the approach taken when changes were made to business asset disposal relief in 2020. Transitional arrangements are needed for a small group of taxpayers in some specific circumstances. Those taxpayers will have capital gains that are ascribed to the 2024-25 tax year in general and not to any particular point in the year, and because clause 7 makes in-year changes, the Government have a legal responsibility to clarify the capital gains tax liabilities of those taxpayers. To avoid taxing those individuals retrospectively, the legislation puts in place transitional arrangements. The relevant capital gains are treated as arising in the earlier part of the year and are therefore subject to the previous rate schedule. From April 2025, there will be no need for those arrangements to remain.

I now turn to anti-forestalling rules. Some taxpayers will have tried to lock in the old rate by entering into various artificial arrangements and specific anti-forestalling rules are needed to prevent abuse. The anti-forestalling rules target disposals entered into before 30 October 2024 but completed after that date for the main rate change and the investors’ relief lifetime limit reduction. They also target disposals entered into on or after 30 October 2024 for the phased rate changes applying to business asset disposal relief and investors’ relief. The provisions ensure that such people can still access the previous rates and the previous investors’ relief lifetime limit, but only where the disposal has not been artificially structured for the purpose of securing a tax advantage.

I now turn to clause 12, which concerns CGT on carried interest gains. Carried interest is a form of performance-related reward that is received by a small number of individuals who work as fund managers and, unlike other such rewards, carried interest can, where certain conditions are met, be subject to capital gains tax. Hon. Members will have heard the Chancellor announce at the Budget that the Government will reform the way carried interest is taxed, ensuring that that is fairer and in line with the economic characteristics of the reward. From 6 April 2026, a revised regime will tax all carried interest within the income tax framework with a 72.5% multiplier applied to the amount of qualifying carried interest that is brought into charge. The Government are also consulting on potential new conditions of access to the regime. Legislation to implement that revised regime will be included in a future finance Bill.

In advance of the implementation of the revised regime, the Government are acting now to increase the rates of capital gains tax that apply to carried interest. Clause 12 therefore increases the rates of capital gains tax for carried interest arising on or after 6 April 2025 from 18% and 28% to 32%, and from that date, the single CGT rate will apply to all relevant carried interest, subject to the same conditions as currently.

To conclude, the increases to the main rates of CGT to 18% and 24% represent a balanced and responsible approach to revenue raising, which will help the Government to improve the UK’s public finances and services while remaining competitive for investment. The clauses phase in the rate increase for business asset disposal relief over 18 months to mitigate impacts where the previous level of relief was factored into anyone’s plans to exit their business in the short term. That underlines the Government’s commitment to supporting entrepreneurs and recognising the vital role that small businesses play in our economy. In addition, the move to a single higher rate of CGT on carried interest at 32% demonstrates the Government’s commitment to decisive action now, while we rightly take the time to undertake technical consultation on the revised regime.

Nusrat Ghani Portrait Madam Deputy Speaker (Ms Nusrat Ghani)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Just before I call the shadow Minister, I remind Members that, in Committee, I am Madam Chair or Madam Chairman.

--- Later in debate ---
Nusrat Ghani Portrait The Chairman
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I call the Minister.

Tulip Siddiq Portrait Tulip Siddiq
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank hon. Members for their contributions to today’s debate. I will take a few moments to respond to some of the points, and will then give the Government’s views on the proposed amendments. If there are questions that I do not answer, I will write to hon. Members.

I thank my hon. Friend the Member for Dartford (Jim Dickson) for his important speech and agree with his points about much-needed reform to our tax system. I also thank my hon. Friend the Member for Earley and Woodley (Yuan Yang) for her powerful speech and wholeheartedly agree with her constituent, who seems very principled and knowledgeable.

To respond to the points made by the Conservative spokesperson, the hon. Member for Grantham and Bourne (Gareth Davies), about the revenue impacts of the carried interest measure, the OBR-certified costings demonstrate that this measure raises revenue over the scorecard period. The Budget does deliver on the Government’s manifesto commitments on tax: estimated revenues for these policies have been adjusted for final policy decisions and to account for underlying changes in the OBR’s forecast, but overall, the hon. Gentleman may be interested to know that the tax measures raise over £1 billion more than was in the manifesto.

To answer the hon. Gentleman’s question about why the changes are being made in-year, the in-year rate changes were made to protect Exchequer revenues from the impacts of forestalling. It is common practice for tax changes to take effect from the date of the Budget. As for anti-forestalling, we would not expect the anti-forestalling provisions to apply to an ordinary commercial sale of an asset where the contract was entered into prior to 30 October. Those provisions target those who enter into artificial arrangements to lock in the pre-Budget tax treatments.

The Lib Dem spokesperson, the hon. Member for St Albans (Daisy Cooper), talked about inflation indexation of CGT. Indexation previously existed when CGT rates were charged at income tax levels with a top rate of 40%. A rate schedule of 18% and 24% is significantly below those levels, so for the important reason of simplicity, indexation is not a part of the system.

New clause 1 would require the Government to present to Parliament a review of the capital gains tax package’s impacts on long-term investment, disposable income across the distribution, and tax revenue. In deciding on these changes to capital gains tax, the Government have already considered all three factors. On long-term investment, the OBR assessed the CGT package to have no measure-specific macroeconomic impact. On impacts across incomes, distributional analysis for all Budget measures combined is set out in the “Impact on households” publication. The Government do not normally publish the impacts of individual measures. Finally, the Government’s projection of the revenue raised by these CGT changes has been certified by the OBR and published in the Budget document. Every year, the Government publish the amount of CGT paid in the most recent tax year with available data, where table 3 breaks down gains by income. For those reasons, the proposed report is unnecessary, and I implore Members to reject the new clause.

New clause 4 would require the Government to publish a review within three months of the passing of this legislation covering various issues in connection with our reforms to the tax treatment of carried interest. As set out earlier, the CGT rates applicable to carried interest will increase to 32% from April 2025. This is a first step in advance of moving to a revised regime fully within the income tax framework from April 2026. The Government believe that their reforms will deliver increased fairness and place the tax rules on a more sustainable footing, while preserving our country’s position as a global fund management hub. We will also be undertaking extensive technical consultation ahead of legislating for the revised regime in a future finance Bill, which the House will of course have the opportunity to scrutinise. We therefore do not consider that new clause 4 is a necessary addition to the Bill that is before us today.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am very grateful to the Minister for explaining all the things she has just set out, but I did not quite get an answer to the specific question of why it costs HMRC £4.5 million to execute this tax rise, which will not raise any money in the next year or the year after. Could she explain why this specific measure that only affects 3,100 people costs HMRC £4.5 million, but other tax increases cost hundreds of thousands of pounds?

Tulip Siddiq Portrait Tulip Siddiq
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

If the shadow Minister looks carefully at the documents we have published, he will find all his answers written out very clearly there.

New clause 5 would require the Government to publish an impact assessment of the changes to business asset disposal relief, and to compare the impact of those changes with the number of claims that would have been expected if the rate had not been changed. Every year, the Government publish capital gains tax statistics, which include the number of business asset disposal relief claims for the most recent tax year with available data. The number of claims in 2024-25 compared with upcoming tax years will therefore become public information in time. Meanwhile, the fiscal impact of the changes are is out in the tax information and impacts note for this measure, which has been published online.

--- Later in debate ---
14:17

Division 59

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 105


Conservative: 93
Democratic Unionist Party: 5
Plaid Cymru: 4
Traditional Unionist Voice: 1
Independent: 1
Ulster Unionist Party: 1

Noes: 340


Labour: 327
Independent: 8
Green Party: 4

Clause 15
--- Later in debate ---
James Murray Portrait The Exchequer Secretary to the Treasury (James Murray)
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

At the Budget in October, the Chancellor set out the decisions that we are taking to restore economic stability, put the public finances on a firm footing, and embed fiscal responsibility in the work of Government. Having wiped the slate clean of the mess we inherited, our Government can now focus on boosting the public and private investment that is essential for sustainable long-term growth. It is through sustainable economic growth across the UK that we will create wealth and provide security, making people across the country better off.

That goal of raising living standards in every part of the UK so that working people have more money in their pocket is at the heart of the Government’s plan for change that the Prime Minister set out last week. That plan also set out the Government’s commitment to securing home-grown energy, and to protecting bill payers by putting us on track to secure at least 95% clean power by 2030. Making the transition to home-grown energy has required us to take immediate action to unblock investment, including deciding to reverse the de facto ban on onshore wind. The Government have their part to play, alongside the private sector, in making sure that investment happens on the scale and at the pace that we need. That is why the clauses that we are debating are so important—they are a key mechanism for raising the funding that is needed for that investment to be delivered.

We are taking a responsible approach that recognises the role of businesses and their employees in the energy industries of today and tomorrow. Since we formed a Government, my colleagues and I have been working closely with the sector affected by the energy profits levy to make sure that the transition is managed in a way that supports jobs in existing and future industries. Our approach recognises that oil and gas will have a role to play in the energy mix for many years to come, during the transition, and it balances that with ensuring that oil and gas help to raise the revenue that we need to drive investment towards the energy transition. Our legislation delivers that approach, and I welcome the chance to set out the details of how it does so.

The clauses that we are debating concern the energy profits levy, a temporary additional tax on profits from oil and gas exploration and production in the UK and on the UK continental shelf. The levy was introduced by the previous Government in response to the extraordinary profits being made by oil and gas companies—and, it is fair to say, in response to substantial political pressure from Labour Members.

Harriet Cross Portrait Harriet Cross (Gordon and Buchan) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Does the Minister believe that oil and gas companies are still making extraordinary profits?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I believe that it is fair that the oil and gas industry makes a reasonable contribution to the energy transition. We need to ensure that during the transition from oil and gas, which will play a key role in our energy mix for years to come, the industry contributes to the new, clean energy of the future. The way to have a responsible, managed transition is to work with the industry and make sure that it makes a fair contribution, but to not shy away from making that transition at the scale and pace needed.

Sammy Wilson Portrait Sammy Wilson (East Antrim) (DUP)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Let me try to understand the Minister’s logic. First, he recognises that we will need oil and gas. Secondly, he is going to tax oil and gas companies. Thirdly, he is telling them that his Government are creating an environment in which there is no future for oil and gas, but he still expects them to invest. Where is the logic?

--- Later in debate ---
James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am glad that the right hon. Gentleman has given me a chance to set out why the Government plan is the right and balanced approach. We are ensuring that the oil and gas sector is supported in making the contribution that we know it will to our energy mix for many years to come, while asking it to contribute to the transition to clean energy. The oil and gas industry recognises that a transition to clean energy is under way. It wants to support investment and jobs in the industry but also to contribute to the transition. Taking a fair and balanced approach is the right way to protect the jobs and industries of today and tomorrow and, crucially, to protect bill payers, giving them permanently lower bills and greater energy independence. [Interruption.]

Tristan Osborne Portrait Tristan Osborne (Chatham and Aylesford) (Lab)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

In the last financial year, the oil and gas industry made £6.1 billion in profit, despite the chuntering from Opposition Members. Does my hon. Friend agree that the Conservatives introduced the energy levy? We are simply ensuring that our oil and gas sector pays an equivalent sum, so that we can transition to a green energy future. This money is necessary for that transition to occur.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

My hon. Friend is absolutely right that we are asking oil and gas companies to make a fair and reasonable contribution towards our transition to clean energy. That transition is under way, and it is important for oil and gas companies to make a contribution, but that should happen in a way that protects the jobs and industries of today and tomorrow.

Wera Hobhouse Portrait Wera Hobhouse (Bath) (LD)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The oil and gas giants were making eye-watering profits when the Conservative Government finally introduced a levy, although it had a loophole that let the oil and gas companies off the hook. The Government should support the Liberal Democrat amendment, which demonstrates how much of a missed opportunity that was, and how much money we could have raised, had the loophole been closed earlier.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am not entirely clear that that is what the Liberal Democrat amendment does. We have been clear that our intention is to end unjustifiably generous allowances. That is exactly what we are doing by abolishing the core investment allowance, which was unique to oil and gas taxation and is not available to any other sector in the economy.

Perran Moon Portrait Perran Moon (Camborne and Redruth) (Lab)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

New research published in the last few days has found that fossil fuel companies reported profits of nearly $0.5 trillion during the 2022 energy crisis. By contrast, people struggled with fuel poverty and had to choose between heating and eating. One in seven households in my constituency is in fuel poverty. Does the Minister agree that the ability to extend and increase the energy profits levy is a key lever for addressing this imbalance and supporting households?

Nusrat Ghani Portrait The Chairman
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Order. That was neatly done, but interventions have to be very closely related to what we are debating here and now.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I hope that my hon. Friend’s constituents will benefit from lower bills as a result of the investment that we are ensuring, by the public and private sectors, in the clean energy sources of the future.

We knew, when the Conservatives introduced the energy profits levy, that the extraordinary oil and gas profits were driven by global circumstances, including resurgent demand after covid-19, and the Russian invasion of Ukraine. Households in the UK, however, were particularly badly hit by higher oil and gas prices, as the Government at the time had failed to invest adequately in energy independence, or in measures such as home insulation. When the energy profits levy was introduced, an 80% investment allowance was also introduced, and this was later reduced to 29% when the levy rate increased from 25% to 35% in January 2023. An 80% decarbonisation investment allowance was later put in place for decarbonisation expenditure, which is money spent on the reduction of emissions from the production of oil and gas. The levy was initially set at 25%, but the previous Government increased it to 35% and extended it beyond 2025, first to 2028, and later to 2029.

As I mentioned, the Government recognise the continued role for oil and gas in the UK’s energy mix during the energy transition. We are committed to managing the transition in a way that supports jobs in existing and future industries, recognising that our offshore workers have the vital skills to unlock the clean industries of the future. I put on record my thanks to the offshore workers I met in Aberdeen in August for giving me some of their time and their views when I was there for a meeting with Offshore Energies UK and representatives of the sector. As I mentioned, it is essential that we drive both public and private investment in the transition to clean energy. Clause 15 therefore increases the energy profits levy by three percentage point—from 35% to 38%—from 1 November 2024. The clause also sets out the rules for apportioning profits for accounting periods that straddle the start date. As I have made clear, the money raised by these changes will help to support the transition to clean energy, enhancing our energy security and providing sustainable jobs for the future.

Clause 16 concerns allowances in the levy. The clause removes the 29% core investment allowance for general expenditure incurred on or after 1 November 2024, as I mentioned to the hon. Member for Bath (Wera Hobhouse). The Government have been clear about our intention to end unjustifiably generous allowances, and that is exactly what we are doing by abolishing the core investment allowance. We are bringing the level of relief for investment in the sector broadly in line with the level of capital allowances available to other companies operating across the rest of the economy through full expensing, which we have committed to maintaining. The energy profit levy’s decarbonisation allowance will be retained to support the sector in reducing emissions.

Qualifying expenditure includes money spent on electrification of production, or on reducing venting and flaring. The retention of the decarbonisation allowance reflects the Government’s commitment to facilitating cleaner home-grown energy. However, in the light of the increase to the levy, clause 16 also reduces the rate of the decarbonisation allowance to 66% in order to maintain the same cash value of the tax relief per £100 of investment.

Clause 17 extends the sunset of the levy by one year from 31 March 2029 to 31 March 2030. To provide the oil and gas industry with long-term certainty and confidence in the fiscal regime, we are retaining the levy’s price floor, the energy security investment mechanism.

Dave Doogan Portrait Dave Doogan
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Certainty is only good if it relates to a positive outlook, not a negative outlook. The hon. Member for Gordon and Buchan (Harriet Cross) asked a clear question about the duration. It was not about whether the sector pays fair taxes; we all believe that people should pay fair taxes. Does the Minister still believe that the industry is making extraordinary profits?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I would like to explain to the hon. Gentleman how the energy security investment mechanism works, because that, to be fair, was put in place by the previous Government, and we are maintaining it. It says that if prices drop below a certain threshold for six months, the energy profits levy ceases early. That gives some certainty and predictability to the oil and gas sector. If prices go below that level, the sector can have confidence that the energy security investment mechanism will end the levy early. If that does not happen, the levy will continue, as we have said, until March 2030.

I am keen—I will set out a few more details later—to engage with the oil and gas sector on the regime post the energy profits levy, because it is important for oil and gas companies making decisions about investment to have certainty about what will happen up until March 2030, and to understand what the regime might be like thereafter. That is why I am looking forward to my conversations with the sector on what the post energy profits levy regime will look like.

Long-term certainty and confidence is being provided to the oil and gas sector by our retention of the levy’s price floor, the energy security investment mechanism, which I was explaining to the hon. Member for Angus and Perthshire Glens (Dave Doogan). It means that the levy will cease permanently if oil and gas prices fall below a set level for a sustained period. Furthermore, as I also just said, to provide stability for the long term, the Government will publish a consultation in early 2025 on how the tax regime will respond to price shocks once the energy profits levy comes to an end. That will give oil and gas producers and their investors predictability and certainty on the future of the fiscal regime, which will support their ability to continue investing, while also ensuring that the nation receives a fair return at a time of exceptional crisis.

--- Later in debate ---
James Murray Portrait James Murray
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank hon. Members for their contributions to the debate. I will respond to some of the points raised, and set out the Government’s views on the new clauses. The Opposition spokesperson, the hon. Member for Grantham and Bourne (Gareth Davies), asked for confirmation of our decision to retain the energy security investment mechanism. I hope that he will take yes for an answer, because yes, I can confirm that the ESIM will remain in effect until 31 March 2030, when the energy profits levy is due to end. It will continue to be adjusted in line with consumer prices index inflation in future financial years. I hope that sets his mind at rest on that point.

The hon. Gentleman asked about modelling the impact of the energy profits levy. I am sure that he will remember from his time in the Treasury the role that the Office for Budget Responsibility plays. He will see that in the report that it published alongside the Budget, it forecast £12.6 billion being raised from the levy over the forecast period. Of course, the OBR will provide updated forecasts next year.

The hon. Gentleman and other hon. Members kept raising the phrase “extraordinary profits” when talking about trying to understand the position that the oil and gas sector is in. That links directly to the energy security investment mechanism, because prices remain higher than the price floor that we set. The energy security investment mechanism means that if prices fall sufficiently and return to historically normal levels, the levy will be disapplied. The relationship between the levy, profits and the maintenance of the energy security investment mechanism is key to understanding the Government’s approach.

The Liberal Democrats spokesperson, the hon. Member for St Albans (Daisy Cooper), asked about our choosing a 78% rate, how we set the rate for the energy profits levy, and about other attributes of the system being set up by the clauses under debate. We seek to achieve a balanced approach. We are raising the rate to 78%, extending the levy for a further year and removing the investment allowance, which we deem to be unjustifiably generous; yet we are maintaining 100% first-year allowances, the decarbonisation allowance, and the energy security investment mechanism. That strikes the right balance between ensuring that oil and gas companies continue to invest in oil and gas for years to come, and ensuring that they contribute to and support the transition to clean energy.

The hon. Member for Angus and Perthshire Glens (Dave Doogan) spoke about the need for long-term stability. I entirely agree that we need it. That is precisely what we seek to achieve by saying that the energy profits levy will come to an end in March 2030, by having a price floor in the ESIM—we have mentioned that several times—and by proceeding with our consultation on the post energy profits levy regime. That will give confidence to those thinking about investing in the oil and gas sector not just before the end of the energy profits levy, but post 2030.

The right hon. Member for East Antrim (Sammy Wilson) also mentioned long-term stability. He seems distracted right now, but I hope that will be of some reassurance to him. The hon. Member for Angus and Perthshire Glens said that a £78 investment relief is available in Norway, whereas the figure is £46 in the UK. I want to put on record that in the UK, while the energy profits levy remains in place, the sector continues to benefit from an £84.25 relief for every £100 of investment. I hope that gives him some reassurance on the points that he raised.

I thank my hon. Friend the Member for Earley and Woodley (Yuan Yang) for her thoughtful and informed contribution, which explained that our approach strikes the right balance. I must say, however, that I was disappointed by the contribution from the hon. Member for Waveney Valley (Adrian Ramsay), because he seemed not to support our moves to ensure that tax is not a blocker to CCUS, which will play an essential role in our progress towards net zero. The UK has a chance to be a world leader in that sector; I hoped that he would support our efforts to ensure that it is.

Two new clauses were tabled, which hon. Members spoke about. They require reports to be published. I can remember tabling many such new clauses over the last few years. New clause 2, tabled by the hon. Member for St Albans, would require the Government to produce a report setting out the fiscal impact of the removal of the energy profits levy investment allowance and the change to the decarbonisation investment allowance rate. New clause 3, tabled by the right hon. Member for Central Devon (Mel Stride), would require the Government to produce a report on the expected impact of the levy changes in a number of areas, including on capital expenditure in the UK oil and gas industry and on the Scottish economy.

The Government oppose new clauses 2 and 3 on the basis that they are unnecessary. We have already set out the impact of our measures in a tax information and impact note, which was published at the time of the Budget. That note states that the changes made to the energy profits levy will raise an additional £2.3 billion over the scorecard, and further data on the UK oil and gas industry is regularly published on gov.uk.

I hope that I have addressed some of the points raised by hon. Members, and have reassured them that the new clauses are not necessary. I urge the House to let clauses 15 to 18 and schedule 3 stand part of the Bill, and to reject new clauses 2 and 3.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 15 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clauses 16 to 18 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Schedule 3 agreed to.

New Clause 2

Report on fiscal effects: relief for investment expenditure

“The Chancellor of the Exchequer must, within six months of the passing of this Act, lay before Parliament a report setting out the impact of the measures contained in clause 16 of this Act on tax revenue.” (Daisy Cooper.)

This new clause would require the Government to produce a report setting out the fiscal impact of the Bill’s changes to the Energy Profits Levy investment expenditure relief.

Brought up, and read the First time.

Question put, the clause be read a Second time.

--- Later in debate ---
15:56

Division 60

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 74


Liberal Democrat: 63
Green Party: 4
Plaid Cymru: 4
Independent: 1
Alliance: 1
Ulster Unionist Party: 1

Noes: 350


Labour: 341
Independent: 8
Traditional Unionist Voice: 1

New Clause 3
--- Later in debate ---
16:11

Division 61

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 184


Conservative: 98
Liberal Democrat: 66
Scottish National Party: 9
Democratic Unionist Party: 5
Plaid Cymru: 3
Traditional Unionist Voice: 1
Independent: 1
Ulster Unionist Party: 1

Noes: 359


Labour: 345
Independent: 8
Green Party: 4

The occupant of the Chair left the Chair (Programme Order, 27 November).

Finance Bill

(Limited Text - Ministerial Extracts only)

Read Full debate
Committee of the whole House
Wednesday 11th December 2024

(1 year, 8 months ago)

Commons Chamber
Finance Act 2025 Read Hansard Text Watch Debate Amendment Paper: Committee of the whole House Amendments as at 11 December 2024 - (11 Dec 2024)

This text is a record of ministerial contributions to a debate held as part of the Finance Act 2025 passage through Parliament.

In 1993, the House of Lords Pepper vs. Hart decision provided that statements made by Government Ministers may be taken as illustrative of legislative intent as to the interpretation of law.

This extract highlights statements made by Government Ministers along with contextual remarks by other members. The full debate can be read here

This information is provided by Parallel Parliament and does not comprise part of the offical record

James Murray Portrait The Exchequer Secretary to the Treasury (James Murray)
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

This Government believe that all children should have the opportunity to succeed. That opportunity should not be limited by who they are, where they are from or how much their parents earn. We are determined that a young person’s background should not limit what they can achieve. That is why, despite the dire fiscal situation that we inherited and the numerous tough choices that it has entailed, the Chancellor prioritised investment in education at the Budget in October.

At that Budget, the Chancellor announced real-terms growth of 3.4% in education funding, including a £2.3 billion increase to the core schools budget in England for the next financial year. This funding supports the recruitment of 6,500 additional teachers, in line with the Government’s commitment, and includes £1 billion for the special educational needs and disabilities system, to help the 1 million pupils in the state system with special educational needs.

This Government will make sure that all children get the high-quality education that they deserve, as well as high-quality school buildings; funding has been announced for the school rebuilding programme, and for school maintenance, so that we can begin to tackle the maintenance backlog. These changes are crucial first steps to improving education for all children and meeting the aspirations of parents across the country.

Investment in education has to be paid for, so I turn to the focus of this debate: our decision to end the VAT exemption for private school fees. In July, the Chancellor announced that the Government will end tax breaks on VAT and business rates for private schools. These policies are expected to raise £1.5 billion in their first full year, rising to over £1.8 billion a year by 2029-30.

Graham Stuart Portrait Graham Stuart (Beverley and Holderness) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Has the impact on the market of children being withdrawn from schools been greater than expected? In my time as a Minister, I always found that the Treasury rather underestimated the dynamic impact of policy change. I would be interested to hear his reflections.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the right hon. Gentleman for his question on the impact of the policies on children’s education. I will come to the details shortly, but to give him an overview of the forecast impacts, we estimate that ultimately there will be around 37,000 fewer pupils in the private sector. That is a combination of pupils who will never enter the private sector in the first place and those who will leave. They represent around 6% of private school pupils. We expect most of the moves to take place at natural transition points, such as when a child moves from primary to secondary school or at the beginning of exam courses.

Oliver Dowden Portrait Sir Oliver Dowden (Hertsmere) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

If the intention of the Government is that the moves should happen at natural transition points, why did they decide to impose the change from January? Whatever one’s views on the merits of the policy, that is not really fair on the parents affected. Indeed, one could say it is cruel.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

It is right that these changes be implemented as soon as possible to raise the funding that we need to deliver on our education priorities. As a result of the policies coming into effect in January, we will raise a forecast £460 million of additional revenue in 2024-25. We are ambitious for the state education system, and we want to get on with delivering the changes that we committed to in the manifesto.

Ben Spencer Portrait Dr Ben Spencer (Runnymede and Weybridge) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I must declare that I, like many parents in Surrey, have chosen independent education for my children. A freedom of information request earlier this week regarding empty school places in Surrey showed that in the ’25-26 academic year, there are zero spare places in year 9, zero in year 10 and zero in year 11. The Minister will know that in independent schools, many children in those years take international GCSEs and baccalaureates. What is his message to those children, who have no place and will have their exam training disrupted because of his spiteful policy?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Local authorities and schools already have processes in place to support pupils who move between schools at any point in the academic year. Analysis carried out by the Department for Education under the previous Government suggests that each year, almost 60,000 secondary school moves take place not at normal transition points or over the school holidays. We fully expect the majority of moves to take place at natural transition points or in the school holidays, rather than within the school year.

I have been clear that ending these tax breaks for private schools has been a difficult decision, but it is necessary to secure additional funding that will help us to fulfil the commitments we made to improving education for all.

Simon Hoare Portrait Simon Hoare (North Dorset) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The Minister continually refers to tax breaks. They are not tax breaks. Why can he not just be honest with the House and admit that this is the first time that any Government in a civilised democracy has imposed a tax on learning and education?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Let me explain to the hon. Gentleman how public finances work. Funding a tax relief or a tax break is equivalent to public spending, because it is money that cannot be spent on something else. The Conservatives have committed, through their new leadership, to repealing this policy if they win the next general election. That implies cutting state education—cutting the investment in education for all that we are prioritising.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I will not give way because I am making a clear point. We have to make choices in politics about what to prioritise. We have said that the VAT tax break for private school fees is not something that we want to prioritise. We want to spend that money instead on improving state education for all children.

Simon Hoare Portrait Simon Hoare
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am grateful to the Minister for giving way a second time, and I am so grateful for the public finance lesson. Surely he has to accept that as no tax is placed on learning in any sector in the educational landscape across the United Kingdom, this measure is not a tax break. It is not that there is a tax break for one sector while others have a tax imposed. This is an imposition of a new tax in the educational sphere. It is not a tax break because no educational establishment pays VAT.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Given the record of the Conservatives over the past 14 years, I do not think it is ridiculous to assume that they might need some education on how public finances work, with the mess that we inherited and the desperate need for us to restore fiscal responsibility to public finances. Restoring that fiscal responsibility requires us to take decisions that are difficult but necessary to raise the finances to fund our priorities. We have taken the decision that we will not support a VAT exemption for private school fees and that we will invest the money that we raise in state education to ensure that the aspirations of every parent across this country can be fulfilled. That is a decision I will defend every time I am in this Chamber.

Josh Fenton-Glynn Portrait Josh Fenton-Glynn (Calder Valley) (Lab)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

My constituents would be surprised that there is no tax exemption on tampons, which are used by close to 50% of society, yet there is a tax exemption for VAT on private schools, which are used by less than 5% of the country. Does my hon. Friend not agree that it is a mark of the priorities of Conservative Members that they are so quiet about the former but not the latter?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

My hon. Friend is right to point out that decisions on VAT reliefs are political choices. Indeed, the Opposition are showing which side of that choice they land on when it comes to education; through their new leadership, they are choosing to prioritise a tax break for private school fees over investment in state education. That is a political choice. I am very happy to stand behind where we are on that side of the debate.

I will turn to some of the clauses in detail. The changes made by clause 47 will remove the VAT exemption from which private schools currently benefit on the education, vocational training and boarding they provide. Let me be clear: this policy does not mean that schools must increase fees by 20%, and the Government expect schools to take steps to minimise the increases for parents. Schools can reclaim VAT paid on inputs and make efficiency savings to minimise the extent to which they need to increase fees. Many schools have already committed publicly to capping fee increases at 5% or absorbing the full VAT costs themselves.

Luke Evans Portrait Dr Luke Evans (Hinckley and Bosworth) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

One of the schools in my area has posed a question on VAT. It has combined fees, within which things like meals are included. It is not clear from Treasury guidance whether the school would have to separate those fees out, creating another accounting problem—in order to have separate VAT and travel, for example, as part of the fees—when currently it is all one unit. Could the Minister provide clarity on that? When I met the Schools Minister, he was unable to give me an answer, and was going to go away and speak to the Treasury about what that looks like. This will have real impacts for this school, which will have to decide how to set out its accounting, and whether it has to include the fees or separate them out into several different blocks.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the hon. Gentleman for his specific question. Let me just be clear that I am not giving tax advice for that particular school in my response, because I would always assume that any school would get its own tax advice. In general, the VAT treatment of a particular supply is determined by the predominant supply, so there are options available to schools. I am happy to pick the matter up with him outside the Chamber and to make sure he has the details in writing. As I said, I would not want to give specific advice to that school, but it is worth the school getting advice on the VAT treatment of the fees it charges based on the predominant supply.

I will return to the impact of the policy we are proposing and the changes in clause 47. Government analysis suggests that the impact of the VAT policy on private and state school sectors is likely to be very small—ultimately leading, as I was saying a few moments ago, to 37,000 fewer pupils in the private sector, which includes both pupils who will never enter the private sector and those who will move.

Neil Shastri-Hurst Portrait Dr Neil Shastri-Hurst (Solihull West and Shirley) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

A particular subset of pupils affected by this policy are those in receipt of the continuity of education allowance. The revised figures for the CEA, released recently, do not fully protect those pupils from the uplift on VAT on school fees. What assessment have the Government made of the impact of this policy on retention and recruitment into our armed forces and our diplomatic service?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the hon. Gentleman for raising the continuity of education allowance, because the Government greatly value the contribution of our diplomatic staff and serving personnel. The continuity of education allowance is therefore provided to ensure that the need for frequent mobility does not interfere with the education of their children. As he may know, the Ministry of Defence and the Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office have increased the funding allocated to the continuity of education allowance, to account for the impact of any private school fee increases on the proportion of fees covered by the CEA, in line with how the allowance normally operates.

The Government have carefully considered the impacts of the policies set out in clause 47 and received a wide range of representations covering topics that have already been raised in the debate today. The Government received more than 17,000 consultation responses, and my officials and I have met those representing schools, local authorities and devolved Governments. As a result of these representations, the Government have made several changes to the legislation, including to clarify the treatment of nurseries. In deciding on the final design of the policy, we have made sure that schools are treated fairly and consistently.

A number of hon. Members have raised with me concerns about the impact of this measure on particular types of schools and on different pupils, so I am glad to have this chance to address some of those points. First, to protect pupils with special educational needs that can be met only in a private school, the local authorities and devolved Governments that fund these places will be compensated for the VAT they are charged on those pupils’ fees. Secondly, as I just mentioned in response to the intervention on military and diplomatic families, the Ministry of Defence and the Foreign Office have agreed to increase the funding allocated to the continuity of education allowance to account for the impact of private school fee increases.

The Government are aware that while many schools have always offered schemes enabling the prepayment of fees, there were concerning reports of some parents using such schemes in an attempt to avoid these fees being subject to VAT. The Government believe that allowing fees paid from the date of the July statement to the date this policy comes into force to be paid without charging VAT on them would be unfair on the vast majority of families who will be unable to pay years-worth of fees in advance. The changes made by clause 48 will therefore introduce anti-forestalling provisions that will apply to all prepayments of private school fees and boarding services on or after 29 July 2024 and before 30 October 2024. Finally, clause 49 sets out the commencement date for these changes, which will apply to any fees paid on or after 29 July 2024 relating to the term starting in January 2025.

To conclude, the reason the Government are raising funding from the changes we are debating today is to increase investment in the state education system. Every parent aspires for high-quality education for their children. The removal of the VAT exemption for private schools will help to support the Government’s investment in schools and ensure that every child has a chance to thrive. We are determined to be a Government who enable the aspirations of all parents to be met and who ensure that all children have the opportunity to succeed. I therefore commend these clauses to the Committee.

--- Later in debate ---
Lewis Cocking Portrait Lewis Cocking
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the hon. Member. If he just waits for the next part of my speech, he may get the answer to his intervention.

The Government’s plan will put all that at risk. Notably, Haileybury is planning to absorb as much of the financial hit as it can, rather than place the extra burden on parents. To do so, it must look at reducing expenditure and therefore its ability to offer financial support to Haileybury Turnford, painfully contradicting the Government’s argument that their policy will result in more spending on state school pupils. It is not just about money; greater financial pressures on Haileybury will inevitably lead to staff having less time and resources available to share with Turnford, and fewer opportunities for state school students at Haileybury Turnford as a result.

Ministers think that their policy will impact only the rich, but for nearly a decade a genuinely working-class community in my constituency has benefited from a state school and an independent school working together, which is exactly the kind of partnership that we should be encouraging. We should not be encouraging the politics of envy. Sadly, the changes that the Government are introducing through the Bill will bring all that to an end.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

Let me begin by thanking all hon. Members for their contributions. I will take a few moments to respond to some of the points raised and then to set out the Government’s view on the proposed new clauses.

The shadow Minister, the hon. Member for North West Norfolk (James Wild), addressed new clause 8, which was tabled by the right hon. Member for Central Devon (Mel Stride). I will come to the new clause in a moment, but for the avoidance of doubt let me reassure the shadow Minister that higher education and teaching English as a foreign language are both exempt from and not affected by this policy. I also reassure him that HMRC stands ready to support schools. It has already published bespoke guidance for schools, run webinars, updated registration systems and put additional resources in place to process applications.

Damian Hinds Portrait Damian Hinds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

In principle, what is the distinction between full-time private schooling and private tuition, from the point of view of what it is right to tax? Will he guarantee that no tax will be put on private tuition?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

If the right hon. Gentleman is referring to the comments I just made in response to the shadow Minister’s remarks, teaching English as a foreign language and higher education are exempt from the provisions of the Bill.

Damian Hinds Portrait Damian Hinds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

No, I mean families who send their child once or twice a week for an hour for academic study or something extra-curricular. Why should that be tax exempt, when if it is done for all the hours in the school week, it is not?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

In designing the Bill and making sure that it is clear, we decided to focus on those schools that provide full-time education. Following feedback during the consultation on the Bill, we decided to clarify some of the treatments, such as for nurseries, which I mentioned earlier, to ensure that they are treated appropriately. If they are fully stand-alone nurseries, they are not covered. In the original drafting of the legislation, we referred to nurseries that wholly comprise children below the compulsory school age. We changed that to wholly or almost wholly to ensure that having, for example, one pupil over compulsory school age would not trip a nursery into being covered.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am going to make some progress, because I will come to the right hon. Gentleman’s point in a moment, and I want to mention the points made by other hon. Members in the debate.

We heard from the hon. Members for Twickenham (Munira Wilson) and for Richmond Park (Sarah Olney). Yet again from the Liberal Democrat Front Bench, we see a party that is happy to support our extra investment in education for all children, but that cannot bring itself to support the measures that we put in place to help pay for that investment in education.

Sarah Olney Portrait Sarah Olney
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

We have heard this point time and again from the Labour Benches. I want to say, one more time, that the Liberal Democrats put forward a fully costed programme in our 2024 general election manifesto, which had a range of tax-raising measures that would have paid for the changes we proposed and did not include VAT on school fees, for all the reasons the Minister has heard today.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The reason why the Liberal Democrats hear this time and again from the Government Benches is that, time and again, they want all the benefits of investment without having to pay for it. That is a pattern that we see again and again in this Chamber.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am going to make some progress.

I thank my hon. Friends the Members for Falkirk (Euan Stainbank) and for Loughborough (Dr Sandher) for their comments. I feel that I am duty bound to add my congratulations to my hon. Friend for Loughborough on his engagement.

The hon. Member for Hinckley and Bosworth (Dr Evans) is not in his place—sorry, he is at the Bar. Perhaps he could come and take a seat on the Benches. He asked an important question to try to get some clarity about the VAT treatment of combined fees that cover school meals, transport and other services. I hope that my earlier answer gave him some reassurance on that.

I reiterate that I cannot provide advice for individual schools, but it is worth emphasising that the general principle is that if a school supplies a package of education for a single fee, that will normally be a single supply for VAT. That package could include a number of other elements such as transport or meals, alongside the main element of education. If it is a single supply, it is a single VAT liability. However, where a school supplies education and also supplies other elements for a separate fee, that will normally be treated as a separate supply. For example, if a school offers school meals alongside the education for a separate charge, those will normally be two different supplies, and they may have different VAT liabilities. Although the education would be subject to the standard rate of VAT, the school meals may be exempt, if they meet the conditions.

Luke Evans Portrait Dr Luke Evans
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am grateful for the Minister’s clarification on that point; I think he is hitting towards it. The school itself has everything grouped into one fee, which includes the transport, schooling and food. Its contention, therefore, is that it will have to break that all out, which means it will have to deal with all the accounting issues on top of this. It is just another burden to think about. I wonder whether the Treasury has thought about that and whether there will be further guidance—there is literally just one line in a piece of written guidance put out by the Treasury. Is there anywhere the school can raise this issue to work through the exact advice it needs? I appreciate that the Minister cannot give that advice directly to the school from the Dispatch Box.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The way that we treat private school fees and the other charges that private schools may levy has to be consistent with the VAT principles more broadly, which is why I have tried to explain how the supply of education and the supply of other elements would interact with the VAT system more widely. I will hold back from giving specific advice about that individual school, but I would encourage it to contact HMRC to get advice about its specific registration. If the school staff read what I have just said in Hansard, I hope they will see some information that will help them to understand how to approach this issue.

Graham Stuart Portrait Graham Stuart
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As ever, the Minister is being very gracious in giving way. If someone were to establish a new educational establishment providing entirely modular educational elements that people could choose between, would that be subject to VAT, individually or collectively, or not?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The right hon. Gentleman is tempting me into hypotheticals and into trying to give advice to a school that does not yet exist—I will hold back from that, because I think the principles of our Bill are very clear on what VAT at the standard rate is applied to and what can be made exempt, in line with the existing rules on VAT.

We heard several times from the right hon. Member for East Hampshire (Damian Hinds). I assure him that the Government costing has, of course, been fully scrutinised and certified by the Office for Budget Responsibility. He also spoke about capital funding. Obviously, pupil numbers fluctuate for a number of reasons. The Government have already announced more than £700 million to support local authorities over this academic year and the next to provide places in new schools and expand existing schools. I did note, however, that in response to an intervention by my hon. Friend the Member for Hartlepool (Mr Brash), the right hon. Gentleman seemed implicitly to admit to his Government’s failure to improve high-needs education in the state sector, which is precisely why our measures today are so important.

Damian Hinds Portrait Damian Hinds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

First, the Minister knows I said no such thing. I spoke about the additional investment that had gone into the high-needs budget under the previous Government, particularly since 2019, and said that there was more to do.

Since I am on my feet, can I ask him to expand on what he just said about capital? What he has just spoken about is capital for places that are already planned, but what if a lot more children present in some places? Has he budgeted for that capital? Does he guarantee that whatever capital goes to the DFE will be on top of the existing capital budget?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As I said to the right hon. Gentleman, pupil numbers in schools fluctuate regularly for a number of reasons, and the Department for Education, and indeed the devolved Governments, already work with local authorities to identify pressures and take action where necessary. As I said in my earlier remarks to him, the Government already provide capital funding through the basic need grant to support local authorities in England to provide school places, and the Government have already announced £700 million over this academic year and the next, which can be used to provide places in new schools and to expand existing places.

Finally, the hon. Member for Bexhill and Battle (Dr Mullan) raised the motivation behind our policy, which other Opposition Members also spoke to. Let me be clear on this: our decision to fix the public finances to fund public services, including education, means that difficult decisions have to be taken. Our choice to end the VAT exemption for private school fees has been a difficult but necessary decision that will secure additional funding, which will help to deliver on our commitments to improve education for all.

Kieran Mullan Portrait Dr Mullan
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I did not talk about motivation in my speech; I spoke about how the Minister has framed it. Does he accept that with a general taxation pot, where all the money goes into one amount that is doled out as the Government see fit, there is absolutely no basis for saying that children in the state sector have less because of the exemption of VAT for private schools? The two things are totally unconnected in the Budget and the financing of the Government.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

What is connected is that if we want to fund public services and fix the public finances, we have to take difficult decisions. This is one of those difficult decisions we are taking today: a difficult but necessary decision to restore fiscal responsibility after the mess we inherited from the Conservative party and to fund our public services. It is necessary to take those decisions, so that we can get that funding into education for all. If the hon. Gentleman does not want to take that decision, he is, in effect, denying the choices that we are making about funding public services.

I will now make some progress to address the new clauses tabled by Opposition Front Benchers. New clause 8, which was tabled by the right hon. Member for Central Devon, would require the Government to make a statement to Parliament about the impact of removing the VAT exemption for private school fees within six months of the Act being passed. It states that it

“must include details of the impact on…pupils with special educational needs and disabilities…small rural schools, and…faith schools.”

It would require the Government to

“make a statement about the impact of the removal of the exemption on schools that take part in the music and dance scheme”

within 18 months of the Act being passed.

I want to make it clear that in developing this policy, the Government carefully considered the impact it would have, including the impact it would have on pupils with special educational needs and disabilities, rural and urban schools, faith schools, and schools that take part in the music and dance scheme. As I said before, the Government considered a wide range of representations, including over 17,000 consultation responses, before finalising the policy design. The Government set out the expected impact of the measure in a tax information and impact note published at autumn Budget 2024 in the usual way.

I set out earlier today how the Government will ensure that those children with an EHCP, or its equivalent in other nations, will not be subject to VAT on any private school fees. I am not clear whether the right hon. Gentleman’s new clause, when it refers to “pupils with special educational needs and disabilities”

refers to only those in the private sector, or whether he intends the new clause to consider also the 1 million or more pupils with SEND in the state system. If it is the latter, I am sure he will welcome the extra £1 billion for high-needs funding next year that we have been able to announce thanks to our decisions on tax policy, including that which we are debating today. In addition, based on the evidence provided, it is not apparent that small faith schools will be more affected by this policy than other schools.

The hon. Member for Twickenham, the Front Bench spokesperson for the Liberal Democrats, tabled new clause 9. I think I have addressed most of those points already in my remarks today.

To conclude, I hope I have been able to reassure Members that the new clauses are not necessary, for the reasons I have set out. I therefore urge the Committee to reject new clauses 8 and 9.

Question put, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

--- Later in debate ---
16:42

Division 64

Question accordingly agreed to.

Ayes: 338

Noes: 170

Clause 47 ordered to stand part of the Bill.
--- Later in debate ---
16:57

Division 65

Question accordingly agreed to.

Ayes: 332

Noes: 170

Clause 48 ordered to stand part of the Bill.
--- Later in debate ---
17:12

Division 66

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 167

Noes: 329

Clause 50
--- Later in debate ---
Nusrat Ghani Portrait The Chairman
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

With this it will be convenient to consider:

Clauses 51 to 53 stand part.

New clause 6—Sections 50 and 51: impact on private rental sector—

“(1) The Chancellor of the Exchequer must, within six months of this Act being passed, publish an assessment of the impact of the changes introduced by sections 50 and 51 of this Act on the private rental sector in England and Northern Ireland.

(2) The assessment in subsection (1) must consider—

(a) the effects of the provisions of sections 50 and 51 of this Act on the cost of private rent in each region within England and in Northern Ireland,

(b) the effects of the provisions of sections 50 and 51 of this Act on the supply of private rental properties in each region within England and Northern Ireland,

(c) any other implications of the changes introduced by sections 50 and 51 of this Act.”

This new clause requires the Chancellor to review the impact increased rates of stamp duty for additional dwellings are having on the private rental sector in England and Northern Ireland.

New clause 7—Review of effects of sections 50 and 51 on housing market—

“(1) The Chancellor of the Exchequer must, within six months of this Act being passed, publish an assessment of the impact of the changes introduced by sections 50 and 51 of this Act, on the housing market in England and Northern Ireland.

(2) The assessment in subsection (1) must consider—

(a) the effects of the provisions of sections 50 and 51 of this Act on the demand for houses in each region within England and Northern Ireland, and

(b) the implications for the housing market of the provisions of sections 50 and 51 of this Act.”

This new clause requires the Chancellor to review the impact increased rates of stamp duty for additional dwellings are having on the housing market in England and Northern Ireland.

Tulip Siddiq Portrait The Economic Secretary to the Treasury (Tulip Siddiq)
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

This is a Budget to fix the foundations of the economy and deliver change by protecting working people, fixing the NHS and rebuilding Britain. The Government are achieving this by taking difficult decisions on tax, spending and welfare to repair the public finances and increase investment in public services and the economy, to rebuild Britain and unlock long-term growth. This Finance Bill delivers on a number of the Government’s priorities for tax reform, prioritising stability for businesses making investment decisions and ensuring fairness and sustainability in the long term. We will discuss the full range of manifesto commitments delivered in this Bill throughout its passage, but today, I will talk about an area in which the Government have decided to go further than our manifesto commitment.

The clauses we are debating increase the higher rates of stamp duty land tax on purchases of additional dwellings by individuals and of dwellings by companies from three percentage points above the main residential rates of SDLT to five percentage points. These clauses also increase the single rate of SDLT payable by companies and other non-natural persons when purchasing dwellings worth more than £500,000 from 15% to 17%. They will support home ownership by ensuring that those looking to move house or purchase their first property have a greater advantage over second home buyers, landlords and companies purchasing dwellings. These changes will raise £310 million per year by 2029-30, which will be used to support the Government’s first steps and other priorities.

One of our manifesto commitments was to increase the non-resident SDLT surcharge by one percentage point. The Government have decided to go further than that commitment and increase the higher rates of SDLT, known as higher rates for additional dwellings. This will raise more money than the manifesto policy, helping to restore economic stability and address the £22 billion-worth of unfunded pressures, as well as supporting delivery of the Government’s first steps. Increasing the higher rates for additional dwellings will also go further to rebalance the housing market in favour of first-time buyers and those moving house.

Luke Evans Portrait Dr Luke Evans
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The Minister mentions first-time buyers. However, the change to stamp duty is likely to affect them, because they are now being brought into paying stamp duty. How does that help first-time buyers to realise their aspiration of getting into the housing market?

Tulip Siddiq Portrait Tulip Siddiq
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I can tell the hon. Gentleman very confidently that the thing that will help first-time buyers in this country most is building more houses. His Government absolutely failed to do that, but we will be doing it.

Returning to the Bill, we estimate that approximately half of those paying the non-resident surcharge will also pay the higher rates for additional dwellings. This means that a non-resident purchasing an additional residential property worth £300,000 now pays £23,500 as a result of the change in rates, compared with £17,500 before the change, an increase of £6,000. This compares with a UK-resident purchaser buying their first home, who pays no SDLT, and a UK-resident home mover, who currently pays £2,500. This change therefore improves the comparative advantage of UK-resident home movers and first-time buyers—as the hon. Member for Hinckley and Bosworth (Dr Evans) might be pleased to know—while ensuring that no additional barriers are faced by those coming to the UK and buying their first or only home.

Those buying an additional property before they can sell their main residence will be liable for the higher rates for additional dwellings. However, this will be refunded if the previous main residence is sold within three years of the purchase of a new main residence, or longer if there are exceptional circumstances, such as delays in cladding remuneration. This ensures that only those who are genuinely liable for higher rates will be required to pay them.

Clause 50 increases the higher rates of SDLT on the purchase of additional dwellings by individuals and dwellings by companies from three percentage points above the main residential rates of SDLT to five percentage points. This applies to transactions with an effective date on or after 30 October this year and before 1 April next year.

Noah Law Portrait Noah Law (St Austell and Newquay) (Lab)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Does the Minister agree that this Government’s decision to raise stamp duty in such a manner is vital for tackling the plague of second homes that we have seen in communities such as Cornwall?

Tulip Siddiq Portrait Tulip Siddiq
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

This is something I have seen in my own constituency, so I know what my hon. Friend is referencing. It is our intention to tackle that, but we have had to make these decisions because of our economic inheritance when we got into government, which the Conservative party obviously hid during the election. We have had to make some difficult decisions, and this is how we plan to fix the foundations of our economy.

--- Later in debate ---
Clause 51 makes the same rate increases as clause 50, but applies to land transactions with an effective date on or after 1 April 2025. These two clauses will provide an advantage for first-time buyers and those moving home, helping to support home ownership. The OBR-certified costing estimates that increasing the higher rates for additional dwellings by 2 percentage points is expected to result in 130,000 additional transactions over the next five years by first-time buyers and other people buying a primary residence.
Kit Malthouse Portrait Kit Malthouse (North West Hampshire) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am grateful to the Minister for giving way, but I am surprised she has not declared her interest because I believe she is herself a landlord. She presumably owns another property, so to cast aspersions on people who do as some kind of plague is, I think, a little unfair.

I assume from this measure that the Minister would expect there to be some impact on the rental market. This is designed to deter people from becoming landlords. Given that 90-odd per cent of our rental properties in the UK are owned by people who have two or fewer properties, what is the scale of the impact she is expecting? How many people are likely to either exit being a landlord or, particularly in somewhere like London, not bother being a landlord at all? What will be the wider impact given that in the capital, such as where she represents, lots of people have no option but to rent, because they are unable to accumulate the deposit required to buy a property at an inflated value? Are we going to see fewer rental properties in the capital?

Tulip Siddiq Portrait Tulip Siddiq
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the right hon. Gentleman for his intervention. I am a landlord, and that is absolutely declared in my entry in the Register of Members’ Financial Interests. If I was meant to declare it for the purposes of this debate, I do apologise, but it is referenced very clearly in my entry. I would say that, as a landlord, I am very happy to pay extra tax if it is necessary to fix the foundations of our economy.

I do not agree with the right hon. Gentleman’s assessment of London. I think we are more resilient than that, especially in Camden, and I think we will be fine.

Clauses 50 and 51 will provide an advantage for first-time buyers and those moving home, and it will help to support home ownership. The OBR-certified costing estimates that increasing the higher rates for additional dwellings by 2 percentage points is expected to result in 130,000 additional transactions over the next five years by first-time buyers and others buying a primary residence. I hope that addresses some of the concerns of Conservative Members.

Clause 52 introduces special transitional rules to ensure no additional tax is payable for land transactions substantially performed before 1 April 2025. In most cases, SDLT is charged at the point of completion in the property-buying process. In some cases, however, such as where the buyer has performed their purchase by paying for the property or taking possession of it, the tax is chargeable at that earlier point. The clause in question ensures that buyers who have performed their transactions will not pay more tax as a result of the changes in rates brought about by clauses 50 and 51 when they complete their purchase.

Clause 53 increases from 15% to 17% the single rate of SDLT payable by companies and other non-natural persons when purchasing dwellings worth more than £500,000. The single rate of SDLT was introduced alongside the annual tax on enveloped dwellings to deter the practice of buying and owning UK residential properties within a corporate wrapper by increasing the rate companies pay. The single rate applies where companies and other non-natural persons buy a dwelling for more than £500,000 that they do not intend to use for a relievable purpose such as renting the property or developing it. Increasing the single rate keeps it aligned with the highest rate of tax paid on purchases of the most expensive residential properties, so that the tax remains effective as a deterrent to enveloping.

In summary, increasing the higher rates of SDLT will ensure that those looking to move house or purchase their first property have a greater advantage over second home buyers, landlords, and companies purchasing dwellings. The measure will raise more money than the manifesto policy, and go further to rebalance the housing market. The changes will raise £310 million per year by 2029-30, which will be used to support the Government’s first steps and other priorities.

Tulip Siddiq Portrait Tulip Siddiq
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I have already given way once to the hon. Gentleman.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

We turn to the important issue of taxes on residential property, and another set of tax rises from this tax-raising Labour Government. I will speak to clauses 50 to 53, and new clauses 6 and 7. Over 14 years in government we delivered 2.5 million additional homes. Our manifesto pledge to build 1 million homes in the course of the last Parliament was met, and we delivered on our commitment to build the homes that people need for a more secure future. The Bill introduces measures that dampen the housing market, increase pressure on housing supply, and reduce labour mobility. The Government talk about helping renters, but experts warn that these measures could increase rents, and they do nothing for those who cannot afford to buy their own home.

--- Later in debate ---
James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I do. This is just another example of the impact of the Bill. The impact assessments, such as they are, are incredibly thin and do not get into the detail of the measures and the complications that arise. They are, I would say, wholly inadequate. Under clauses 50 to 53, taxes on property purchases will, as the Minister said, go up by £310 million. Clauses 50 and 51 increase the rate for additional dwellings, such as buy-to-let and residential properties, from 3% to 5%. Nationwide estimates that that could bring extra costs of £4,000 on the purchase of a typical rental home. At least clause 52 ensures that if transactions have been substantially performed before the increases come in, no additional tax will be charged. Clause 53 amends the single rate on purchases by companies of dwellings for more than £500,000. Let us not forget that the Government have also chosen not to renew the nil-rate stamp duty threshold, which is currently £250,000 but will halve to £125,000—I do not think the Economic Secretary to the Treasury mentioned that.

As I said, experts have warned that the changes could have damaging effects on the rental market, making it less attractive to provide homes for private rent; rents could increase as a result of the limited supply. Every hon. Member will know from their constituency the huge demand for rental properties. According to Zoopla, on average around 21 people are chasing every property that is put up for rent. This tax will do nothing to encourage the supply of new, decent, rented housing.

Kit Malthouse Portrait Kit Malthouse
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I hope that the shadow Minister shares my surprise at the Minister agreeing to pay the stamp duty retrospectively on her flat. Let us hope that the cheque makes its way to HMRC. When stamp duty reaches penal rates, it not only diverts people away from becoming landlords, but means they may operate differently. Is there not a strong possibility that we might see a large number of properties in places such as London owned by foreign corporations that are domiciled in other jurisdictions? Transfer of those properties could take place by transferring the corporation’s ownership in the Isle of Man or the Caymans or somewhere like that. That would mean that no stamp duty was payable at all on the transfer of the property. If that proliferated, we might find that large numbers of properties in the UK were owned by overseas entities, precisely because of the penal taxation here.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

My right hon. Friend makes an interesting point, and I bow to his knowledge of the situation in London, which is far greater than mine. Our new clauses are about reviewing the impact of the measure, partly so that if we saw such activity, which would go against the Government’s objectives and weaken the rental market, action could be taken. I hope that the Government will look at the evidence.

The Institute for Fiscal Studies has also criticised the change, stating:

“It again reduces transactions, increases again the bias in favour of owner occupation, and against renting, and at least part of the consequence will be to reduce the supply of rental housing and so increase rents.”

The National Residential Landlords Association has said that the tax changes in the Budget will make it less attractive to provide homes for private rent. It has warned that the measure will exacerbate the shortfall that Members will all be familiar with, and an assessment it commissioned a couple of years ago showed that increasing the rate to 5% could lead to the loss of more than 500,000 private rented homes over 10 years.

--- Later in debate ---
Tulip Siddiq Portrait Tulip Siddiq
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank all hon. Members for contributing to the debate today, and especially my hon. Friend the Member for North Warwickshire and Bedworth (Rachel Taylor)—it is refreshing to hear someone with genuine knowledge of the housing market speak in the Chamber. I point out gently that the Office for National Statistics’ private rents index shows that renting in England is now 50% more expensive than 14 years ago, and that rents in London reached a record high this February, when we were not in government.

Rachel Taylor Portrait Rachel Taylor
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am slightly perplexed as to why the Opposition continue to disagree with this policy, which is almost a replica of one they introduced a few years ago, for exactly the same reason. Why do they continue to oppose it? They fail to understand that landlords did not stop buying properties to rent out and rich people did not stop buying holiday homes just because they had to pay a little more in a one-off tax.

Tulip Siddiq Portrait Tulip Siddiq
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I have to admit that I have found this debate a little baffling, given some of the arguments made from the Opposition Front Benches. However, I will respond to some of them now.

Kit Malthouse Portrait Kit Malthouse
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Our concern is that there has been no assessment of the impact on the rental market. All that the Opposition new clauses are asking for is a review, because no evidence has been adduced in this debate. There are three people who have spoken in this debate who have second properties—who are landlords—and that is completely fine. What we are saying is that there will be an impact on future landlords and on future behaviour from this tax, as there was from the tax that was introduced by the previous Government.

The second thing to say—forgive me for the slightly extended intervention, Madam Chair—is that when the Government are setting levels of tax, there is an optimal point at which to levy tax in order to collect the maximum revenue, beyond which it starts to become penal and has a deterrent effect on activity. I suppose what we are saying is that we have got this far, and wish to go no further.

Tulip Siddiq Portrait Tulip Siddiq
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the right hon. Gentleman for his speech. I will be referencing everything; he should probably listen carefully, because I will be responding to all the points he has made about private rental markets and the impact this policy will have.

I will turn to some of the new clauses tabled by the Opposition—I do not think the right hon. Member for Central Devon (Mel Stride) is present. New clauses 6 and 7 would require the Government to report on the impact of the changes introduced by clauses 50 and 51 on the cost and supply of private rental properties and on the housing market, respectively, in England and Northern Ireland. Although it is important to understand the impact that the measures could have on rental costs, supply and the housing market—and, in turn, tenants, who have been mentioned—the Government consider the new clauses to be unnecessary because the information is publicly available. The Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government publishes regular updates, as the House will know, on the level of housing supply in England, as well as the English private landlord survey, which provides data on supply in the private rented sector. In addition, HM Land Registry publishes extensive data on house prices in England, including regional and local authority area breakdowns. HMRC also publishes statistics and data on property transactions and stamp duty land tax receipts.

On housing supply, the Budget set out a series of new investments to kick-start the biggest increase to social and affordable housebuilding in a generation. This is an important step to providing the conditions needed for the market to deliver 1.5 million homes—homes that are desperately needed by our constituents. The Government recognise that the rented sector is often a key part of someone’s home ownership journey. The Renters’ Rights Bill will improve the current system for both the 11 million private renters and 2.3 million landlords in England. It will give renters much greater security and stability, so they can stay in their own homes for longer, build lives in their communities and avoid the risk of homelessness.

The measures in the Bill to increase the highest rate for additional dwelling are intended to support home ownership among first-time buyers and those moving home, giving them an advantage in the housing market. The OBR certified costing assumes that increasing the higher rates of SDLT by two percentage points is expected to result in 130,000 additional transactions over the next five years by first-time buyers and other people buying a primary residence.

In summary, the Government have already considered the impact of clauses 51 and 52 on the private rented sector and housing market. We will continue to publish housing market statistics in the usual way, keep all tax policy under review and evaluate the impacts of all changes. Therefore, the proposed reports are unnecessary and I urge the House to reject the new clauses. I hope I have been able to reassure the hon. Members who tabled the new clauses that the additions and changes are just not necessary, for the reasons I have set out, and I urge the House to reject new clauses 6 and 7.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 50 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clauses 51 to 53 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

New Clause 6

Sections 50 and 51: impact on private rental sector

“(1) The Chancellor of the Exchequer must, within six months of this Act being passed, publish an assessment of the impact of the changes introduced by sections 50 and 51 of this Act on the private rental sector in England and Northern Ireland.

(2) The assessment in subsection (1) must consider—

(a) the effects of the provisions of sections 50 and 51 of this Act on the cost of private rent in each region within England and in Northern Ireland,

(b) the effects of the provisions of sections 50 and 51 of this Act on the supply of private rental properties in each region within England and Northern Ireland,

(c) any other implications of the changes introduced by sections 50 and 51 of this Act.”—(James Wild.)

This new clause requires the Chancellor to review the impact increased rates of stamp duty for additional dwellings are having on the private rental sector in England and Northern Ireland.

Brought up, and read the First time.

Question put, That the clause be read a Second time.

--- Later in debate ---
18:03

Division 67

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 105

Noes: 314

New Clause 7
--- Later in debate ---
18:18

Division 68

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 104

Noes: 313

The Deputy Speaker resumed the Chair.

Finance Bill (First sitting)

(Limited Text - Ministerial Extracts only)

Read Full debate
Committee stage
Tuesday 28th January 2025

(1 year, 6 months ago)

Public Bill Committees
Finance Act 2025 Read Hansard Text Amendment Paper: Public Bill Committee Amendments as at 28 January 2025 - (28 Jan 2025)

This text is a record of ministerial contributions to a debate held as part of the Finance Act 2025 passage through Parliament.

In 1993, the House of Lords Pepper vs. Hart decision provided that statements made by Government Ministers may be taken as illustrative of legislative intent as to the interpretation of law.

This extract highlights statements made by Government Ministers along with contextual remarks by other members. The full debate can be read here

This information is provided by Parallel Parliament and does not comprise part of the offical record

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss the following:

Clauses 2 to 4 stand part.

New clause 3.

James Murray Portrait The Exchequer Secretary to the Treasury (James Murray)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

It is a pleasure to serve on the Committee with you as the Chair, Mr Mundell. Clauses 1 to 3 impose a charge to and set the rates of income tax for 2025-26, and clause 4 maintains the starting rate for savings limit at its current level of £5,000 for the ’25-26 tax year.

Income tax is the largest source of Government revenue and helps to fund the UK’s schools, hospitals and defence, and other public services that we all rely on. In ’25-26, it is expected to raise around £329 billion. The starting rate for savings applies to the taxable savings income of individuals with low earned incomes of less than £17,570, allowing them to benefit from up to £5,000 of income from savings interest before they pay tax. It specifically supports those taxpayers with low levels of earned income.

As Committee members will be aware, both the income tax rates and the starting rate limits for savings must be legislated for each year. The Bill will not change the rates of income tax. We are confirming that they will remain the same, thereby meeting our manifesto commitment not to increase the basic, higher or additional rates of income tax.

Clause 1 imposes a charge to income tax for the year ’25-26. Clause 2 sets the main rates of income tax, namely the basic rate of 20%, the higher rate of 40% and the additional rate of 45%. These will apply to non-savings, non-dividend income of taxpayers in England and Northern Ireland. Income rates in Scotland and Wales are set by their respective Parliaments.

Clause 3 sets the default rates at the same levels as the main rates, namely 20%, 40% and 45%. These rates apply to the non-savings, non-dividend income of taxpayers who are not subject to the main rates of income tax, Welsh rates of income tax or Scottish rates of income tax. For example, they might apply to non-UK-resident individuals. The clause also sets the savings rates of income tax—again at 20%, 40% and 45%.

Clause 4 will maintain the starting rate limit at its current level of £5,000 for the ’25-26 tax year. The limit is being held at this level to ensure fairness in the tax system while maintaining a generous tax relief. In addition to the starting rate for savings, whereby eligible individuals can earn up to £5,000 in savings income free of tax, savers are also supported by the personal savings allowance, which provides up to £1,000 of tax-free savings income for basic rate taxpayers. Savers can also continue to benefit from the annual individual savings account allowance of £20,000. Taken together, as a result of these generous measures, around 85% of savers will pay no tax on their savings income.

Finally, I should mention the Government’s efforts to encourage those on the lowest incomes to save through the help to save scheme. We recently extended the scheme until 5 April 2027, and we have extended the eligibility to all universal credit claimants who are in work from 6 April 2025. I encourage Committee members to do what they can to promote the scheme to their constituents.

New clause 3 would require a review of how many people who receive the new state pension at the full rate are liable to pay income tax this year and in the next four tax years, and specifically what the tax liability of their state pension income will be. The Government consider the new clause to be unnecessary, given the information that is already publicly available.

His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs has published statistics for this tax year and past tax years that cover the number of income taxpayers, including breakdowns by marginal rate, tax, band and age, and the Department for Work and Pensions has published figures for pensioners’ average incomes. The Office for Budget Responsibility is the Government’s independent economic forecaster and most recently published projections of the number of income taxpayers for future years in its “Economic and fiscal outlook” at autumn Budget. Those projections include a breakdown by marginal rate.

Income tax is a vital revenue stream for our public services and the clauses will ensure that that remains the case in 2025-26, while also retaining the starting rate of savings at its very generous existing value. I therefore commend clauses 1 to 4 to the Committee, and I urge the Committee to reject new clause 3.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies (Grantham and Bourne) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

It is a great pleasure to see you in the Chair, Mr Mundell. This is one of many Finance Bill Committees that I have participated in. The subjects have changed somewhat each time, but something has remained consistent: the presence of the hon. Member for Ealing North. It is a pleasure to see him in his place, and I hope that his experience as the Treasury Minister in a Finance Bill Committee is as unpleasurable as mine when I was facing him.

As the Minister rightly set out, clause 1 imposes a charge to income tax for the year 2025-26, which is a formality. Clause 2 sets the main rates of income tax in England and Northern Ireland for 2025-26—the 20% basic rate, the 40% higher rate and the 45% additional rate—leaving them unchanged. Clause 3 sets the default rate and savings rate of income tax for the tax year 2025-26 for the whole of the United Kingdom. Clause 4 freezes the starting rate limit for savings at £5,000.

Of course, the Government’s big announcement on income tax in the Budget was that they would not extend the freeze to income tax thresholds beyond April 2028. Committee members will be aware that that announcement does not need to be legislated for, as the income tax personal allowance and the basic rate limit are subject to consumer prices index indexation by default, unless Parliament overrides that via a Finance Bill, and Parliament has not overridden indexation beyond the 2027-28 tax year.

As the current legislative framework did not allow the Government to enact their announcement on income tax thresholds at the Budget, we must take them at their word that they will keep their promise and not succumb to the temptation to override the thresholds in future. Given the possibility that rising borrowing costs have eliminated the Chancellor’s headroom under the Government’s own stability rule, I would be grateful if the Minister could reconfirm that they will allow CPI indexation to resume from 2028-29 and that they will not renege on that promise.

On a point of clarity, I would be grateful if the Minister could confirm whether the unfreezing of income tax thresholds in 2028-29 will involve an increase to the fixed portion of the income tax higher limit, which he will be aware of. The limit is set at £100,000 plus twice the personal allowance, and that £100,000 is not indexed to CPI by default. Should we expect the additional rate to rise only in so far as the personal allowance rises, or will that £100,000 be unfrozen too? I would appreciate an explanation on that.

I leave it to others to interpret what it says about this Labour Government and Budget that a non-binding commitment merely not to raise some tax thresholds in three years’ time is presented as a big win for the British taxpayer. On income tax, as with most of the Government’s more positive policy announcements, the benefits are prospective and entirely speculative.

Meanwhile the pain, as we have seen with national insurance contributions and in other areas, is very much immediate and certain. Pensioners left out in the cold by the Government this winter will recognise that all too familiar pattern. A pensioner who receives the full rate of the new state pension without additional income—whose income from April is roughly £12,000—is now in most cases no longer receiving the winter fuel payment. The Government have defended that decision by referring to the triple lock.

Will the Minister update the Committee on when the Government now project the full rate of the new state pension to exceed the income tax personal allowance, and how many pensioners they expect will be newly taken into income tax as a result of the development? If he cannot tell the Committee, perhaps he and his colleagues will vote in favour of new clause 3, which would require the Treasury to produce and publish forward projections for the number of people receiving the full rate of the new state pension who are liable to pay income tax, and specifically what the tax liability of their state pension income will be.

Pensioners cannot easily alter their financial circumstances, yet they were given less than six months’ notice of the withdrawal of the winter fuel allowance. They must not be blindsided for a second time by the taxman—especially not those who are just about getting by without additional income beyond the state pension. I urge Members and the Minister to vote for new clause 3 to prevent that from happening.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for the comments at the beginning of his speech, if not for all the questions subsequently. First, on the question about whether the £100,000 threshold will be unfrozen in due course, that threshold does not move, and it sets the personal allowance taper beyond that level.

The shadow Minister asked broader questions about the personal allowance and our decision to change the policy we inherited from the previous Government. In the many Finance Bill Committees that he and I served on before the general election, the personal allowance would routinely be frozen for more and more years into the future. That is what we have inherited: the personal allowance is frozen up until April 2028. We made clear that we would do things differently. As well as not increasing the basic higher and additional rates of income tax, as we set out, we did not freeze the personal allowance beyond April 2028, which means that it will continue to rise with inflation.

The shadow Minister asked specific questions about how the change affects pensioners, and referred to new clause 3, which I addressed earlier. I will repeat what I said: new clause 3 is not necessary because the data the shadow Minister requests is already in the public domain. We need to ensure that as the personal allowance begins to rise from April 2028, that will benefit not just people in work but pensioners, because they will see the personal allowance that applies to their pension income rising as well. That is underlined by the fact that we are maintaining the triple lock, which will see generous increases in the state pension as the bedrock of state support for pensioners.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 1 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clauses 2 to 4 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 5

Appropriate percentage for cars: tax year 2028-29

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss clause 6 stand part.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clauses 5 and 6 make changes to ensure long-term certainty on company car tax by setting the rates for 2028-29 and 2029-30. The increases in the appropriate percentages will help to ensure that the tax system contributes to supporting the sustainability of the public finances. The effect of the clauses is to gradually narrow the differential between zero emission and electric vehicles and their petrol and diesel counterparts, while ensuring that significant incentives to support the take-up of EVs remain in place. The provisions also increase rates for hybrid vehicles.

Company car tax applies when a company car is made available to an employee or their family member for private use. Company car tax rates were confirmed by the previous Government up until 2027-28. In the 2024 autumn Budget, the Government set out the rates for 2028-29 and 2029-30, to provide certainty.

The Government recognise that the company car tax regime continues to play an important role in the EV transition by supporting the take-up of EVs and their entry into the second-hand car market. Although it is important to maintain strong incentives to encourage the take-up of EVs, the Government need to balance that against the responsible management of the public finances by gradually withdrawing them over time, as EVs become more normalised. That is why we have committed to raising the company car tax rates—or appropriate percentages—for EVs, hybrids, and petrol and diesel vehicles in 2028-29 and 2029-30, gradually narrowing the differential between EVs and other vehicle types, and bringing the treatment of hybrids closer to that of petrol and diesel cars.

The changes made by clauses 5 and 6 will set the company car tax appropriate percentages for the tax years 2028-29 and 2029-30. Appropriate percentages for EVs will rise by two percentage points per year, rising to 9% by 2029-30. Meanwhile, the appropriate percentages for cars with emissions of 51 grams of carbon dioxide per kilometre or over will rise by one percentage point per annum. By 2029-30, the appropriate percentages for petrol and diesel cars will rise to between 20% and 39%, depending on the car’s specific emissions. Together, the measures will gradually narrow the gap between EVs and their petrol and diesel counterparts, while maintaining a generous incentive for EVs.

On the changes to the hybrid appropriate percentages, I draw the Committee’s attention to recent research from the European Commission that has shown that the real-world emissions of hybrid vehicles are in fact three and a half times higher than previously thought. Consequently, the Government have announced that they will align the treatment of hybrids more closely with that of petrol and diesel cars.

Harriet Cross Portrait Harriet Cross (Gordon and Buchan) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

On aligning hybrid cars more closely with petrol and diesel cars, what assessment has been made of the impact on the hybrid car market and the take-up of hybrid cars, if we are ultimately looking to move away from petrol and diesel in the long term?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Over the coming years we need to make the transition to electric vehicles. Hybrid cars obviously play an important part in the car market and car manufacturing in the UK. The clauses are about a plan over the next five years or so regarding what will happen to the appropriate percentages. This is not an overnight change. Actually, one of the important principles of our setting out the appropriate percentages now for some years in advance is to give car manufacturers and everyone interested in the car industry certainty about what will happen. That is why, as I have been setting out, the appropriate percentages for EVs will rise, thereby narrowing the gap between them and petrol and diesel vehicles, but there will still be a generous incentive to help to shift people towards purchasing EVs.

Hybrid vehicles obviously fit within the general scheme of appropriate percentages. However, as I was setting out, European Commission research shows that emissions from hybrid vehicles are in fact three and a half times higher than previously thought, so in setting the rates for 2028-29 and 2029-30, we have decided to reflect that fact in the appropriate percentages that we are legislating for. That means all cars with emissions between 1 gram and 50 grams of carbon dioxide per kilometre—those that largely fall in the hybrid category—will see their appropriate percentages rise to 18% in 2028-29 and to 19% in 2029-30. As I outlined to the hon. Member for Gordon and Buchan, by setting out the rates until 2029-30 we will give the industry and consumers certainty about the future rates.

The company car tax system offers generous incentives to encourage EV take-up and makes an important contribution to the EV transition. The Government, however, must balance incentives against responsible management of the public finances. We are announcing the rates for 2028-29 and 2029-30 to start to narrow the differentials between EVs, hybrids, and petrol and diesel vehicles. I therefore commend clauses 5 and 6 to the Committee.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the Minister set out, clauses 5 and 6 set the appropriate percentage used for calculating the taxable benefit for a company car for tax years 2028-29 and 2029-30. In those tax years, the appropriate percentage for EVs will increase by 2% to 7% in 2028-29 and 9% in 2029-30. For most other vehicles, the appropriate percentage will increase by a further 1% in each year, up to a maximum of 39%. Hybrid vehicles are the standout exception. The effect of these clauses for vehicles capable of operating on electric power while producing between 1 gram and 50 grams of CO2 per kilometre is to introduce a steep increase in the appropriate percentage of as much as 13% in 2028-29 to reach 18%, before rising to 19% in 2029-30.

Whereas previously the appropriate percentage for cars with emissions between 1 gram and 50 grams of CO2 per kilometre would rise as the electric range reduced, from 2028-29 that system will be replaced with a single flat rate, regardless of the electric range. That means that hybrid cars with the greatest electric range, which are presumably the least polluting, will see the steepest tax rise. Any distinction between hybrid vehicles will be eliminated for the purposes of these provisions. Indeed, as the explanatory notes make very clear, rates for hybrid vehicles will align more closely with the rates for internal combustion engine vehicles, as the Minister just pointed out.

It will not have escaped Members that these new rates take us to 2030. The Government have confirmed their intention to ban the sale of new petrol and diesel cars by that date. What has not yet been confirmed is the future of hybrid vehicles. The Department for Transport is consulting on which hybrid cars can be sold alongside zero emission models between 2030 and 2035. The Minister, naturally, will not pre-empt the outcome of that consultation, but these measures effectively do just that. While the Department for Transport parses the differences between plug-in hybrid electric vehicles and hybrid electric vehicles, the Treasury is eliminating that distinction altogether by 2028, let alone by 2030.

Not only that, but the Treasury is effectively lumping all hybrid vehicles in with those powered by internal combustion engines. Treasury Ministers will be aware that the manufacturing of hybrid vehicles and engines supports thousands of British jobs, as my hon. Friend the Member for Gordon and Buchan alluded to, and car manufacturing firms operate on a multi-year investment cycle. The contradictions between the Bill and the Department for Transport’s consultation send a less than clear signal, which puts those jobs at risk. I would therefore be grateful if the Minister clarified the Government’s intention in making these changes, especially when the House of Lords Environment and Climate Change Committee has heard that these rates have been the single most effective intervention to date in changing consumer behaviour around different types of vehicles.

I would also be grateful if the Minister outlined what steps the Treasury and HMRC are taking to make the general public aware of these changes. I grant they are quite technical, but they could impose a significant additional tax bill on certain taxpayers with plug-in hybrid vehicles. The Chartered Institute of Taxation raised that as a key area of concern, which could confront unsuspecting taxpayers—those seeking to do the right thing by purchasing a less-emitting vehicle— with a massive and steep tax rise. A higher rate taxpayer on £51,000 whose company car is a plug-in hybrid VW Golf could face an additional tax bill of as much as £1,600 in 2027-28. That strikes me as neither fair nor proportionate.

It has been reported that this Labour Government ordered no fewer than 10 petrol hybrid Jaguars upon assuming office to supplement the existing departmental, chauffeur-driven pool cars. If the Minister is confident that the consequences of the changes have been communicated and fully understood, I am sure he will be able to inform the Committee of the extra tax liability in 2028-29 of someone on a salary similar to that of a Treasury Minister—£110,000—whose full-time work car is a plug-in hybrid Jaguar F-Pace valued at roughly £60,000 with an electric range of just under 40 miles.

As the Committee can tell, we have serious reservations about the communication of the changes, the unfair overnight tax hikes they impose on taxpayers just trying to do the right thing, and the mixed messages they send to vehicle manufacturers by contradicting other areas of Government policy and consultation. The measures concern the ’28-29 and ’29-30 tax years, so the Government have time to think again and to bring back a better calibrated policy in a future Finance Bill. For the reasons that I have set out, we will vote against the clauses.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I listened to the shadow Minister’s comments, and he must have a different definition of “overnight” from me. Legislating now for changes that will come in in 2028 does not feel like overnight. Some Budget changes come in on the day of the Budget—had he called one of those overnight, I might have had some sympathy with the description, but not for legislating now for changes that will come in in 2028, toward the end of this decade. Part of the point of legislating now for changes that will happen some years down the line is precisely to give that signal to consumers and manufacturers, to ensure that the consumers are aware of what is to happen and manufacturers know what is planned.

Harriet Cross Portrait Harriet Cross
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

People might be buying cars now—that is, overnight—that they still have in ’28-29, when the changes come in. They will be making decisions now that will be caught up in future changes.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The hon. Lady makes a similar point to that made by the hon. Member for Grantham and Bourne, which is that the changes will come in further down the line, but they are critical of the fact that we are pre-announcing the changes now so that we give greater certainty and stability. I cannot understand that criticism, because I thought that giving as much forecasting, certainty and stability as possible would be welcomed by the industry and consumers. People expect taxes to change over time, and the greater the forecasting and advance notice they have, the better for consumers and for manufacturers. Without making this too political, I know that the Opposition were not a great fan of certainty and stability when they were in office, but we are rather different. That is why we are setting out the changes now.

The shadow Minister referred to the DFT consultation, and of course, he is right that I would not pre-empt its outcome. In combination, our giving information about what the appropriate percentages will be towards the end of the decade, thereby providing certainty and stability, will help us to work closely with other Departments to ensure that consumers are well informed about what is likely to happen towards the end of the decade and manufacturers have the certainty and stability that were so desperately lacking under the previous Administration.

Question put, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

Division 1

Question accordingly agreed to.

Ayes: 10

Noes: 4

Clause 5 ordered to stand part of the Bill.
--- Later in debate ---
None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to debate clause 14 stand part.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 13 sets the charge for corporation tax for the financial year beginning April 2026, setting the main rate at 25%; and clause 14 sets the small profit rate at 19% for the same period. As Members know, the charge for corporation tax must be set every year, so it is important to legislate on the rate for 2026 now to provide certainty to large and very large companies, which will pay tax in advance on the basis of their estimated tax liabilities. That is also why we have committed to cap corporation tax at 25% for the duration of the Parliament, as set out in the corporate tax road map published at the autumn Budget. The changes made by clause 13 will establish the right of the Government to charge corporation tax from April 2026. The clauses maintain the current rates of 25% and the small profits rate of 19%. Tax certainty is of great importance to businesses, and clauses 13 and 14 ensure that they continue to benefit from stable and predictable tax rules. I commend both clauses to the Committee.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the Minister set out, clauses 13 and 14 set the charge and rates of corporation tax for financial year 2026. The main rate remains unchanged at 25%, with the standard small profits rate at 19%, and the standard marginal relief fraction remains three 200ths.

In Committee on the last Finance Bill, the Exchequer Secretary to the Treasury, who was then the shadow Financial Secretary to the Treasury—a great Opposition role—told the House that if Labour won the election, they would bring certainty back for businesses by capping the rate of corporation tax at 25% for the whole of the next Parliament. At that point, he spoke of capping corporation tax and publishing a business taxation road map as though they were two separate things.

This year’s Budget makes clear that there is no cap outside the road map, and once again, as with income tax, we must take Labour at their word that they will stick to a non-binding commitment, which is not legislated for in this Finance Bill. It is unclear how much certainty or stability such a loose commitment will bring, especially when the Budget blindsided businesses with a £25 billion tax hike. Not only that, but the corporate tax road map itself says that, while the Government are committed to providing stability and predictability in the business tax system, they cannot rule out changes to the corporate tax regime over the course of this Parliament.

Given the Government’s ongoing worries about headroom and the uncertainty and instability that has created, will the Minister reconfirm for the parliamentary record the Government’s commitment, first, not to raise the headline rate of corporation tax for the duration of this Parliament; secondly, not to raise the small profits rate or reduce the marginal relief currently available; and thirdly, to maintain full expensing and the annual investment allowance, as well as writing down allowances and the structures and buildings allowance without meaningfully altering their eligibility?

--- Later in debate ---
The Bill lays bare Labour’s rhetoric. On corporation tax, the best offer the Government can make to British businesses is to do nothing, while harming them in lots of other places. All the indications are that they will be back for more, so for the sake of stability and clarity, which have already been so badly shaken in such a short period of time, I hope the Minister will unequivocally rule out any future increases in rates and any reductions in thresholds or allowances.
James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I was expecting a series of amendments from the Opposition; I was not expecting the shadow Minister to quote back at me an amendment I tabled several years ago. It is a new, although interesting, approach to opposition to rely on what I tabled in opposition and quote that back at me. I am sure it was an excellent amendment, although I cannot remember its exact detail.

On the hon. Gentleman’s questions about corporation tax rates, I am sure he will remember from his time in the Treasury that it is standard practice to legislate the charge to corporation tax on an annual basis, even when the rates remain unchanged. That is a long-standing convention that applies to income tax as well. However, because we were so determined to give businesses stability and certainty, we published the corporate tax road map alongside the Budget. In that road map, we made clear our commitment to maintaining the main rate—or, indeed, to capping it—at 25% for the duration of the Parliament.

The small profits rate and marginal relief will also be maintained at their current rates and thresholds. Full expensing and the annual investment allowance are also guaranteed for this Parliament. When it comes to corporation tax, full expensing and the annual investment allowance, the various Finance Bills in this Parliament will be quite a different experience compared with those in the previous Parliament.

Harriet Cross Portrait Harriet Cross
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Although we of course welcome a road map as a way to give businesses confidence on corporation tax, we should not get mixed up in the smoke and mirrors of what business taxes are. Because of the Budget, businesses now face many taxes and the uncertainty that they bring. Will we also see road maps for things such as the national insurance rises, the increase in business rates, minimum wage increases and measures in the Employment Rights Bill, all of which have an impact on business?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The hon. Lady mentions business rates. I do not know whether she has read the discussion paper “Transforming Business Rates”.

Harriet Cross Portrait Harriet Cross
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

indicated assent.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am glad the hon. Lady has read it, because it sets out our approach to business rates in the coming year, from April 2026, and what we want to do over this Parliament. Businesses want stability and certainty from Government; they recognise that, over a five-year period, things will happen that cannot be predicted on day one, but they want that certainty and predictability. That is why, in the corporate tax road map, we give certainty on capping the main rate and on the small profits rate, marginal relief, full expensing and the annual investment allowance—everything on which we can give full certainty. However, where there are areas that we seek to explore or consult on, we are also clear about that. We developed that approach in partnership with business to make sure that we give as much certainty up front as we can, while also signposting those areas that we want to discuss.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Let us be clear: it is good when a Government set out a tax rate over a multi-year period; we accept that that is a good thing. However, does the Minister accept—to the point raised by my hon. Friend the Member for Gordon and Buchan—that although a road map has been set out on corporation tax, the Labour party has created uncertainty by saying, before the election, that it would not increase national insurance contributions and then, immediately after the election, hitting businesses with a £25 billion tax rise, including not only a rate change but a threshold change that brings many new businesses into the tax regime? Does the Minister accept that the problem is about more than corporation tax? It is about the entire business tax ecosystem. On that basis, the charge is very clear: his Government have caused great uncertainty and great damage to British businesses.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Although I am mindful that the clauses are on corporation tax, Mr Mundell, let me briefly respond to the shadow Minister’s comments. This Government were elected to bring an end to the instability that had become endemic under the previous Government. I like the hon. Gentleman a lot, but for him to imply that the previous Government had stability from day to day is for the birds. I was in the House of Commons Chamber so many times for debates on Finance Bills. I think we went through the entire introduction and repeal of the health and social care levy in the space of a few months. There was no stability under the previous Government, and that was a large part of what led people to vote for change at the last general election. They wanted us to sort out the public finances, get public services back on their feet and restore the economic stability that is the bedrock on which investment can rise and on which we can get the economy growing as we know it can, supporting British businesses, entrepreneurs and wealth creators to do what they do best.

To bring us back to the clauses, publishing the corporate tax road map shows our commitment to not just campaigning on the prospect of bringing stability but delivering it in our very first Budget. The corporate tax road map clearly sets out our approach to corporation tax, related allowances and other areas we will look at. I may have discerned support for it in the shadow Minister’s comments; it was bound up in other comments but, reading between the lines, I think he supports the publication of the corporate tax road map. He is welcome to intervene if he disagrees.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I will intervene anyway. As I said, any certainty that can be provided to businesses regarding the tax system is a good thing. The point I am trying to make—I will try again—is that corporation tax is just one tax paid by businesses. They also pay national insurance contributions. They also use reliefs such as the business rates relief the Minister talked about—by the way, the Government have cut that from 70% to 40%, although I am not sure that it was clear before the election that they would do that. The uncertainty has been caused by all the things that the British public were told would not happen, but that then did happen.

We are talking about corporation tax today, and I can see that you are, quite rightly, about to bring us back in scope, Mr Mundell. I will leave it here by saying that British businesses pay more than just corporation tax, and what they need is certainty across the board. We have a corporation tax road map, but why do we not have a holistic, comprehensive business tax road map that includes national insurance, business rates and other taxes borne by businesses? That is my point.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

With your indulgence, Mr Mundell, I would like to briefly address—

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

As long as it is contextual.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Yes. In the context of this discussion on corporation tax, I will address the comments about other taxes. The shadow Minister again mentioned business rates and business rates relief, but he might want to recall the situation we inherited on business rates relief. This year it is operating at a 75% discount for retail, hospitality and leisure properties, up to a cap of £110,000, and it was due to expire entirely in April 2025. What we inherited was not just instability, but a cliff edge—it was going to go entirely in April this year. I notice that that part of the story is conveniently erased from the shadow Minister’s account of history.

Business rates relief was going to expire entirely in April 2025, so we were keen to ensure that we continued it, while being mindful of the public finances. Our decision to continue it for a further year at 40% was the right thing to do while we ensure that we are ready from April 2026 to have permanently lower tax rates for retail, hospitality and leisure businesses with a rateable value of below £500,000. That is the stability that businesses so badly need. Frankly, the shadow Minister, who is talking about business rates in the context of corporation tax, overlooked that fact entirely. Under the previous Government, the reliefs were extended one year at a time, with the rates going up and down, which provided no stability for businesses trying to make investment decisions. From April 2026, with our permanently lower rates, we want to provide exactly that stability.

To return to corporation tax, which is the subject of these two clauses, one of the conversations that I had many a time with businesses while in opposition was about their desire for certainty on corporation tax and the system of allowances. I recall challenging the shadow Minister, when he was a Treasury Minister himself, about the number of changes there had been to full expensing, the annual investment allowance and indeed to the super-deduction, which came and went entirely within one Parliament. That instability is what prompted our desire to provide stability for businesses, and publishing the corporation tax road map and these clauses begins to implement the commitments we made.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 13 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 14 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 19

Pillar Two

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss the following:

Government amendments 1 to 3, 21 to 23, 4 to 11, 24 to 29, 12 and 13, 30, 14, and 31 to 37.

Schedule 4.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 19 and schedule 4 introduce the undertaxed profits rule—the third and final part of the internationally agreed global minimum tax known as pillar two. They also amend the existing legislation on multinational top-up tax and domestic top-up tax to incorporate the latest international agreements and stakeholder feedback.

It is essential that multinationals pay their fair share of tax in the UK. Pillar two protects the UK tax base from large multinationals shifting their profits overseas to low-tax jurisdictions, by requiring multinationals that generate annual revenues of more than €750 million to pay an effective tax rate of 15% on their profits in every jurisdiction in which they operate. Where their effective tax rate falls below that, they will pay a top-up tax.

--- Later in debate ---
James Wild Portrait James Wild (North West Norfolk) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

It is a great pleasure to serve on the Committee under your chairmanship, Mr Mundell. As we heard from the Minister, clause 19 and schedule 4 amend the parts and schedules of the Finance (No. 2) Act 2023 that implement the multinational top-up tax and domestic top-up tax. Part 2 of schedule 4 introduces the undertaxed profits rule into UK legislation, and part 3 makes amendments to the multinational top-up tax and domestic top-up tax. These taxes represent the UK’s adoption of the OECD pillar two global minimum tax rules, and we are supportive of the measures before us.

In October 2021, under an OECD inclusive framework, more than 130 countries agreed to enact a two-pillar solution to address the challenges arising from the digitalisation of the economy. Pillar one involves a partial reallocation of taxing rights over the profits of multinationals to the jurisdictions where consumers are located. The detailed rules that will deliver pillar one are still under development by the inclusive framework. As the Minister said, pillar two introduces a global effective tax rate, whereby multinational groups with revenue of more than €750 million are subject to a minimum effective rate of 15% on income arising in low-tax jurisdictions.

The multinational and domestic tax top-ups were introduced in the Finance Act 2023, as the first tranche of the UK’s implementation of the agreed pillar two framework. Measures in the Bill extend the top-up taxes to give effect to the undertaxed profits rule. That brings a share of top-up taxes that are not paid under another jurisdiction’s income inclusion rule or domestic top-up tax rule into charge in the UK. The undertaxed profits rule will be effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 31 December 2024.

Following discussions with the Chartered Institute of Taxation, I have a number of points to raise with the Minister. First, as the institute points out, there is an open point around the application of the transitional safe-harbour anti-arbitrage rules. The OECD’s anti-arbitrage rules for the transitional safe harbours are drafted very broadly, and may therefore go further than originally anticipated. Will the Minister clarify HMRC’s view of the scope of those rules?

There are also questions about taxpayers’ ability to qualify for the transitional safe harbours. A transitional safe harbour is a temporary measure that reduces the compliance burden for multinationals and tax authorities. There has been some uncertainty as to whether a single error in a country-by-country report could disqualify all jurisdictions from applying the transitional safe harbours. HMRC has recently indicated that it would be open to permitting re-filings of country-by-country reports where errors are spotted. Can the Minister provide further clarity on HMRC’s proposed approach?

The UK’s legislation will need to be updated regularly to stay in line with the OECD’s evolving guidance. What steps is the Minister taking to ensure that clear guidance is provided in a timely manner? The new top-up taxes and undertaxed profits rule are complicated. Schedule 4 runs to over 40 pages and includes an eight-step method to determine the proportion of an untaxed amount to be allocated to the UK. It is important that the Government minimise the cost of implementation and compliance. How will the Minister ensure that it is kept to a minimum?

While I welcome the work the UK is doing at a global level, there are still significant issues. I was interested, as I am sure the Minister was, to see that one of the first actions of President Trump, just hours after he took office, was to issue a presidential memorandum stating:

“This memorandum recaptures our nation’s sovereignty and economic competitiveness by clarifying that the global tax deal has no force or effect in the United States.”

It states in clear and unambiguous terms:

“The Secretary of the Treasury and the Permanent Representative of the United States to the OECD shall notify the OECD that any commitments made by the prior administration on behalf of the United States with respect to the global tax deal have no force or effect within the United States absent an act by the Congress adopting the relevant provisions of the global tax deal.”

The OBR estimates that pillar two is expected to generate £2.8 billion by the end of this Parliament. What impact could the US position have on the future operation of pillar two and the UK’s ability to levy top-up taxes on multinationals as planned? The same memorandum issued by President Trump notes that

“a list of options for protective measures”

will be drawn up within 60 days. What action are the Government taking to engage with the US Treasury and to prepare for such actions? Has the Chancellor raised this with her opposite number?

The Minister referred to the more than 30 Government amendments that have been tabled to schedule 4, which correct errors in the calculation of the multinational top-up tax payable under the UTPR provisions that would have resulted in an excessive liability; secure that eligible payroll costs and eligible asset amounts are allocated from flow-through entities in a manner that is consistent with pillar two model rules; and ensure that multinational top-up tax and domestic top-up tax apply properly in cases involving joint ventures. They are all perfectly sensible, but the number of amendments tabled underlines the complexity of the issue.

As I mentioned, this is a two-pillar system. The corporate tax road map confirmed the Government’s support for the international agreement on a multilateral solution under pillar one and the intention to repeal the UK’s digital sales tax when that solution is in place. The digital sales tax raised £380 million in 2021-22, £567 million in 2022-23 and £678 million in 2023-24. I would welcome an update from the Minister on pillar one and the future of the digital sales tax.

The Opposition will not be opposing the clause, but I look forward to the Minister’s response to the specific points I have raised, including those on developments under the new Trump Administration and on implementation.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for his support for the provisions before us and our general approach.

First, it is the case that we are amending the Bill in Committee, but that is because, as his colleagues may remember from their time in government, these are complex rules and it is important that pillar two rules work as intended. This is a complex international agreement and it represents one of the most significant reforms of international taxation for a century. It is to a degree inevitable that revisions would be needed as countries and businesses introduce pillar two and set it in progress. It is complex, but we should not forget that pillar two applies only to large multinational businesses, and the reason it is being introduced is to stop those businesses shifting their profits to low-tax jurisdictions and not paying their fair share here in the UK. The rules need to respond to that, and we need to make sure that they work for all sectors and all types of businesses.

--- Later in debate ---
Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.
James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause repeals the offshore receipts in respect of intangible property legislation, known as ORIP, which was aimed at disincentivising large multinational enterprises from holding intangible property in a low-tax jurisdiction if the intangible property was used to generate income in the UK. Such enterprises could thereby gain an unfair competitive advantage over those that held intangible property in the UK. The policy is no longer required, because pillar two—the global minimum tax—will more comprehensively discourage the multinational tax planning arrangements that ORIP sought to counter.

As set out in the corporate tax road map, which we debated earlier, the Government are committed to simplification of the UK’s rules for taxing cross-border activities in the light of pillar two. Repeal will take place alongside the introduction of pillar two’s undertaxed profit rules in the UK from 31 December 2024, which we debated with clause 19. Clause 20 simply repeals chapter 2A of part 5 of the Income Tax (Trading and Other Income) Act 2005, and I commend it to the Committee.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As we heard from the Minister, clause 20 repeals the ORIP rules, which are about ensuring that profits derived from UK consumers are taxed fairly and consistently, regardless of where the underlying intangible property is held. The previous Government announced in the 2023 autumn statement that they would abolish ORIP, so we support the clause.

The ORIP rules were a short-term, unilateral measure introduced in the Finance Act 2019 to disincentivise large multinational enterprises from holding intangible property—assets such as patents, trademarks and copyrights—in low-tax jurisdictions if it was used to generate income in the UK. Such multinationals could thereby gain an unfair competitive advantage over others that hold intangible property in the UK, as well as eroding the UK tax base. However, the legislation is no longer required, because the OECD/G20 inclusive framework pillar two global minimum tax rules will comprehensively discourage the multinational tax planning arrangements that ORIP sought to counter.

As the Minister said, the repeal will happen alongside the introduction of the pillar two undertaxed profits rule from 31 December 2024. Has he assessed how successful the ORIP rules have been since their introduction? HMRC’s tax information and impact notes state that this measure will have a negligible impact on around 30 large multinational groups and a negative impact on the Exchequer, peaking at £40 million in 2026-27. Can the Minister clarify why the repeal of the ORIP rules is having a negative impact on revenues to the Exchequer? I note that the Chartered Institute of Taxation has welcomed the measure and specifically said that

“any reduction in the legislative code to minimise overlap and unnecessary measures is welcome.”

We say amen to that.

As I have set out, we will not oppose the clause, but I look forward to the Minister’s response to my specific points about ORIP.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for his support for the clause. I think his question was about the impact of repealing ORIP. A fundamental point here is that pillar two, which we debated previously, will now tax the profits that were the target of ORIP. Pillar two is expected to raise more than £15 billion over the next six years, so ORIP is simply no longer needed. The Government believe that simplifying and rationalising the UK’s rules for taxing cross-border activities is important, and as such it is right that we use this opportunity to repeal ORIP.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 20 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 21

Application of PAYE in relation to internationally mobile employees etc.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I beg to move amendment 15, in clause 21, page 11, line 21, after “is” insert “or has been”.

This amendment makes it clear that new section 690 applies if an employee has been internationally mobile in a tax year, even if the employee is no longer internationally mobile.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss the following:

Government amendments 16 to 19.

Clause stand part.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I will briefly address clause 21 before explaining what the amendment seeks to achieve.

The clause makes changes to simplify the process for operating pay-as-you-earn where an employee is eligible for overseas workday relief. It relates to some of the reforms we are making around non-UK domiciled individuals, which we will return to later in Committee, because those clauses are in a different part of the Bill. More broadly, the context of this measure is that the Government are removing the outdated concept of domicile status from the tax system, and replacing it with a new, internationally competitive, residence-based regime from 6 April 2025.

Currently, where an employer makes an application to treat only a portion of the income that they pay to an employee as PAYE income, they are required to wait for HMRC to approve an application, which can result in delays. The changes made by clause 21 will mean that from 6 April 2025, an employer will be able to operate PAYE only on income relating to work done in the UK once they have received an acknowledgment from HMRC of their completed application, rather than having to wait for HMRC to approve it. That approach will simplify the operation of overseas workday relief for employers, while still allowing HMRC to direct employers to amend the proportion of income on which PAYE is operated, should it be necessary to do so.

Amendments 15 to 19 are needed in order to ensure that the legislation regarding the correct operation of PAYE works as intended. The Government are committed to making the tax system fairer so that everyone who is a long-term resident in the UK pays their taxes here. The new regime ensures this, while also being more attractive than the current approach, as individuals will be able to bring income and gains into the UK without attracting an additional tax charge. That will encourage them to spend and invest those funds in the UK.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As we have heard from the Minister, clause 21 amends the process by which employers can operate PAYE on a proportion of payments of employment income made to an employee during the tax year. It is a welcome change. We will be supporting the clause and the simplification that it introduces.

By way of background, the clause amends section 690 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003. Section 690 provides a mechanism for an individual or employer to seek a decision from HMRC regarding the tax treatment of certain earnings. The resulting determination under section 690 is an agreement between HMRC and a UK employer on the estimated percentage of duties that an internationally mobile employee expects to carry out in a tax year. Once that determination is provided, the employer can operate PAYE on only that percentage of the employee’s salary.

Unfortunately, that is easier said than done. According to the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, historically HMRC has missed its four-month target to agree employers’ applications, and in some cases it has taken up to a year to obtain HMRC’s approval. This is just one example of the difficulty that taxpayers have in engaging with HMRC. I welcome the comments that the Minister made at Treasury questions last week about the work that he is doing—he chairs the board of HMRC, I believe—to ensure that HMRC delivers a better service for customers. We all wish him well on that.

Perhaps this is an opportune time to remind the 3.4 million people who have to submit self-assessment tax returns to do so before the 31 January deadline. Colleagues may wish to ensure that they have submitted theirs.

In the absence of an agreement, PAYE must be operated on the whole salary, meaning that the employee would be overtaxed and must claim relief after the year end. That is not a satisfactory outcome for anyone. These changes will allow employers to immediately operate PAYE on only the proportion of earnings that they believe relates to UK duties, rather than having to wait for HMRC to approve the application. This new process is a welcome step forward in dealing with an issue that HMRC has had in meeting its legal obligations under the current tax system.

--- Later in debate ---
As I have set out, we support this change, but I would appreciate the Minister’s comments on how the amended process will work for certain groups. I recognise that this is a detailed issue, so he may wish to write to the Committee on the points I have raised.
James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for his support for the clause and the amendments. He rightly recognises that this is a simplification to make things happen quicker in the tax system, and we can all agree on that. He raised some specific points, and I will write to him on the detail of the operation of the clause so that he has a record of that. I endorse his call for anyone who has not already submitted their self-assessment tax return to be mindful of the deadline of the end of the month.

Amendment 15 agreed to.

Amendments made: 16, in clause 21, page 12, line 4, after “being” insert “or having been”.

This amendment is consequential on Amendment 15.

Amendment 17, in clause 21, page 12, line 22, after “is” insert “or has been”.

This amendment makes it clear that a notice under new section 690A can be given during the mobile tax year if the employee has been internationally mobile during that year, even if the employee is no longer internationally mobile.

Amendment 18, in clause 21, page 13, line 22, leave out “public notice given” and insert “general direction made”.

This amendment means that the requirements of notices under new section 690A will be specified in a general direction made by HMRC rather than a public notice.

Amendment 19, in clause 21, page 15, line 38, at end insert—

“(3) Any direction given by an officer of Revenue and Customs under section 690 of ITEPA 2003 (employee non-resident etc) has no effect in relation to tax year 2025-2026 or any subsequent tax year.” —(James Murray.)

This amendment means that any direction given under the old section 690 will cease to have effect in relation to future tax years.

Clause 21, as amended, agreed to.

Clause 22

Advance pricing agreements: indirect participation in financing cases

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 22 introduces technical amendments to provide certainty that advance pricing agreements are available for all financing arrangements covered by the transfer pricing rules, in line with the existing HMRC guidance.

The transfer pricing rules ensure that transactions between related parties, such as companies in the same multinational group, are priced as though they were between independent entities, in line with the arm’s length principle. This makes sure that each related party pays the appropriate amount of tax in the country in which it operates. That ensures a fair distribution of tax revenues across different jurisdictions and prevents companies from manipulating intra-group prices to shift profits to lower tax jurisdictions.

The UK’s advance pricing agreement legislation provides for agreements to be entered into between HMRC and businesses in scope of the transfer pricing rules, which determine the transfer pricing method that businesses should use to determine the arm’s length price. An advance pricing agreement is not special treatment for that taxpayer; rather, it provides improved certainty to taxpayers in areas where the correct application of the transfer pricing rules may be in doubt.

HMRC has recently become aware of a technical gap in the legislation that was contrary to its long-established statement of practice. The said statement of practice allows for an advance pricing agreement to be entered into where the parties are acting together in relation to financing arrangements. The changes made by this clause fix that gap and will ensure that HMRC can provide businesses with tax certainty in relation to the application of the transfer pricing legislation to all in-scope financing arrangements, in line with HMRC’s statement of practice.

The intention of this clause is to fix a technical gap in existing legislation and to ensure that HMRC can provide certainty in line with its existing published guidance.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As we heard from the Minister, clause 22 makes amendments to parts 4 and 5 of the Taxation (International and Other Provisions) Act 2010 concerning the meaning of indirect participation in relation to advance pricing agreements. Once again, we welcome these changes. An APA is a procedural agreement between one or more taxpayers or one or more tax authorities on the future application of transfer pricing policies. Advance pricing agreements can help to provide certainty and avoid transfer pricing disputes.

HMRC recently became aware that there is a technical gap in the circumstances in which an advance pricing agreement may be entered into. Clause 22 aims to rectify that gap and provide clarity on what constitutes indirect participation in the context of APAs. The clause amends both the transfer pricing and APA legislation to ensure the validity of advance pricing agreements in cases where the parties to the provision are connected only by virtue of acting together in relation to the financing arrangements.

The clause will ensure the validity of advance pricing agreements with businesses in such circumstances and is intended to ensure that HMRC can provide businesses with tax certainty in relation to the application of transfer pricing legislation. We have spoken a lot during this Committee about the importance of certainty for business, so that is a welcome step.

By providing clarification on what indirect participation means, the Government are confirming the scope of advance pricing agreements, which should improve certainty and dispute resolution. The Chartered Institute of Taxation notes that

“this measure will be helpful for taxpayers that have applied to or want to apply to HMRC for APAs in relation to financing arrangements (such as Advance Thin Capitalisation Agreements) in circumstances where the UK’s transfer pricing rules are only in scope due to persons acting together in relation to those financing arrangements.”

The clause will likely improve the process both for businesses and HMRC. It is, however, a little hard to understand the real-world impact from the tax information and impact notes. Now that indirect participation has been defined and the scope of advance pricing agreements effectively broadened, will there be any extra enforcement cost? I would be grateful if the Minister could confirm how many businesses the change is likely to impact. It would also be useful to know whether the Government have calculated the economic benefits of advance pricing agreements and, subsequently, how the change will impact the Exchequer. As I have set out, we welcome this technical change, but I would welcome the Minister’s comments on the issues I have raised.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the hon. Gentleman for his support for the clause. We are on a roll of him supporting clause after clause—may this continue throughout the rest of the Bill.

The hon. Gentleman rightly recognises that this is a simplification measure on which all Members can agree. As it is a simplification measure, it is non-scoring, so it does not have an Exchequer impact—it simply provides certainty on how the rules as intended will apply. It does not change how the rules apply or make a policy change to the Government’s approach; it makes sure that there is total certainty and clarity about how they will apply. Only a limited number of taxpayers will be affected, and we expect them to welcome the change because of this certainty.

I welcome the Opposition’s support for this clause, because I think we can all agree on giving as much certainty to taxpayers and businesses as possible.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 22 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 23

Expenditure on zero-emission cars

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss clause 24 stand part.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clauses 23 and 24 make changes to extend the 100% first-year allowances for qualifying expenditure on zero emission cars and plant or machinery for electric vehicle charge points by a further year to April 2026. The first-year allowance for cars was originally introduced for expenditure incurred from 17 April 2002 for low CO2-emission cars, including electric vehicles, and eligibility was later restricted to cars with zero CO2 emissions from April 2021. The first-year allowance for electric vehicle charge points was originally introduced for expenditure incurred from 23 November 2016. These first-year allowances were introduced to support the UK’s transition to cleaner vehicles and were due to expire in April 2025.

The changes made by clauses 23 and 24 will extend the availability of the capital allowances for a further year to 31 March 2026 for corporation tax purposes and 5 April 2026 for income tax purposes. This ensures that investments in zero emission cars and charge point infrastructure continue to receive the most generous capital allowance treatment. By extending the first-year allowances for zero emission cars and charge point infrastructure, the measure will provide continued support for the transition to electric vehicles.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the Minister set out, clauses 23 and 24 extend the availability of the 100% first-year allowance for business expenditure on zero emission cars and for expenditure on plant or machinery for an electric vehicle charging point. Both allowances are extended for a single year from April 2025. In their current forms, both allowances were introduced by Conservative Governments. Although we will not oppose the clauses, there are a few questions that I would like the Minister to address.

The first relates to a point that has been highlighted by the Association of Taxation Technicians concerning clause 24. The ATT has queried why the specific allowance for charging points is being extended when this expenditure has been covered by both the annual investment allowance and full expensing since the Conservative Government made those reliefs permanent in 2023. That means that the allowance is really relevant only to unincorporated business—for example, a partnership or sole trader— that has already used its annual investment allowance in full, which is a scenario that the ATT considers to be quite rare.

According to the ATT, we should be able to tell how rare this is from the number of claims made for this specific allowance on tax returns. Will the Minister provide any information that he has to hand on that? HMRC has said it expects 6,000 unincorporated businesses to be impacted by clauses 23 and 24. Does the Minister have a figure for clause 24 alone and for specific unincorporated businesses that have exhausted their annual investment allowance? At the very least, I would be grateful if the Minister explained to the Committee the rationale behind that specific extension, given the context that the ATT has so clearly set out.

The cost to HMRC of implementing the clauses is a cool £1.2 million—a relatively high figure for the extension of a pre-existing allowance for a single year. If clause 24 is largely redundant, this hardly seems good value for money on HMRC’s part. I therefore ask the Minister to provide a clause-by-clause breakdown of the £1.2 million of taxpayers’ money that HMRC will spend to be able to execute the relief.

Turning back to clause 23, electric vehicles, unlike charging points, are not in scope of the annual investment allowance or full expensing, so I will not question the extension of that specific allowance, which we welcome. However, given the Government’s ambition to accelerate our transition to electric vehicles, I cannot help but wonder why they are putting a brake on the allowance after just a single year.

The Red Book states that the allowance will

“help drive the transition to electric vehicles”,

yet from April 2026, a business investing in these cars will receive relief only through annual writing-down allowances of either 18% or 6%, depending on the car’s emissions—those incentives are less generous and less immediate. At Budget 2020, we extended the EV allowance by four years to provide the support and certainty to businesses that the Minister says he so desperately wants. This Labour Government have declined to do the same, creating what some—not me—may call a cliff edge. As Labour increases the pace and the burden of the transition to net zero, they are also shifting the burden away from His Majesty’s Government and on to British businesses and British consumers. Once again, it is they who will pay the price for the Government’s obsession with decarbonising our grid and imposing net zero policies on the British public.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for his questions and his support for the clause. He mentioned a question that the ATT raised about the interaction between the extension of the 100% first-year allowance we are proposing, particularly for charge points, and the context of full expensing in the annual investment allowance. For businesses that are investing over the annual investment allowance limit, there may be circumstances where, if the first year allowance were not extended as it is by these clauses, some investment in EV charge point equipment would qualify for only a 50% first-year allowance rather than 100% full expensing. The Government want to support investment in EV charge point infrastructure by providing full relief for investment in equipment for EV charge points. That is why we have introduced this measure.

The shadow Minister asked for a specific figure. I do not have that to hand, but I am happy to look into what information is available and get back to him. More broadly, the 100% first-year allowance was due to expire in April 2025. This conversation has echoes of an earlier discussion we had around retail, hospitality and leisure business rates relief, and reliefs or allowances that we inherited and which are due to expire in April 2025. We have decided to extend this, and the reason why is to help support businesses and individuals who are buying or making electric vehicles and associated infrastructure. We see this as one of a series of measures to support the EV transition. It has come up in relation to a number of clauses, so I think it is clear to the Committee that the Government are pursuing a range of different interventions and policies to carefully calibrate the right level of Government support.

Blake Stephenson Portrait Blake Stephenson (Mid Bedfordshire) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

In the interest of providing certainty, would the Minister explain why the Government did not choose a multi-year allowance on this, rather than going for an extension of only one year?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As I was saying, we are seeking to calibrate the incentives carefully for the transition to EVs to support manufacturers and consumers and to give as much certainty as possible, while making sure that we have the right support in different parts of the tax system to provide value for money and support the transition in the right way. It is not a question of a single measure being responsible for supporting the transition. This relies on manufacturers and consumers playing their part, but the Government need to play their role, too, which is why this measure sits alongside others we have debated, including those that are not part of the Finance Bill but are part of the Government’s broader agenda. Collectively, they will support this transition.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 23 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 24 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 25

Commercial letting of furnished holiday accommodation

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss schedule 5.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause and the schedule abolish the furnished holiday lettings tax regime from April 2025, removing the tax advantages that landlords who offer short-term holiday lets have over those who provide standard residential properties. Furnished holiday let owners benefit from a more generous tax regime than landlords of other property types, such as standard residential properties. The advantages of that tax regime include capital gains tax reliefs: FHLs can qualify for gains to be charged at 10%, unlike buy-to-let properties and second homes. FHLs also benefit from unrestricted income tax relief on their mortgage interest, rather than the 20% restriction on relief for standard lettings, and from capital allowance on furniture and furnishings. FHL profits are also counted as earned income for pension purposes.

The previous Government announced at the spring Budget 2024 that they would abolish the FHL tax regime to level the playing field with landlords of standard residential properties. We are now legislating for that measure and abolishing the FHL tax regime from April 2025, which will raise around £190 million a year by 2029-30 and thereby support the vital public services we all rely on. The changes made by clause 25 and schedule 5 mean that FHL landlords will be treated the same as other residential landlords for the purposes of income tax, corporation tax and capital gains tax.

Harriet Cross Portrait Harriet Cross
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Does the Minister recognise the difference between properties with a use clause compelling them to be used for holiday let accommodation and houses that do not, and that can therefore be used as residential properties? Those two things do not necessarily line up in terms of what the owner can use the property for.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

If I understand the hon. Member’s question correctly, it might relate to clauses in the lease of the property, but I am not quite sure what her point was. I will come back to this if I have misunderstood her question, but clause 5 relates specifically to the tax treatment of these properties. It is about how FHLs, which can still operate in the same way as they have previously in terms of lettings, will be treated by the tax system to bring them in line with standard residential property tax treatment. This is about equalising the tax treatment of FHL landlords and standard landlords, rather than seeking broader changes, which may be what she was alluding to, but I am happy to return to it later in the debate if I have misunderstood her question.

This measure does not penalise the provision of FHLs; it simply brings their tax treatment more in line with long-term lets. It does that to remove the tax advantages that FHL landlords have received over other property businesses in four key areas. First, finance cost relief will apply in the same way as for long-term lettings, with income tax relief on their mortgage interest restricted to the basic rate. Secondly, it will remove the capital allowances rule for new expenditure and allow replacement of domestic items relief. Thirdly, it will withdraw access to reliefs from taxes on chargeable gains for trading business assets. Fourthly, FHL income will no longer count as earned income for pension purposes. After repeal, former FHL properties will form part of a person’s UK or overseas property business and be subject to the same rules as non-furnished holiday let property businesses.

However, the Bill does not equalise tax treatment entirely. Holiday lets, whether they qualify as FHLs or not, are subject to VAT, whereas longer-term, private rented sector accommodation is not. Withdrawal of finance cost relief will mainly affect higher rate and additional rate taxpayers, with basic rate payers largely unaffected. The Government have also introduced transitional arrangements. FHL properties will become part of a person’s overall property business and past FHL losses can be relieved against profits of that business in future years. Existing capital allowance claims can be continued, but new capital expenditure will be dealt with under the rules for standard residential let properties. The legislation also confirms that where a business has ceased prior to April 2025, business asset disposal relief may continue to apply to a disposal that occurs within the normal three-year period following cessation, which is in line with current rules.

Angus MacDonald Portrait Mr Angus MacDonald (Inverness, Skye and West Ross-shire) (LD)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Did the Minister consider the different legislation in Scotland, where we have short-term letting licences, visitor tax and a whole load of extra legislation coming in, which is making it difficult and reducing the amount of holiday letting available? How relevant is the proposal for Scotland?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The hon. Gentleman’s question goes slightly beyond the ambit of the tax measures we are discussing. As I understand, he is talking about the wider regulation and the approach to lettings in Scotland. To echo my response to the hon. Member for Gordon and Buchan, the measures really relate to the tax treatment of FHLs in comparison to standard property lettings, making them more equal. It does not make them entirely equal—VAT remains a point of difference—but it is about levelling the playing field between FHL landlords and the landlords of standard lettings in the tax system.

Angus MacDonald Portrait Mr MacDonald
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

My point was really about the cumulative effect of many different taxes and restrictions making it more and more difficult for people in the letting business, which is crucial to the economy of tourist areas.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

We know that in any local area there needs to be a balance between visitor accommodation and long-term accommodation. I am sure that the hon. Member and others recognise the tension inherent in getting that balance right. We need to ensure not only that we are supporting our visitor economy, but that the tax system supports long-term accommodation for people who live in those areas—not least because those who work in the tourism sector need somewhere to live near their place of work. It is about the balance between supporting visitor economies and long-term residential lets. We agree with the previous Government, who introduced the reform, on this point. The tax treatment of FHL landlords is better if brought more in line with standard residential lets.

I will briefly mention the anti-forestalling rule, which is also introduced as part of the Bill. It will prevent the obtaining of a tax advantage through the use of conditional contracts to receive capital gains relief under the current FHL rules. That rule applies from 6 March 2024.

In summary, the changes made by the provisions will make the tax system fairer by eliminating tax advantages for landlords who let out their properties as short-term furnished holiday lets compared with those who let out properties for longer periods. FHL landlords will now be treated the same as other residential landlords for the purposes of income tax, corporation tax and capital gains tax. We are grateful to all the stakeholders who have already fed in following the publication of the draft legislation and supporting documents.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the Minister set out, clause 25 and schedule 5 repeal special tax rules relating to the commercial letting of furnished holiday accommodation. The changes were first announced in our Government’s Budget in March 2024, and we will not oppose them. However, it is important to view the measures in the context of the wider changes to the circumstances of the hospitality sector as a result of Labour’s Budget—most notably the hike in national insurance contributions.

Finance Bill (Second sitting)

(Limited Text - Ministerial Extracts only)

Read Full debate
Committee stage
Tuesday 28th January 2025

(1 year, 6 months ago)

Public Bill Committees
Finance Act 2025 Read Hansard Text Amendment Paper: Public Bill Committee Amendments as at 28 January 2025 - (28 Jan 2025)

This text is a record of ministerial contributions to a debate held as part of the Finance Act 2025 passage through Parliament.

In 1993, the House of Lords Pepper vs. Hart decision provided that statements made by Government Ministers may be taken as illustrative of legislative intent as to the interpretation of law.

This extract highlights statements made by Government Ministers along with contextual remarks by other members. The full debate can be read here

This information is provided by Parallel Parliament and does not comprise part of the offical record

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies (Grantham and Bourne) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I will pick up where I left off by asking the Minister to provide confirmation on the three points I listed, and to provide an assurance that the guidance from His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs is sufficiently clear on those points that those affected are aware of the full implications of the changes.

Finally, in the case of joint ownership, the Chartered Institute of Taxation is calling for an administrative easement to allow declarations to be backdated. Has the Minister considered the possibility of such an easement being implemented? I have not been able to raise all of the many points that the institute has raised with me, and I apologise to it for that. I am sure the Minister is engaging with the institute. I know that in opposition he spent a lot of time with it, as he will be doing with industry. I encourage him to speak to the Chartered Institute of Taxation and get its guidance and input, as I have tried to lay out in my remarks.

James Murray Portrait The Exchequer Secretary to the Treasury (James Murray)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I start by putting on the record my thanks to the Chartered Institute of Taxation. It was a great support to me in opposition and continues to be an important stakeholder for us in government.

I will try to respond to some of the shadow Minister’s points. First, he raised concerns articulated by the Chartered Institute of Taxation about trading and property income boundaries. There are established principles that underline what is trading and what is income from property. The bright-line tests that have been put forward distort those principles rather than clarify them. Whether activity is income from property depends on the nature of the activity undertaken, and specifically how the profit is derived. If the profit is derived from the exploitation of land, the income is taxable as property income. The furnished holiday let rules provided for specific reliefs, but for tax purposes it has always been property income, not trading income. Categorising some property income arbitrarily as trading would give more reliefs than FHLs previously had.

The shadow Minister also raised concerns about how the repeal of the FHL rules will apply practically to landlords and how that may affect them. I reassure him that HMRC has already published guidance on the changes and will be publishing more ahead of April, when the changes come into effect. We have also engaged with the industry since the announcements to ensure that we are aware of its reaction.

On the shadow Minister’s other points in relation to business asset disposal relief and roll-over relief, we have considered the impacts of the changes on those two reliefs. It will depend on an individual’s personal circumstances, but broadly each person would need to dispose of the whole or part of an FHL business, or dispose of assets that were used for the purposes of an FHL business that has ceased, before April 2025. We have been fair in our approach not to restrict relief where someone has had an FHL before repeal. Individuals should consult online guidance or a tax adviser before making any decisions.

The shadow Minister asked about married couples. We have considered the impact of the changes on married couples and civil partners. The removal of the FHL rules will mean that a married couple is subject to the same rules as other landlords. For married couples, income is assumed to be split 50:50 unless a declaration is made to split the income in a different proportion, which must be the same as the proportion of ownership between the couple. If they want to change the proportions, married couples will have to make an election for joint ownership arrangements as per the usual process. There will be a deadline of April for married couples to adjust to the changes as we cannot backdate such elections. That was already set out online following the consultation on the draft legislation. Further online guidance will be available.

I hope I have covered most of the shadow Minister’s points. I conclude by recognising my gratitude to him for not opposing the provisions; it would be noteworthy if he had changed his mind since he was in government. I am not sure whether all his colleagues are on exactly the same page as him, but I will not pry at this stage of our consideration of the Bill. Perhaps his slightly caveated response to the clauses reflects some of the discussions happening among Members on the Opposition Front Bench. Notwithstanding whatever is happening behind closed doors, I welcome their support for the clause.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 25 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Schedule 5 agreed to.

Clause 26

Films and television programmes: increased relief for visual effects

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss clauses 27 and 28 stand part.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 26 makes changes to maximise the potential of the UK’s world-class visual effects industry, and clauses 27 and 28 make changes to ensure continuity for companies claiming expenditure credits for film, TV and video game production, by aligning the legislation with equivalent provisions in the previous tax reliefs.

The UK is a strong performer in visual effects production and is home to several Oscar-winning companies, but in recent years there have been reports of visual effects activity moving overseas. Stakeholders report that that is because of the 80% cap on qualifying expenditure relating to the audiovisual expenditure credit, or AVEC. Currently, companies can receive AVEC on up to 80% of their production costs, including visual effects costs. Visual effects work is done virtually, so companies may place 80% of their production costs in the UK and place their visual effects costs overseas, particularly in countries such as Canada and France, which offer special tax incentives for visual effects.

In November 2023, a call for evidence on the visual effects industry was published. It provided substantial evidence that visual effects work was moving overseas because of the 80% cap and because of increased competition from countries that offer targeted visual effects tax incentives. Separately, previous tax reliefs for film, TV and video game production are being phased out and will be fully replaced with expenditure credits from 1 April 2027. Indeed, companies can already claim expenditure credits instead of the tax reliefs if they wish.

The changes made by clause 26 will increase the amount of AVEC awarded to UK visual effects costs in film and high-end TV production by 5 percentage points, to a total credit rate of 39%. The changes remove AVEC’s 80% cap on qualifying expenditure for visual effects costs, so that all those costs, including those that are above the 80% cap, may receive the enhanced 39% rate of relief. Around 1,300 companies claim film or high-end TV tax relief and stand to benefit from the changes, and the additional tax relief is expected to cost £75 million per year from 2028-29.

Clause 27 sets out that the previous tax reliefs and the new expenditure credits both require companies to provide cultural certificates from the British Film Institute to support their claims for relief. HMRC requires the certificates to be in force at the time a claim is made. The new expenditure credits legislation is less clear on that requirement than the previous tax reliefs legislation; it requires certificates to have effect at the end of each claim period, rather than only at the time the claim is made. The changes made by clause 27 will therefore align the expenditure credits legislation with the tax reliefs legislation, to clarify that cultural certificates must be valid when claims are made, and ensure continuity of treatment between the previous tax reliefs and the new expenditure credits.

On clause 28, the previous tax reliefs and the new expenditure credits both have rules on the treatment of expenses that are not made within four months of the end of the accounting period in which they are incurred. The tax relief rules allow for such expenses to be deducted from profits, but do not allow additional relief on them until they are paid. The expenditure credit rules prevent the expenses from being deducted from profits at all—that is, until they are paid. The changes made by clause 28 will align the expenditure credit rules with the tax relief rules, so that the unpaid amounts can be deducted from profits that are still ineligible for relief until they are paid. This will ensure continuity for companies that are used to the treatment of unpaid amounts under the previous tax reliefs.

In conclusion, the changes to the audiovisual expenditure credit will boost the UK’s offer in visual effects in an increasingly competitive international environment, and incentivise more visual effects work on UK productions to be done here in the UK. Furthermore, the changes to the expenditure credits legislation will align it with the more familiar tax relief provisions, ensuring continuity for film, TV and video game companies. I commend the clauses to the Committee.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the Minister set out, clauses 26 to 28 create an additional relief for video effects expenditure while making administrative changes to align audiovisual and video games expenditure credits with older reliefs for film, TV and video games.

We announced the additional relief for VFX expenditure at the spring Budget 2024, as part of a wider package to support our world-leading creative industries—which, by the way, grew at more than one and a half times the rate of the wider economy between 2010 and 2019, a remarkable success for any sector. The consultation we launched on the design of the policy directly informs the clauses, and we will not oppose them.

However, one suggestion raised in the consultation that the Government have not chosen to take forward was to allow companies that claim the independent film tax credit to also claim the additional tax relief for visual effects. The Government have said they do not believe this exclusion will have an adverse impact on companies, but it would be helpful to hear from the Minister what assessment was made of the benefit to smaller visual effects studios had the scope of the relief been widened in the way in which many suggested as part of the consultation.

The spring Budget 2024 also announced a 40% relief from business rates for eligible film studios in England for the next 10 years. My understanding is that this has not yet been implemented by the new Government, and has in fact been referred to the subsidy advice unit. I understand that in the last couple of hours, over lunch, the unit has reported its findings. I would be grateful if the Minister could update the Committee on what those may mean for the future of the measure and the expected timeline for delivery.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for his comments and for setting out some important context around the tax reliefs and expenditure credits, and around why they are so important in supporting growth in the UK economy.

On his question about the independent film tax credit, as he I am sure understands, films that claim the independent film tax credit will receive a 53% rate of audiovisual expenditure credit on up to 80% of production costs. That includes visual effects cost. The independent film tax credit therefore provides generous support for visual effects costs within independent films. Separating the additional tax relief for visual effects from the independent film tax credit helps to ensure that both schemes are simple and easy for companies to understand.

On the publication that the shadow Minister says happened in the last few hours, that is so hot off the press that I am not even authorised to speak about it yet. I have not been briefed on it because I have been getting ready for this Committee. I am sure that if it has been submitted, the right officials and Ministers will look at it as soon as possible.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 26 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clauses 27 and 28 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 29

Research and development relief: Northern Ireland companies

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 29 makes small changes to the rules for enhanced support for research and development-intensive companies with a registered office in Northern Ireland. At the spring budget 2023, the previous Government announced an enhanced rate of relief within the R&D small and medium-sized enterprise scheme applying from 1 April 2023. Separately, from April 2024 slightly different rules applied for R&D-intensive companies with a registered office in Northern Ireland, allowing them to continue claiming relief on a wider range of overseas expenditure than companies in Great Britain, while introducing a cap on the amount of relief that can be claimed.

Clause 29 amends the rules introduced last April to reflect the particular market conditions in Northern Ireland and ensure consistency with the UK’s international obligations. This will introduce some additional requirements around the cumulation of aid and reporting, which will apply to claims made on or after 30 October 2024 by eligible companies with a registered office in Northern Ireland. A very small number of claimant companies in Northern Ireland are expected to be affected, while the vast majority will continue to be better off compared with their counterparts in Great Britain. This is because their claims are too small to be affected by the cap, but they will still be able to claim on overseas expenditure, as before.

The Office for Budget Responsibility has certified this measure as having a negligible impact on the cost of the relief. The Government are committed to supporting R&D investment across the UK through the R&D tax reliefs, which play a key role in supporting the mission to kick-start economic growth. The changes will ensure that the R&D reliefs reflect the particular market conditions in Northern Ireland and ensure consistency with the UK’s international obligations. I commend the clause to the Committee.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the Minister set out, clause 29 amends the measure in Northern Ireland to set in law a new cap of €300,000 on a three-year rolling basis, alongside other sources of relevant aid. The existing cap of £250,000 is currently defined in regulations. Will the Minister inform the Committee why the provisions have been moved from regulation into law? What are the implications of the change?

HMRC notes that when claiming enhanced R&D-intensive support, companies with registered offices in Northern Ireland now need to take into account other relevant aid that they have received. What steps have been taken to ensure that those companies are aware of this change and are equipped to satisfy the new requirement?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the hon. Gentleman for his questions. It is worth emphasising that this is a small change compared with the rules that already applied from April 2024. In practice, we expect a very small number of companies to be affected by the change, with very few claims to be made before April 2025. Since the change will be a key qualification to the tax rules for a part of the UK, it should be legislated for in the Finance Bill and as part of the Budget process. I hope that helps to explain the process we are taking to implement the changes and reassures the hon. Gentleman that they are small and will affect a very small number of companies.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 29 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 30

Research and development intensity condition: transitional provision

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause makes small changes to the higher rate of relief available for R&D-intensive SMEs to ensure that the R&D reliefs remain fit for purpose while providing clarity to businesses. The Government recognise the important role that R&D plays in driving innovation and economic growth, as well as the benefits it can bring for society. The R&D tax reliefs play a key role in this. That is why I was pleased to announce in the corporate tax road map published at the Budget that the Government are committed to maintaining the generosity of the rates in both the merged R&D expenditure credit scheme and the enhanced support for R&D-intensive SMEs to increase certainty for companies when making investment decisions.

In the Finance Act 2024, the R&D intensity calculation for the enhanced rate of relief did not take account of any expenditure for which a company was entitled to claim research and development expenditure credit. That meant that some companies that were supposed to qualify as R&D-intensive might not meet that threshold. The change made by clause 30 will therefore ensure that research and development expenditure credit-qualifying expenditure is included in the calculation of the R&D intensity ratio, as was always intended.

This change will apply to all claims for the enhanced rate of relief from its introduction in April 2023, and to all expenditure incurred from 1 April 2023 in an accounting period that began before 1 April 2024. It will affect some small and medium-sized enterprises that have a high R&D intensity and claim the enhanced rate of SME-payable R&D tax credit relief. This is a small technical change and so it is not anticipated to have any Exchequer or economic impacts.

The Government are committed to supporting R&D betterment across the UK through the R&D tax reliefs, which play a key role in supporting our mission to kick-start economic growth. The changes made by this clause will ensure that all companies originally intended to benefit from the higher rate of relief will now be able to do so. I commend clause 30 to the Committee.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause amends the transitional provision, clarifying that expenditure that would qualify for R&D expenditure credit is relevant R&D expenditure when calculating the R&D intensity ratio, which determines eligibility for enhanced R&D intensive support, as was always intended. This provision has a retrospective effect, and I would be grateful if the Minister could therefore tell the Committee what steps the Treasury is specifically taking to ensure that all those who missed out on the relief, but may now be eligible, are aware and equipped to claim this new support.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I reassure the shadow Minister that, as Ministers and Treasury officials, we are routinely in conversation with the industry and those companies that benefit from R&D support. We will ensure that all changes to legislation and all opportunities available for us to support the industry are communicated with clarity, and we will ensure that everyone is aware of what support we can offer for their economic growth ambitions.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 30 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 31

Employee-ownership trusts

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss the following:

Government amendments 38 to 43.

Schedule 6.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause and the schedule make changes to the taxation of employee ownership trusts to prevent opportunities for abuse and to ensure that the regime remains focused on encouraging employee ownership. The Government are committed to supporting employee ownership as a viable and sustainable business model. Employee ownership gives employees a greater stake in the business in which they work, improving working conditions and in turn driving productivity and growth.

Tax reliefs are currently available for company owners who transition their companies into an employee ownership trust, which is set up to hold and manage the company for the benefit of all employees of the company, rather than for individual shareholders. This model has proven successful, with over 1,500 UK companies held by employee ownership trusts today, improving the working conditions of some 200,000 employees. However, while the success of the employee ownership model is to be applauded, the Government are concerned that the tax regime is vulnerable to exploitation. We are therefore determined to close loopholes to ensure that the reliefs are available only to those who are motivated by a genuine desire to transform their companies into employee ownership trusts.

The changes made by clause 31 and schedule 6 therefore amend the conditions for obtaining capital gains tax relief on disposing of a company to the trustees of an employee ownership trust to ensure that the former owners cannot retain control of the company following disposal. The trustees must be UK residents and they must take reasonable steps not to pay more than the fair market value for their shares. These changes are necessary to prevent opportunities for abuse and to protect the long-term integrity of these reliefs.

Individuals will also be able to provide additional information to HMRC at the point of claiming the relief, and the period of time within which HMRC can take action, if the relief conditions are breached post-disposal, will be increased. HMRC will be given additional powers to monitor the reliefs and to take action when non-compliance is identified.

Lastly, this measure makes technical changes to provide clarity on the tax treatment of contributions paid to the trustees from the company in order to meet costs associated with purchasing the company from the former owner, and also adjusts the conditions for income tax relief on employee bonus schemes. Overall, these changes will simplify the process of setting up and operating employee ownership trusts.

Government amendments 39 and 41 confirm that the relief is available only with respect to contributions paid to the trustees from a company for the purposes of meeting the trustees’ acquisition costs. In doing so, they clarify the policy intent and remove any potential ambiguity within the legislation as drafted. Government amendments 38 and 40 ensure that the distributions relief is available in circumstances where the capital gains tax relief was not claimed because the vendor was a company, rather than an individual, provided that the conditions for obtaining the relief were otherwise met.

Government amendments 42 and 43 expand the scope of the costs that qualify for the relief to include other expenses that may reasonably be incurred by trustees in connection with the acquisition of the company. These amendments make technical clarifications and address the concerns expressed by key stakeholders that the scope of the relief as announced at the autumn Budget was too narrow to reflect the reality of how employee ownership trust acquisitions are funded.

Overall, the clause protects the future of employee ownership in the UK by ensuring that the tax reliefs available to encourage it continue to operate effectively and by preventing opportunities for abuse. I commend clause 31, schedule 6 and Government amendments 38 to 43 to the Committee.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 31 and schedule 6 alter the conditions for obtaining tax reliefs for employee ownership trusts. The current regime was introduced by a Conservative Government, following the independent Nuttall review in 2012, which set out the many strengths of the model and how it could become more widespread in our country.

Since the current regime was implemented in 2014, its tax incentives have achieved great success in encouraging the creation of employee ownership trusts, which have become the predominant model for employee ownership. Today, more and more companies are making the transition to that model. I was pleased to hear the Minister tell us that there are about 1,500 examples in the country. In 2023, we launched a consultation to review the regime, and it has fallen on this Government to respond to it.

The package of changes that the Minister has set out aim to prevent opportunities for the relief to be abused while ensuring that employee ownership continues to be incentivised and supported. We share those objectives, and we warmly welcome these measures, which largely reflect the recent consultation. We will not oppose them but, as hon. Members would expect, I have a few questions.

I would be grateful if the Minister can explain why a few suggestions put forward during the consultation have not been taken forward. For instance, a large number of respondents asked for the tax-free bonus limit for employees to be increased from the current level of £3,600. Had that kept pace with inflation, the maximum today would be close to £5,000. The Government have made it clear that they have no plans to increase the tax-free bonus amount, but they have not said why. A little more detail would be welcome, as would some reassurance that the Government will keep that element of the regime under review so they can react speedily if the weakening of the incentive begins to undermine the overall policy goal that we all share.

Another point raised in responses to the consultation was the issue of double taxation upon the sale of an EOT-owned company to a third party. In that event, trustees would be liable to pay capital gains tax on the disposal, and employees would be charged income tax on their share of the net proceeds. When responding, the Government did not acknowledge that point about double taxation, which the Chartered Institute of Taxation also highlighted. We understand that that concern must be weighed against the main abuse that the Government are rightly trying to prevent with these measures: the exploitation of EOTs by company owners to reduce their CGT liability when ultimately selling their business to a third party.

Surely the second layer of taxation—the income tax charged to employees—does not act as a major disincentive to that kind of behaviour, however, especially in the context of the additional restrictions being introduced in part 1 of the schedule to prevent such abuses. I would therefore be grateful if the Minister can address that point or write to me later with clarification about why that was not taken forward.

The Minister will be aware of concerns about the implementation of the statutory relief for distributions in part 2 of the schedule. As originally drafted, the schedule allowed for only specific costs—for example, payments made by companies to the EOT to fund the share purchase, interest on outstanding considerations, and stamp duty—to be tax deductible, a process which previously would have taken place through a non-statutory clearance request to HMRC.

That had the effect of excluding other costs that many thought would be reasonable to cover. I am glad that the Government have listened and have tabled some amendments to widen the scope of the relief, and I thank the Exchequer Secretary for his letter setting them out—it was a great read. Other costs, however, such as payments to cover the fees of professional trustees and advisers for ongoing services, unfortunately remain excluded. Moreover, HMRC has limited flexibility to provide relief for any excluded cost, now that the relief is on a statutory footing.

I would be grateful if the Minister could elaborate on the thought process behind the fine lines being drawn and, in some cases, redrawn in this area. On what basis are the Government determining what should and should not attract relief? As I said, we will not oppose these measures, but I would be grateful for reassurance that in the pursuit of a noble goal—preventing this important regime from being abused—the Government are not unintentionally undermining its attractiveness.
James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for his broad support for the changes we are making and for recognising the benefit that these measures can bring in supporting the integrity of employee ownership for the future. Where schemes become liable to abuse, it undermines support for them and their longevity. Making sure that the tax reliefs are well designed is important for making sure that this beneficial structure can continue into the future.

The shadow Minister asked a specific question about the level of restrictiveness on the relief for distributions from the company and why various decisions and conversations were had on extending the relief to other costs that may be incurred by the trustees. I can tell him that since the autumn Budget, officials have met stakeholders such as the Chartered Institute of Taxation, which raised concerns about the scope of the distributions relief as initially announced.

The CIT was concerned that that relief was too narrow to reflect the reality of how employee ownership trust acquisitions are funded. In fact, as the shadow Minister referenced, we accepted those concerns, and tabled amendments 42 and 43 to expand the scope of distributions relief to cover all other expenses reasonably incurred by the trustees in connection with their acquisition of the company. As always, I am grateful to the Chartered Institute for Taxation for the constructive engagement it has given to my officials in discussing these issues.

More broadly, the shadow Minister asked a series of questions about policy choices. Of course, the Government keep all policy under review, but it is a question of finding the right balance when calibrating policies such as this to ensure that they use tools of public policy in a targeted way to achieve the right outcome. As I made clear, we were open to feedback from the CIT when it felt that the terms of certain aspects were too restrictive, so we tabled these amendments.

Many of the key changes being introduced now were, to give the shadow Minister credit, the subject of a consultation held by the previous Government in 2023, which sought views on proposals to reform the tax regime. We are now putting those into play today. Our proposals, which were initially contained within that consultation, were met with broad support from respondents. They actually form the core of the changes that we are implementing today, notwithstanding the subsequent changes we have made.

Our relationship with the Chartered Institute of Taxation and other relevant stakeholders in this space helps to inform the policy decisions we are putting in law today, as well as any future changes to the scheme we might consider. We want to ensure that this opportunity continues into the future and that it succeeds. Making sure that we take proportionate measures to avoid tax reliefs being abused is fundamental to ensuring their longevity.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 31 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Schedule 6

Employee-ownership trusts

Amendments made: 38, in schedule 6, page 180, line 32, leave out

“by a person (‘P’) other than a company”.

This amendment allows for the distributions relief to be given in circumstances where the capital gains tax relief for employee ownership trusts is not available because the vendor of the shares in the company to which the employee ownership trust relates is a company (provided the other conditions for the capital gains tax relief being given are met).

Amendment 39, in schedule 6, page 181, line 2, at end insert—

“(d) the payment was made for the purposes of meeting the trustees’ acquisition costs.”

This amendment requires that the distribution that is the subject of the relief was actually made for the purposes of meeting acquisition costs.

Amendment 40, in schedule 6, page 181, line 10, after “trusts)” insert

“, but those requirements have effect for the purposes of this section as if references to ‘P’ were to the person making the disposal whether or not that person is a company”.

This amendment is consequential on Amendment 38, and secures that the capital gains tax relief requirements are capable of applying properly in circumstances where the vendor of the shares in the company to which the employee ownership trust relates is a company.

Amendment 41, in schedule 6, page 181, line 11, leave out “subsection (2)” and insert “this section”.

This amendment is consequential on Amendment 39 (and secures that “acquisition costs” is defined for the purposes of the whole section).

Amendment 42, in schedule 6, page 181, line 12, after “are” insert

“sums expended by the trustees on”.

This amendment, and Amendment 43, expand the scope of acquisition costs that can benefit from the relief.

Amendment 43, in schedule 6, page 181, leave out lines 13 to 19 and insert—

“(a) the acquisition of ordinary share capital in C by the trustees that resulted from the disposal;

(b) the repayment of any sums borrowed to fund that acquisition;

(c) the payment of interest on any such sums or in respect of any deferral of consideration for the disposal to the extent the payment is not in respect of interest exceeding a reasonable commercial rate;

(d) any valuation of C carried out in connection with the acquisition;

(e) any liability to stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax on the acquisition;

(f) such other reasonable expenses as are directly connected with the acquisition (but this does not include any expenses incurred in connection with the ownership of the ordinary share capital once acquired).”—(James Murray.)

This amendment, and Amendment 42, expand the scope of acquisition costs that can benefit from the relief.

Schedule 6, as amended, agreed to.

Clause 32

Overseas transfer charge: pension schemes in EEA state or Gibraltar

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss clauses 33 and 34 stand part.

Emma Reynolds Portrait The Economic Secretary to the Treasury (Emma Reynolds)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

These clauses make changes to pension schemes established in, or administered by, persons resident in European economic area states and bring them in line the rest of the world.

Currently, individuals can transfer some or all of their UK pension savings to an overseas pension scheme, provided it is a qualifying recognised overseas pension scheme. Certain transfers to such schemes are subject to the overseas transfer charge, which is a 25% tax charge on the value of the transfer. However, provided they do not exceed the overseas transfer allowance, UK or EEA residents are excluded from this charge for transfers to qualifying overseas pension schemes in the EEA and Gibraltar. That exclusion was introduced to comply with EU fundamental freedoms that were in place at the time. As a result, some pension scheme members can benefit from double tax-free allowances by taking tax-free entitlements from both their UK scheme and their qualifying overseas pension schemes.

The changes made by clause 32 remove that exclusion from the overseas transfer charge for transfers from 30 October 2024. As a result, transfers will be subject to the overseas transfer charge unless another exclusion applies—for example, if the transfer is to a scheme established in a country where the member is a resident. That will reduce the number of tax-free transfers made and help to keep up to £1 billion of pension savings in the UK over the next five years.

Clause 33 concerns the requirements for schemes to be considered as overseas pension schemes and recognised overseas pension schemes. When the UK was a member of the EU, the requirements for schemes based in the EEA were different from those for schemes based in the rest of the world.

The changes made by clause 33 mean that a non-occupational pension scheme established in the EEA must be regulated by a pension schemes regulator in that country—provided there is such a regulator—to be considered an overseas pension scheme. If there is no such regulator, the scheme provider must be regulated for the establishment and provision of the scheme.

Furthermore, to be considered a recognised overseas pension scheme, a scheme based in the EEA must be established in a country with which the UK has either a double tax agreement that allows for exchange of information or a tax information exchange agreement.

The changes will take effect from 6 April 2025. They will align the requirements for schemes in the EEA with those for the rest of the world, and bring the requirements for non-occupational schemes in line with those for occupational ones.

Clause 34 concerns the requirements on administrators of UK registered pension schemes. Under the existing rules for such schemes, the scheme administrator can be a resident in the EEA, which can make enforcement of tax debts from the scheme difficult and costly for HMRC. The changes made by clause 34 would mean that, from 6 April 2026, all scheme administrators of UK registered pension schemes will need to be UK residents. That requirement will support HMRC’s enforcement activities, as there will be a UK resident for it to engage with.

In conclusion, the changes made by these clauses will bring the tax treatment of transfers to EEA and Gibraltar pension schemes, the conditions that EEA overseas schemes need to meet, and the requirements for EEA administrators of UK schemes in line with the rest of the world. I commend the clauses to the Committee.

James Wild Portrait James Wild (North West Norfolk) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As we have heard from the Minister, clause 32 reduces tax-free transfers from UK tax-relieved pensions by removing the exclusion from the overseas tax charge. The Government have also announced linked tax maintenance measures in the other clauses. Clause 33 makes changes to the conditions for overseas pension schemes and recognised overseas pension schemes established in the EEA, so that from 6 April this year, they must meet the same conditions as schemes established in the rest of the world.

Clause 34 makes changes to the requirements for pension scheme administrators for registered pension schemes so that they must be UK resident. The OTC was introduced in 2017 to prevent individuals reducing the UK tax due on their pensions by transferring them overseas, particularly to low-tax income jurisdictions, while still benefiting from UK pension tax relief. The 25% charge applies on transfers overseas, unless there is an exclusion from that charge at the point of transfer.

At the Budget in the autumn, the Government announced that they would remove the exclusion from OTC of transfers to qualified pension schemes established in the EEA and Gibraltar where the member is resident in the UK or an EEA state. Aligning the treatment to transfer made with those to the rest of the world will deal with the risk of a double tax-free benefit. The tax information and impact note states:

“Aligning the treatment of transfers to QROPS established in the EEA and Gibraltar with that of transfers to QROPS established in the rest of the world... reduces the risk of around £1 billion of UK tax-relieved pension savings being transferred overseas across the scorecard.”

Could the Minister confirm how many individuals use the current exclusion and at what cost? It would also be useful to know how much has been raised by the OTC since it was introduced in 2017.

Clause 32 brings to an end the exclusion that can currently be used to transfer to schemes in the EEA. According to the Society of Pension Professionals, in doing so, individuals can benefit from a double tax-free allowance of more than £2 million. The tax note acknowledges:

“There will be operational impacts on HMRC caused by removal of the exclusion… HMRC will need to make some changes to forms, guidance and processes to support this.”

Would the Minister provide an update on how far HMRC has got in preparing for those updates and changes?

As the Minister said, clause 34 provides that the scheme administrator must be resident in the UK. That means that, ahead of 6 April 2026, schemes will need to check whether their current scheme administrator will remain valid from this date. Again, the tax information and impact note confirms:

“Changing the rules on who can be a scheme administrator for a registered pension scheme, could mean that some individuals might not be able to pay further funds into a scheme if the pension scheme does not appoint a UK resident pension scheme administrator and is deregistered.”

How many individuals does the Minister estimate this will impact, and what guidance will HMRC provide to prevent individuals from falling foul of the rule change? Again, the Society of Pension Professionals has pointed out that it would be useful if the memorandum indicated how this could impact on schemes where all of its trustees act as the scheme administrator but some are EEA based and some are UK resident. I would be grateful if the Minister could provide some clarity on that point. As I have set out, we support this change, and I look forward to the Minister’s response to the technical questions I have raised.

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for his questions. I hope to answer all of them and, if I do not, I promise to write to him with clarification. He asked some questions about the number of individuals. I can tell him that in 2023-24, there were 7,100 transfers to qualifying recognised overseas pension schemes, and the value of those transfers was £1.14 billion. There is an increasing risk that these transfers were being made tax free and that some of these individuals would have been benefiting from the double tax-free allowances. I note the hon. Gentleman’s support for eliminating the risk of that and not allowing people to benefit from double tax-free allowances, which is obviously the main intention of these clauses. He asked about HMRC being prepared and the operational challenges that it might face as a result of the changes. Treasury Ministers and officials work very closely with HMRC—we are in the same building—and these changes have been drafted and consulted on with HMRC, so I suspect that I can reassure him that everything is in order.

--- Later in debate ---
None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss schedule 7.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause and schedule make changes to alternative finance tax rules for refinancing, and will promote financial inclusion for those who choose to use alternative forms of finance, for either religious or other reasons.

Alternative finance is a method of raising finance that characteristically involves the sale, purchase and renting of assets in circumstances in which conventional financing would involve lending at interest. Currently, a capital gains tax or, in some cases, corporate tax or income tax liability can arise when entering into alternative refinancing arrangements; this would not occur if conventional financing arrangements had been used.

This issue mostly affects properties that do not qualify for capital gains tax private residence relief, such as rental properties, second homes and commercial properties. The changes made by clause 35 and schedule 7 will ensure that, where qualifying alternative finance provisions are used, individuals and companies will not be liable to capital gains tax, corporation tax or income tax on the transfer of part of the beneficial interest in the asset to a financing institution in order to raise finance.

The Government are committed to the continued strength of the UK Islamic finance sector and to it providing access to alternative finance to anyone who seeks it. These measures deliver on this commitment by putting alternative and conventional financing on a level playing field in relation to their tax treatment when refinancing. As a result, those who choose to use alternative finance will receive broadly the same tax treatment as those using conventional financing arrangements. I therefore commend clause 35 and schedule 7 to the Committee.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the Minister set out, clause 35 and schedule 7 make changes to the tax rules that apply to alternative finance. They ensure that, where an existing asset is used to raise finance using alternative finance, the tax outcome is broadly the same as it would be had conventional financing been used. The measure aims to level the playing field, and we will not oppose it.

Currently, the refinancing of a residential or commercial property using alternative finance triggers a potential capital gains tax liability on any inherent gain. By contrast, no potential capital gains tax liability arises when a conventional mortgage is used. The policy objective of this measure is one that we support and acted on in government in other areas: to ensure a level playing field across conventional and alternative forms of finance. This issue affects properties that do not qualify for capital gains tax private residence relief, such as residential properties, and will apply to refinancing entered into on or after 30 October 2024.

Once again, I echo the thanks given to the Chartered Institute of Taxation for its work and advice on scrutinising the Bill, as well as for the discussions I have had with it about the clause. The Chartered Institute of Taxation has suggested that the clause could be amended to exempt taxpayers from the liability on inherent gains that were raised on alternative finance transactions before 30 October 2024. They recognise that making such a retrospective change would be unusual. However, they suggest that a retrospective change in circumstances where there is an anomaly in the legislation that is both inconsistent with Government policy during the time the anomaly exists and adversely affects taxpayers, particularly those with protected characteristics, would meet the high bar.

I would be grateful if the Minister could say whether he has considered that point, and what approach HMRC will take to taxpayers who have already incurred a capital gains liability. Can the Minister confirm how many taxpayers using alternative financing will likely benefit from this change? I would also be grateful if he could set out what steps HMRC is taking to deal with any potential for fraud. As I say, we support this measure, and I would be grateful if the Minister would respond to my questions.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for his support for these clauses, and for what we seek to do through them: as he said, level the playing field between alternative finance and conventional finance. He asked whether the changes can be applied retrospectively. As he is aware, the Government do not generally apply tax changes retrospectively. The changes to alternative finance tax rules announced in the autumn Budget will apply from 30 October last year. The Government appreciate that some alternative finance customers will have already paid capital gains tax on refinancing arrangements, which is where this question arises from. However, to provide taxpayers with certainty over their tax position and to ensure that the law is applied in the way intended, the Government do not generally apply tax changes retrospectively and will not be doing so in this case.

More broadly, the shadow Minister asked whether we will be taking measures to ensure there is no fraud. It should go without saying that, as with any measures the Government take, we will ensure there is no fraud. That does not apply any more or less to this measure than it would to any other; we want to make sure there is no fraud in the way that any tax measures we take are used. That will be on our radar, as it would be with any other tax changes that we make.

In terms of the number of people affected, I know that the previous Government’s consultation on the alternative financing tax rules published in January last year, which closed in April, received 22 responses, including from alternative finance providers, representative groups, tax and legal professionals, academics, and consumers. This is, of course, a sector that we want to grow. It is one of the many sectors of the UK economy that will drive economic growth.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 35 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Schedule 7 agreed to.

Clause 36

Statutory neonatal care pay

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause makes a consequential amendment to the shared incentive plan—SIP—to take account of the introduction of statutory neonatal care pay in the Neonatal Care (Leave and Pay) Act 2023. SIP is a tax advantage share scheme through which a company can award free shares to employees, or enable them to purchase partnership shares through salary deductions authorised by the employee. The SIP legislation requires an employer, when entering a partnership share agreement, to provide notice to inform the employee of the possible effect of salary deductions on their entitlement to social security benefits, such as statutory sick pay or statutory maternity pay.

The Neonatal Care (Leave and Pay) Act 2023 introduced provisions to enable parents whose babies require specialist care after birth to take additional paid time off work. The share incentive plan legislation must therefore be updated accordingly to reflect the introduction of statutory neonatal care pay, which may also be impacted by salary deductions. As a result of the changes made by clause 36, statutory neonatal care pay will be included in the notice that employers must provide to employees when entering partnership share agreements alongside other existing statutory payments. The clause will ensure that employees understand the potential impact of salary deductions as part of a SIP agreement on their entitlement to statutory neonatal care pay. I therefore commend the clause to the Committee.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

It is a pleasure to serve under your chairmanship, Mr Mundell. As we heard from the Minister, clause 36 confirms that statutory neonatal care pay is taxable as social security income. The measure will take effect from 6 April 2025, and we support it.

It is important to understand the context in which we are discussing today’s changes; since at least 2014, there have been calls to extend parental leave and pay for parents who have premature babies and would seek neonatal care. I was pleased to stand on a manifesto in 2019 that committed to legislating to allow parents to take extended leave for neonatal care to support those new mothers and fathers who need it during the most vulnerable and stressful days of their lives.

In 2019, the previous Government launched the good work plan proposal to support families, which included proposals to do just that—introduce neonatal care leave and pay. The Government responded to that consultation, which led to the Neonatal Care (Leave and Pay) Bill, introduced as a private Member’s Bill supported by the Government. That new right, confirmed from 6 April, is expected to benefit around 60,000 new parents. It is absolutely right that these measures address some of the difficulties parents face when their baby is in neonatal care.

The impact assessment for that Bill notes that the estimated annual costs to the Exchequer of the care leave paid at statutory flat rate would be around £14 million a year on average. I wonder if the Minister has an update on whether those estimates are still correct. It also suggested that the one-off cost to businesses of familiarising themselves with the new legislation was around £4.7 million, with the resulting annual cost to business estimated at £22 million. Does the Minister have updated figures on the impact of introducing those measures?

The measure we are discussing here is technical and confirm the tax treatment, but it is important—as the Minister said—that employers make clear the implications to their staff members. Can the Minister confirm what action the Government are taking to communicate proactively about the changes? As I have set out, we support this right to neonatal care and pay, and I look forward to the Minister’s response to the specific questions.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for his support for this measure. If I understood his comments correctly, he asked a series of questions about the Exchequer impact and estimated costs of the measure itself, whereas the clause we are talking about here is really a consequential and relatively minor technical change to what employers have to say when they notify employees who are taking part in share incentive plans. I could try to look into those questions for him after this Committee sitting, but the information that we are discussing today—the scope of this clause—is actually much more limited than his questions suggest.

This clause is really just about employers notifying employees that if they take part in a share incentive plan, it may impact their statutory benefits, which now include neonatal care pay. It does not make any changes to neonatal care pay itself, which is the subject of separate legislation that is not impacted in any way by these clauses. I would not want anyone watching the Committee or reading Hansard to be under the misapprehension that we are in any way changing neonatal care pay, which we think is very important. This is purely about making sure that employees who are considering taking part in a share incentive plan are fully informed of what impact any salary deductions may have on their eligibility for statutory benefits.

In terms of implementing the scheme, again, we may be talking slightly at cross purposes. This clause is really about ensuring that employees are properly informed about how the share incentive plan works and the implications of having salary deductions for that, rather than neonatal care pay itself. That would be a separate question to be picked up at another time. Having neonatal care pay is an important change in legislation and we are very pleased that it is part of the landscape of statutory benefits, but this clause does not impact neonatal care pay. It is purely about informing employees of the potential impact of salary deductions when they want to engage with a share incentive plan.

--- Later in debate ---
Claim for relief on foreign income
James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I beg to move amendment 20, in clause 37, page 31, line 21, at end insert—

“12A

So much of any amount of income treated as arising to an individual under section 633 (capital sums paid to settlor by trustees of settlement) for the tax year as falls within the foreign amount of income available up to the end of the tax year.

The foreign amount of income available up to the end of a tax year is the amount that would be determined, in accordance with sections 635 to 637 (amount of available income), as the amount of income available up to the end of the tax year if all income arising under the settlement from a source in the United Kingdom were ignored.”



This amendment provides for income treated as arising to a settlor of a trust as a result of a capital payment made by the trustees to be eligible for relief to the extent that the deemed income arises from foreign income.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss the following:

Clause stand part.

Clause 38 stand part.

Government amendments 44 to 54.

Schedule 8.

Clause 39 stand part.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clauses 37 to 39 make changes to ensure that from April 2025, individuals moving to the UK who have not been tax resident in the UK for the 10 previous years will not pay tax on their foreign income or gains for the first four years of UK residence.

For context, the Government are removing the outdated concept of domiciled status from the tax system and replacing it with a new, internationally competitive, residence-based regime from 6 April this year. Currently, where a non-UK-domiciled individual moves to the UK, they are able to access the remittance basis of taxation, under which foreign income and gains are not taxable unless they are brought into the UK. Similarly, when undertaking work abroad, newly UK resident, non-UK-domiciled individuals are able to access overseas workday relief, which means that overseas employment income is not taxable unless brought into the UK. The arrangements create a disincentive to invest in the UK and are being changed as a result of these measures.

The changes made by clauses 37 and 39 will provide full tax relief on foreign income and gains for new arrivals to the UK for their first four years of tax residence, provided that they have not been UK tax resident for 10 years before their arrival. To align with the new regime, clause 38 and schedule 8 extend the period of overseas workday relief to four years, and decouple overseas workday relief from domiciled status to align it with the new foreign income and gains regime. Claims to the relief will be capped at the lower of £300,000 or 30% of an individual’s total employment income. Furthermore, the removal of the remittance basis means that it will no longer be necessary to keep income offshore to benefit from relief.

Government amendment 20 amends clause 37 to add an additional category of income to the list of eligible incomes, which will ensure that all eligible income for relief is referenced correctly. Government amendments 44 to 53 have also been tabled to schedule 8 to ensure that the relief on travel costs for qualifying newly resident employees in the UK functions as the legislation intended. Furthermore, Government amendment 54 amends schedule 8 to clarify that it is a general direction made by HMRC, rather than a public notice.

The Government are committed to ensuring that everyone who is long-term resident in the UK pays their taxes here. The new regime ensures that that will be the case, while also being more attractive than the current approach as individuals will be able to bring income and gains into the UK without attracting additional tax charges. That will encourage people to spend and invest those funds here in the UK.

I commend clauses 37 to 39 and schedule 8, along with Government amendments 20 and 44 to 54, to the Committee.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Currently, a person who is UK resident but not UK domiciled pays tax on any UK income and gains but can choose for their non-UK income and gains to be taxed on a remittance basis. Part 2 of the Bill provides for the abolition of non-domiciled status from April 2025, as the Minister points out, and for its replacement with a new regime for the taxation of foreign incomes and gains on the basis of UK residence. It therefore terminates the current tax regime for those who are resident but not domiciled in the UK, while creating a temporary repatriation facility for historical foreign income and gains to be brought into the UK over the next three years. Those changes will also be applied to trusts under the Bill and inheritance tax will also be brought into the new, residence-based system.

Although the shape of the overall package is much the same as the one the Conservatives announced in the spring Budget 2024, there are a few notable differences on the detail. Before I move through the chapters—we will spend a bit of time on that, starting with chapter 1—I will first provide some context by noting that, net of the reforms we announced in March, Labour’s adjustments to the new regime are forecast to raise £12.7 billion over the next five years. This means the measure we are considering is the second biggest revenue-raising new policy in this entire Budget. Labour’s adjustments to the temporary repatriation facility alone account for £10.6 billion.

These are significant sums, but also highly uncertain, according to the OBR. There is significant uncertainty in particular around the behavioural responses and the size of the tax base, according to the OBR’s assessment. The OBR also says it is unclear to what extent inflows to the temporary repatriation facility are additional over the long term rather than bringing forward disposals which would otherwise have attracted full rates of taxation.

When the second biggest revenue-raising new policy in a Budget is so uncertain, according to the OBR, bond market jitters come as no surprise. The emphasis Labour has placed on this policy, which makes up a massive chunk of the Bill, is compounding its conundrum ahead of the OBR’s March forecast. It exacerbates fiscal instability by adding to the risk that revenues will not be as high as anticipated. This brings us back to the same old questions we have been asking, including in the Chamber today: which taxes will Labour have to raise if there is a shortfall, or which services will they have to cut? The Minister will say that we need to wait for the OBR’s revised forecasts, but will those include an update on these highly uncertain figures?

Turning specifically to chapter 1, clauses 37 and 39 introduce the new four-year 100% relief on eligible foreign income and gains for those arriving in the UK who have not been UK tax residents in the 10 tax years immediately prior to their arrival. I acknowledge that that mostly mirrors the proposals we put forward in the March Budget 2024 but would be grateful if the Minister could none the less address the following points.

--- Later in debate ---
Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

That is a very good point—if only I had included it in my speech. That is a classic example of an intervention that adds to the content of the debate on behalf of all those who will be impacted by this measure. It is important to look at the projections over the five-year period on a year-by-year basis. It will be no surprise to the Minister that I look at them very carefully. I look at the timing of when the measures generate revenue, and when they do not. I could provide lots of examples of places where questions need to be asked of this Budget—indeed, we have been asking them today.

In claiming the 100% relief on foreign income and gains, an individual forfeits their eligibility for a whole host of allowances available to normal UK taxpayers, including the personal allowance'; yet even those who were previously taxed on a remittance basis for non-UK income and gains would still pay tax on their UK earnings, just like everybody else. That was surely an uncontroversial element of the old regime, which did not require any attention, so why have the Government taken it upon themselves to make the tax treatment of UK income less favourable as a condition of claiming the new 100% relief—which we of course welcome?

The biggest concern that has been raised with me regarding these new reliefs by the likes of the now-famous Chartered Institute of Taxation, which many of us have referred to, is the requirement to itemise and actively claim each income and gain. As far as I can recall, the technical note that we produced alongside our proposals in March 2024 did not insist on that level of specificity and detail, which is quite onerous on those applying. As a basic matter of fairness, it seems wrong that the window for making a claim is so much less than the 12 years available to HMRC to issue a compliance check, and even more so when the ability to make a consequential claim to correct an error is restricted.

The Budget claims to introduce a regime that is simpler and internationally competitive, as the Minister outlined in his speech, but those two requirements are neither of those things. I would be very grateful if the Minister can explain what exactly the benefit of doing things in that way are.

The main departure from our proposals comes with clause 38 and schedule 8, which introduce financial limitations for overseas workday relief. Is that to compensate for the additional year in which the relief will now be claimable? How significant does the Treasury expect the impact of the alteration to be? I would be grateful if the Minister can indulge me by outlining an explanation on those points.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for his comments. I was going to thank him for his support for these measures, but I do not know whether he explicitly said that. I think he nearly did, so I will take it as support unless he jumps in to correct me.

One of the key measures that the shadow Minister highlighted in our package of legislative measures that is the subject of clause 37 is the temporary repatriation facility, an important feature of the system we are seeking to introduce. What it does—I say this so that all Members are aware—is to introduce a reduced tax rate for remittances to encourage individuals to bring their capital to the UK and to spend and invest it here. The fact that it will raise considerable revenue is beneficial to the public finances, but it is also critical to recognise that that is a consequence of people bringing money into the UK to spend and invest here, which is something I am sure the Opposition side of the Committee will welcome as well.

--- Later in debate ---
Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

To clarify, the point I am trying to make is that the Minister is rightly trying to ensure that this new regime makes the UK as competitive as possible so that assets flow into our country and we derive revenues from that. The first question I have is, why remove the personal allowance for those who seek to do so? The second is that although the point about the reporting is valid in terms of monitoring, does the Minister accept that that in itself could make the system more complicated and onerous to those who may consider moving their assets to this country? That may result in less money coming through the door, which is exactly why the OBR has rated this as highly uncertain revenue generation. That is the point that I am trying to make.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the hon. Gentleman for his further comments. To address his point regarding the OBR, we seek to strengthen that institution, inspired not least by some of his colleagues’ views of the OBR having damaged trust in it under the previous Government. We wanted to make sure that that could never happen again, by strengthening its standing in law.

As the hon. Gentleman will know, when the OBR is looking at suggested tax changes, particularly when they are more complex than simply changing a rate—when they are more involved—it is a matter of course for degrees of uncertainty to be associated with that revenue from different measures.

The point about the design of the scheme is best answered by explaining that this is about striking the right balance. The hon. Gentleman asked whether the reporting requirements are too onerous. It is a balance between making sure that we minimise the burden on individuals, and of course the businesses that they work for—we want to make sure that we are not putting any onerous requirements on them to report information that is not needed—while, at the same time, making sure that we have the information to be able to evaluate the regime, to identify any avoidance risks and to ensure compliance. It is a constant tension within the tax system to make sure that burdens are as low as possible while ensuring that we have adequate information to prevent non-compliance and so on. Those are the judgments that we have to take as Ministers, but we want to take them in the way that achieves the best possible outcome.

To conclude, the overall package that we are proposing, with the foreign income and gains regime, where foreign income and gains will see no income tax for four years, is more generous—is more attractive—than the remittance basis that is currently in place, because it means that those foreign incomes and gains will not be subject to income tax.

Therefore, I hope that our proposed package is not only positive for public finances here in the UK, but serves as an attractive regime for people around the world with talent and with entrepreneurial spirit, who want to work and invest in our country and help our economy grow, and that they can see that the scheme will help them to do just that. I commend these measures to the Committee.

Amendment 20 agreed to.

Clause 37, as amended, agreed to.

Clause 38 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Schedule 8

Relief on foreign employment income: consequential and transitional provision

Amendments made: 44, in schedule 8, page 194, line 33, leave out “qualifying” and insert “non-resident or qualifying”.

This amendment is to make parenthetical description of sections 373 and 374 of ITEPA 2003 consistent with those sections as amended by Schedule 8.

Amendment 45, in schedule 8, page 194, line 39, after “Part 2” insert—

“of this Act or Chapter 5 of Part 8 of ITTOIA 2005 (see section 845B of that Act)”.

This amendment provides that an employee must not be a qualifying new resident for the purposes of Chapter 5 of Part 8 of ITTOIA 2005 to benefit from a deduction under section 341 of ITEPA 2003, as well as not being a qualifying new resident for the purposes of ITEPA 2003.

Amendment 46, in schedule 8, page 195, line 4, after “Part 2” insert—

“of this Act or Chapter 5 of Part 8 of ITTOIA 2005 (see section 845B of that Act)”.

This amendment provides that an employee must not be a qualifying new resident for the purposes of Chapter 5 of Part 8 of ITTOIA 2005 to benefit from a deduction under section 342 of ITEPA 2003, as well as not being a qualifying new resident for the purposes of ITEPA 2003.

Amendment 47, in schedule 8, page 195, line 11, after “Part 2” insert—

“of this Act or Chapter 5 of Part 8 of ITTOIA 2005 (see section 845B of that Act)”.

This amendment provides that an employee can benefit from deductions under section 355 of ITEPA 2003 where the employee is a qualifying new resident for the purposes of Chapter 5 of Part 8 of ITTOIA 2005, as well as where the employee is a qualifying new resident for the purposes of ITEPA 2003.

Amendment 48, in schedule 8, page 195, line 13, leave out “qualifying” and insert “non-resident or qualifying”.

This amendment is to make the parenthetical description of section 373 of ITEPA 2003 consistent with that section as amended by Schedule 8.

Amendment 49, in schedule 8, page 195, line 36, after “Part 2” insert—

“of this Act or Chapter 5 of Part 8 of ITTOIA 2005 (see section 845B of that Act)”.

This amendment provides that an employee can benefit from deductions under section 373 of ITEPA 2003 where the employee is a qualifying new resident for the purposes of Chapter 5 of Part 8 of ITTOIA 2005, as well as where the employee is a qualifying new resident for the purposes of ITEPA 2003.

Amendment 50, in schedule 8, page 196, line 7, after “Part 2” insert—

“of this Act or Chapter 5 of Part 8 of ITTOIA 2005 (see section 845B of that Act)”.

This amendment provides that an employee can benefit from deductions under section 374 of ITEPA 2003 where the employee is a qualifying new resident for the purposes of Chapter 5 of Part 8 of ITTOIA 2005, as well as where the employee is a qualifying new resident for the purposes of ITEPA 2003.

Amendment 51, in schedule 8, page 196, leave out line 16.

This amendment reinstates section 375 of ITEPA 2003 which defines “qualifying arrival date” for the purposes of sections 373 and 374 of ITEPA 2003.

Amendment 52, in schedule 8, page 196, line 21, after “Part 2” insert—

“of this Act or Chapter 5 of Part 8 of ITTOIA 2005 (see section 845B of that Act)”.

This amendment provides that an employee must not be a qualifying new resident for the purposes of Chapter 5 of Part 8 of ITTOIA 2005 to benefit from a deduction under section 376 of ITEPA 2003, as well as not being a qualifying new resident for the purposes of ITEPA 2003.

Amendment 53, in schedule 8, page 197, line 17, at end insert—

“2A In Part 8 of Schedule 3 to the Social Security (Contributions) Regulations 2001 (S.I. 2001/1004), in paragraph 5 (travel costs and expenses where duties performed in the United Kingdom) —

(a) in the heading, for ‘non-domiciled’ substitute ‘non-resident or qualifying new resident’;

(b) in paragraph (a), for ‘non-domiciled’ substitute ‘non-resident or qualifying new resident’.”

This amendment makes the parenthetical descriptions of sections 373 and 374 of ITEPA 2003 contained in the Social Security (Contributions) Regulations 2001 consistent with those sections as amended by Schedule 8.

Amendment 54, in schedule 8, page 198, line 32, leave out “public notice given” and insert “general direction made”.—(James Murray.)

This amendment means that the requirements of notices under new section 690D will be specified in a general direction made by HMRC rather than a public notice.

Schedule 8, as amended, agreed to.

Clause 39 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 40

Remittance basis not available after tax year 2024-25

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss the following:

Government amendments 55 to 58.

Schedule 9.

Clause 41 stand part.

Government amendment 59.

Schedule 10.

Clause 42 stand part.

Schedule 11.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

These clauses and schedules also relate to the non-dom reform, which we just discussing in relation to the previous group of clauses. Clauses 40 to 42 and schedules 9 to 11 make changes to ensure that the remittance basis of taxation will no longer apply from 6 April this year. For previous users of the remittance basis, a temporary repatriation facility will be introduced, which we just discussed under the previous group of clauses. Individuals will be able to rebase their foreign assets to their value on 5 April 2017.

As we know well, the Government are removing the outdated concept of domicile status from the tax system and replacing it with a new, internationally competitive residence-based regime from April this year. Currently, where a non-UK-domiciled individual moves to the UK, they are able to access the remittance basis of taxation, under which foreign income and gains are not taxable unless they are brought to the UK. These arrangements can create a disincentive to invest in the UK.

The changes made by clause 40 and schedule 9 will remove the remittance basis of taxation from being claimed after 6 April 2025, and this clause clarifies how this legislation operates. Although no new claims can be made, foreign income and gains that have arisen through a remittance basis prior to 6 April 2025 will continue to be taxed at the prevailing tax rates if remitted to the UK on or after this date.

Clause 41 and schedule 10 will introduce the new temporary repatriation facility for individuals who had previously claimed a remittance basis, through which they will be able to designate and remit foreign income and gains that arose prior to 6 April 2025 at a reduced rate of tax. That will include unattributed foreign income and gains held within trust structures. That facility, as we discussed in relation to the previous group of clauses, will be available for a limited time period of three years from April 2025, with a rate of 12% for the first two years, rising to 15% in the final year.

Clause 42 and schedule 11 introduce a transitional arrangement for capital gains tax purposes. That will allow those who have previously claimed a remittance basis to rebase foreign assets they held on 5 April 2017 to the value at that date, when they dispose of them on or after 6 April 2025.

Government amendments 55 and 56 amend the wording of sections 56, 61G and 61R of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 to ensure that those sections, which cover chargeability to tax in respect of deemed employment payment, no longer make reference to domicile, which has become redundant in light of the current reforms.

Government amendment 57 amends section 22 of the Finance (No. 2) Act 1931, section 154 of the Finance Act 1996 and section 174 of the Finance Act 1993 to ensure that an individual’s domicile is no longer a relevant consideration for Treasury securities issued with free of tax for residents abroad conditions. Government amendment 58 removes references to domicile in section 614 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988, relating to relief on income for investments of certain pension schemes, which have become redundant in light of the current reforms.

Finally, Government amendment 59 corrects an incorrect reference in schedule 10. Amendments have also been made to the associated explanatory notes to accurately reflect the legislation. The Government are committed to making the tax system fairer so that everyone who is long-term resident in the UK pays their taxes here.

Harriet Cross Portrait Harriet Cross
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the Minister for listing the amendments before the Committee. At Davos last week, the Chancellor announced other amendments that will be made to non-dom status. It is disappointing that they have not been put before the Committee, where they can be scrutinised line by line. Why is that not the case, and when will either a Committee or the House get to see those amendments?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am glad that the hon. Lady was paying good attention to what the Chancellor was saying at Davos. The Government will introduce, as the Chancellor set out, a number of amendments to the Finance Bill on Report, to make the temporary repatriation facility simpler to use and more attractive to those who want to benefit from it, while retaining the structure announced at the Budget.

More broadly, the new regime is more attractive than the current approach, because individuals will be able to bring income and gains into the UK without attracting an additional tax charge. That will encourage people to bring funds into the UK and spend and invest them here. That is good for the UK in terms of investment and spending coming into the UK, and in terms of the tax revenue, which we spoke about in relation to the previous set of clauses. I therefore commend clauses 40 to 42, schedules 9 to 11 and Government amendments 55 to 59 to the Committee.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the Minister said, clause 40 and schedule 9 abolish the remittance basis of taxation for foreign income and gains from 2025-26. Clause 41 and schedule 10 create a temporary repatriation facility, or TRF, to allow former remittance-based taxpayers to bring historical foreign income and gains into the UK at a lower rate of tax. Clause 42 and schedule 11 allow for foreign assets to be rebased to their value in 2017 for capital gains tax purposes.

On the TRF, I gently point out to the Minister that, given that this is the single biggest revenue-raising part of Labour’s policy—offering a reduced rate of tax on income and gains for a limited time—the Government are not so much closing loopholes in the tax system, as the Labour party consistently said to us when it was in opposition, and as was claimed at the Budget, but creating new loopholes, by their own definition of debates past. As the OBR has stated, there is great uncertainty over how much of that revenue is truly additional. Tom Josephs, one of the three members of the OBR’s Budget Responsibility Committee, told the Treasury Committee:

“most of the revenue that we have scored in the forecast comes from what are…essentially, three years’ worth of lower tax rates…The steady-state impact of the reform is much lower.”

As is so often the case, there is a mismatch between Labour’s rhetoric and the policy reality.

The same would appear to be true for the “tweaks” to the temporary repatriation facility that the Chancellor announced on the slopes of Davos just last week. That indiscretion would be more problematic had there been any substance to the Davos announcement. We are still none the wiser, because the relevant amendments have not appeared, as my hon. Friend the Member for Gordon and Buchan said. This is the Committee stage of a Finance Bill, when we scrutinise the measures of the Government of the day, line by line. The Chancellor of the Exchequer made a conscious decision to get on a plane, fly to Davos and make the announcement—not in this House, but overseas. Then, when she had the opportunity to table amendments for the scrutiny of this Committee, she decided not to do so. I feel sorry for the Minister who has had to explain this, but it is not good enough. The Minister said that we will debate it on Report, but what stopped the Chancellor from tabling amendments today, in Committee? What was it about the line-by-line scrutiny that meant she could not do so? I would be grateful if the Minister could try to explain it, but I think the Chancellor should be explaining it to the House.

Those points aside, the main grievance, which others have raised, relates to the changes to definition of “remittance” in schedule 9. The Chartered Institute of Taxation says the changes are badly drafted, that they should not be retroactive and that, at the very least, implementation should be delayed to allow for them to be rewritten and consulted on. Otherwise, the Minister needs to explain why, under paragraph 5(8), lending foreign income to a foreign relative outside the UK, to be kept outside of the UK, should be treated as a remittance to the UK. Paragraph 5(11), which makes it so that anything that has ever been remitted to the UK without being charged to tax under previous rules should now be treated as if it was a chargeable remittance, is described by the ICAEW as “unacceptable”; it states that the provision “should be deleted”. This is a matter on which I am not particularly expert, but the ICAEW is. I would be grateful if the Minister could explain those points, or follow up in writing to me, so that I can provide these industry bodies with an explanation.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am always happy to respond to queries from the Chartered Institute of Taxation—they were eloquently presented by the shadow Minister—and will I make sure that any responses to those queries are forthcoming.

However, I think the central point, which the shadow Minister focused on in his comments, is about the temporary repatriation facility and our changes to that. The Chancellor was very clear that these changes, which she mentioned at Davos, are designed to make the system simpler and more attractive. As he will know, Finance Bills are routinely amended both in Committee and on Report by the Government to ensure that the best possible legislation is in place before a Finance Bill gains Royal Assent.

The new temporary repatriation facility, which we are setting up under these clauses, includes rules concerning how income and gains in a trust structure are matched to beneficiaries. These are complex things and the amendments will simplify that process. To provide absolute clarity, the amendments to the temporary repatriation facility, which the Chancellor referred to, are separate from the amendments that we are debating today in Committee, which clarify specific aspects of the legislation and ensure that the policy works as intended.

Collectively, the Government amendments before the Committee ensure that the legislation works as intended, and the amendments the Chancellor mentioned at Davos are designed to make the system simpler and more attractive. If it is a win-win, where it does not have an impact on the income—

Blake Stephenson Portrait Blake Stephenson (Mid Bedfordshire) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I think Opposition Members are somewhat confused. The Chancellor committed to bringing an amendment forward. I know that the Minister says it will be tabled at a later stage, but why is it so complex that it cannot be considered today, so that it can be scrutinised by the Opposition?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

At the risk of repeating myself, amendments are routinely brought forward in Committee and on Report, and they are scrutinised at both stages of the Bill. The intention is to make sure that the legislation is in the best possible place by the time it gets to Third Reading and receives Royal Assent.

The focus for us is to make sure that this legislation works as well as possible. We are pragmatic about that; we want to make sure that it functions effectively. That is why we are making technical changes by way of Government amendments today, and why there will be further amendments on Report to make the system simpler and more generous, in the way that the Chancellor has set out.

This is about achieving a system that makes the tax system both fairer, in the ways that we have set out, and as simple and attractive as possible for people who want to come to the UK and bring their money to the UK, to invest and spend it here, which will help us to grow the economy.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 40 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Schedule 9

Income Tax and Capital Gains Tax: Remittance Basis and Domicile

Amendments made: 55, in schedule 9, page 208, line 24, leave out “sections 56(5)(a), 61G(5)(a) and 61R(5)(a)” and insert “sections 56, 61G and 61R”

This amendment together with Amendment 56 omits subsections that have become redundant in light of the ending of the relevance of domicile to income tax.

Amendment 56, in schedule 9, page 208, line 25, leave out from “payment)” to end of line 27 and insert “, omit subsections (4) and (5).”

This amendment together with Amendment 55 omits subsections that have become redundant in light of the ending of the relevance of domicile to income tax.

Amendment 57, in schedule 9, page 210, line 34, at end insert—

“Premium trust funds

21A In section 174 of FA 1993 (premium trust funds), omit subsection (6)(a).

FOTRA securities

21B (1) In section 22 of F(No.2)A 1931 (Treasury power to issue securities with a FOTRA condition)—

(a) in subsection (1)(b), for “persons who are neither domiciled nor resident in the United Kingdom” substitute “exempt persons”;

(b) after subsection (1) insert—

“(1A) For the purposes of subsection (1), the following persons are “exempt persons”—

(a) individuals who are not resident in the United Kingdom, and

(b) persons who are not individuals and are neither domiciled nor resident in the United Kingdom.”

(2) In section 154 of FA 1996 (FOTRA securities), in subsection (1)—

(a) after “applies,” insert “where the person with the beneficial ownership of the securities is not an individual and”;

(b) for “the person with beneficial ownership of the securities” substitute “that person”.

(3) Any security issued before 29th April 1996 with a FOTRA condition shall be treated in relation to times on or after 6 April 2025 as if—

(a) it were a security issued with the post-1996 FOTRA conditions (and with no other FOTRA condition), and

(b) the post-1996 FOTRA conditions had been authorised in relation to the issue of that security by virtue of section 22 of F(No.2)A 1931.

(4) In sub-paragraph (3) —

“a FOTRA condition” means a condition about exemption from taxation authorised by section 22 of F(No.2)A 1931;

“the post-1996 FOTRA conditions” means the conditions about exemption from taxation with which 7.25% Treasury Stock 2007 was first issued by virtue of section 22 of F(No.2)A 1931.”

Amendment 58, in schedule 9, page 210, line 34, at end insert—

“Reliefs in respect of income from investments etc. of certain pension schemes

21C In section 614 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (exemptions and reliefs in respect of income from investments etc. of certain pension schemes), in subsections (4) and (5), omit “not domiciled and”.”—(James Murray.)

This amendment removes references to domicile in provisions of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 relating to relief on income from investments of certain pension schemes.

Schedule 9, as amended, agreed to.

Clause 41 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Schedule 10

Temporary repatriation facility

Amendment made: 59, in schedule 10, page 214, line 6, leave out paragraph (a) and insert—

“(a) Part 2 of this Schedule (exemptions etc for designated qualifying overseas capital),”—(James Murray.)

This amendment corrects an incorrect reference.

Schedule 10, as amended, agreed to.

Clause 42 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Schedule 11 agreed to.

Clause 43

Trusts: connected amendments, transitional provision etc

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss the following:

Government amendments 60 and 61.

Schedule 12.

--- Later in debate ---
James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 43 and schedule 12 make changes to ensure that the foreign income and gains arising within settlor-interested trust structures will no longer be protected from tax for non-domiciled and deemed-domiciled individuals who do not qualify for the four-year foreign income and gains regime, which we have been discussing in relation to earlier groups of clauses.

As we have established in previous debates in Committee, the Government are removing the outdated concept of domicile status from the tax system and replacing it with a new internationally competitive residence-based regime from April of this year. Currently, where a non-UK-domiciled individual settles an offshore trust, foreign income and gains arising within that trust are protected from UK tax, which remains the case even if the individual is later deemed domicile.

The changes made by clause 43 and schedule 12 will mean that from 6 April 2025, foreign income and gains arising in settlor-interested trusts will be taxed on the same basis as UK-domiciled settlors, unless the settlor is eligible for and claims the new four-year regime, regardless of when the trust was established. In addition, the trust protections will not apply to the legislation on the transfer of assets abroad. This will mean that all income arising in a settlor-interested trust or an underlying company can be taxed on a UK settlor as it arises if the transferor has the power to enjoy the income or receives capital sums from the trust or company.

Government amendments 60 and 61 ensure that the onward gifting provisions continue to operate effectively, as under the existing regime. These provisions ensure that taxpayers cannot avoid a liability to tax by diverting benefits to other persons not liable to that charge. The Government are committed to making the tax system fairer so that everyone who is a long-term resident in the UK pays their taxes here. The new regime ensures this while also being more attractive than the current approach, as individuals will be able to bring income and gains into the UK without attracting an additional tax charge. As we have debated already, this will encourage them to spend and invest these funds here in the UK. Therefore, I commend these provisions to the Committee.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 43 and schedule 12 mirror the proposals that we set out in March 2024. The Minister will therefore be very pleased to hear that I have not picked up any significant murmurings of discontent on this clause, and I have no further comments.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister and encourage him to respond in similar terms in future.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 43 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Schedule 12

Trusts: connected amendments, transitional provision etc

Amendments made: 60, in schedule 12, page 238, leave out lines 21 to 23 and insert—

“(b) the original recipient—

is liable neither to income tax nor to capital gains tax by reference to the amount or value of the original benefit, or

is a qualifying new resident for the tax year in which the original benefit is provided,”.

This amendment expands the scope of the onward gifting rule to circumstances where benefits are routed via individuals who are UK resident but who are not themselves within the scope of the benefits charge (because they are not the settlor or a close family member).

Amendment 61, in schedule 12, page 239, line 41, at end insert—

“(5A) Where the original recipient is liable neither to income tax nor to capital gains tax by reference to the amount or value of part only of the original benefit, this section applies as if the two parts of the original benefit were separate benefits.”—(James Murray.)

This amendment supplements Amendment 60.

Schedule 12, as amended, agreed to.

Clause 44

Excluded property: domicile test replaced with long-term residence test

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss the following:

Clauses 45 and 46 stand part.

Government amendments 62 to 65.

Schedule 13.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clauses 44 to 46 and schedule 13 make changes to replace the current domicile-based system of inheritance tax with the new residence-based system. Currently, an individual’s domicile status determines whether their non-UK assets are in scope of inheritance tax. The non-domiciled individual’s personal non-UK assets are not in scope until they become deemed domiciled. However, if such assets are placed into a trust they will remain out of scope in perpetuity, even if an individual later settles in the UK.

--- Later in debate ---
Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the Minister set out, clauses 44 to 46 and schedule 13 bring inheritance tax into the residence-based system so that it applies to non-UK assets owned outright or held in trusts. This was our stated intention in March 2024, subject to consultation.

As the Minister set out, non-UK assets will now be in scope for inheritance tax where an individual is considered a long-term resident—that is, if they have been resident in the UK for at least 10 of the last 20 tax years that immediately precede the chargeable event. This is subject to a tapered 10-year tail where a person who was resident in the UK for 20 years or more would no longer be considered long-term resident after 10 consecutive tax years of absence, whereas a person with 19 years of UK residence in the last 20 years would no longer be considered a long-term resident after nine years, and so on down to a minimum of three years for those with between 13 and 10 years of residence in the last 20 years.

As far as I am aware, there are no details of consultations which have taken place and nothing has been published on this. I am told by the likes of the Chartered Institute of Taxation that certain provisions such as the tapering of the 10-year tail were put forward during that process. I would be grateful if the Minister could confirm to the Committee the nature and extent of the consultation that has taken place by the Government to inform the creation of these clauses.

One point made by the Chartered Institute of Taxation is that there is now an anomaly whereby individuals who leave the UK before the new regime begins on 6 April are considered long-term residents when the legislation comes into effect, meaning they will incur an inheritance tax exit charge for trusts they have settled when their long-term resident status ends. As the Chartered Institute of Taxation points out, it seems unfair that a person who has already left the UK should face an exit charge due to legislation that comes into effect after their departure. I would be grateful if the Minister could explain that anomaly, which seems a little unfair. According to the Office for Budget Responsibility, these clauses raise very little revenue—I think it is in the range of £100 million a year on average—so the Government can afford to get this right. I would really appreciate a fuller explanation.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for his remarks. He asked about the consultation and how we developed these policies. It is worth pointing out that there has been quite extensive discussion about the legislation on non-domicile status. The Government published a technical note at the autumn Budget in October 2024 explaining the proposed changes to provide certainty ahead of the rules coming into force in April 2025. Officials have engaged extensively with interested specialists and individuals over the summer and throughout the development of this policy. Many elements, such as the tapered tail and the transitional arrangements, were proposed by representative bodies. Those representative bodies also told us that people want certainty about the proposed new rules as early as possible, which is why we published information ahead of the Finance Bill and discussed it with people who might be affected and have views to add.

I will write to the shadow Minister with details on the very specific question he asked, so he has that information for reference. The objective with this policy is to achieve our aim of making the tax system fairer while making the new regime as attractive as possible and internationally competitive to encourage people to come to the UK to invest here, work here, create jobs and wealth, and grow our economy. That is the balance that we seek to strike. We have done that in close consultation and discussion with those affected to get the legislation to the best possible place.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 44 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clauses 45 and 46 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Schedule 13

Inheritance tax

Amendments made: 62, in schedule 13, page 266, line 35, at end insert—

“(2A) In subsection (1)—

(a) in the definition of “excluded property”, for “6 and 48” substitute “6, 48 and 48ZA”;

(b) omit the definition of “formerly domiciled resident”.”

This amendment updates the definition of “excluded property” in section 272 of the Inheritance Tax Act 1984 in consequence of the amendments made by clause 45. It also removes the now-redundant definition of “formerly domiciled resident”.

Amendment 63, in schedule 13, page 266, line 36, at beginning insert “Also”.

This amendment is consequential on Amendment 62.

Amendment 64, in schedule 13, page 267, line 25, at end insert—

“28A “(1) Schedule A1 (non-excluded overseas property) is amended as follows.

(2) In paragraph 1, for “48(3)(a)” substitute “48ZA”.

(3) In paragraph 5(2)(a), for “or 48(3)(a), (3A) or (4)” substitute “, section 48(4) or section 48ZA”.”

This amendment is consequential on clause 45 (which amends section 48 of the Inheritance Tax Act 1984 and inserts new section 48ZA).

Amendment 65, in schedule 13, page 271, line 39, at end insert—

“(1A) In construing section 267 of IHTA 1984, so far as saved by sub-paragraph (1), the repeal of the definition of “formerly domiciled resident” by paragraph 28(2A)(b) is also to be disregarded.”—(James Murray.)

This amendment clarifies that the definition of “formerly domiciled resident”, which is being removed from the Inheritance Tax Act 1984 by Amendment 62, will still be relevant in construing section 267 (which by virtue of paragraph 48 of Schedule 13 will continue to apply for certain limited purposes).

Schedule 13, as amended, agreed to.

Clause 54

Alternative finance: land in England, Scotland or Northern Ireland

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be consider clause 55 stand part.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clauses 54 and 55 make changes to alternative finance tax rules to put alternative and conventional financing arrangements on a broadly level playing field for annual tax on enveloped dwellings. As with the changes made in clause 35, which we debated earlier, these changes promote financial inclusion for those who choose to use alternative forms of finance, either for religious reasons or otherwise.

The annual tax on enveloped dwellings is an annual charge payable by non-natural persons, such as companies, owning UK residential property valued at more than £500,000. It is intended to discourage non-commercial enveloping of residential property in a company in order to avoid other property-related taxes, such as stamp duty land tax. The charge is not intended to apply to individuals who use alternative finance to purchase residential property.

These clauses fix an issue whereby an unintended annual tax on enveloped dwellings may arise on individuals and financial institutions when using certain alternative finance arrangements. The changes made by clause 54 would ensure that an annual tax on enveloped dwellings charge does not arise just because alternative finance has been used to purchase the property. It does that by disregarding the financial institution’s interest in the property, so that the tax liability is assessed on the basis of the client of the alternative finance arrangement.

Clause 55 fixes an error with the existing legislation and ensures that the treatment for annual tax on enveloped dwellings is the same for those entering into alternative finance arrangements in Wales as it is for those in the rest of the UK.

These clauses, alongside clause 35, which we debated earlier, deliver on the Government’s commitment to the continued strength of the UK Islamic finance sector by putting alternative and conventional financing on a broadly level playing field in their treatment for annual tax on enveloped dwellings. I therefore commend the clauses to the Committee.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As we heard from the Minister, these clauses extend existing alternative finance provisions to ensure that the ATED charge arises only where the client is a person within the scope of that charge. Clause 54 extends those provisions for land in England, Scotland or Northern Ireland and clause 55 does so for land in Wales.

As we discussed when debating clause 35, alternative financing is a method of raising finance involving the sale, purchase and renting of assets in circumstances where conventional financing would involve lending at interest. Although based on Islamic financing, it can be used by both followers and non-followers of that faith. These changes reflect the approach that we took in government, which the new Government have taken on, to ensure, where possible, a level playing field between conventional and alternative finance transactions. We support the changes.

The ATED is an annual charge payable by companies, partnerships with a company member, and collective investment vehicles that own residential property valued at more than £500,000. An enveloped dwelling is a property that is used or can be used as a residence—for example a house or flat—and that is owned through a corporate structure. The amount of ATED due is worked out through a banding system. The current chargeable amount for properties worth more than £500,000 and up to £1 million is £4,450. If a property is worth more than £20 million, the charge is £292,000. I would be grateful for any data that the Minister has on how much is raised by this tax every year, including any per-band figures. The tax information and impact note includes an annual £5 million negative impact on the Exchequer from 2025 through to 2030. Will the Minister explain what lies behind that? It would also be useful to know how many individuals using alternative finance will be impacted by these changes.

I am grateful to our friends at the Chartered Institute of Taxation for their comments on these measures. They have queried what they term the Government’s piecemeal approach to levelling the playing field for alternative finance arrangements. The CIOT has said that the current legislation does not provide for a look-through to the underlying buyer for stamp duty land tax reliefs such as charities relief, group relief and relief for acquisition by a house builder from an individual acquiring a new dwelling. The effect is that that relief is denied when alternative finance arrangements are in place. This is inconsistent with a policy of providing parity of treatment between alternative finance and conventional financing, and should also be addressed. Will the Minister confirm whether he will consider such changes and, when horizon-scanning, consider adopting a more consistent approach more widely to level the playing field? As I have set out, we support these changes. I hope that the Minister will respond, briefly, to my questions.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the hon. Gentleman for his support on this matter. He asked about the receipts from ATED. The most recent figures are from 2022-23 and show £124 million of receipts from ATED overall. I hope that puts in context the small, £5 million impact of the changes that these clauses and clause 35 would introduce.

The hon. Gentleman also asked how many people are impacted by these changes. We recognise that they will benefit a small number of finance providers and individuals, and anticipate that the number of people who will benefit will be low. However, it is important to give this sector the confidence to grow and to ensure a level playing field. The shadow Minister agreed that it is important to ensure that the Islamic or alternative finance sector has that level playing field, so that it can contribute towards our country’s economic growth. These clauses, along with clause 35, seek to achieve that goal.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 54 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 55 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 56

Testing of FMI technologies or practices

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 56 introduces a power enabling changes to be made to stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax in relation to financial market infrastructure sandboxes. The Government are committed to developing the UK’s capital markets and, as part of that, have announced that they will take forward the private intermittent securities and capital exchange system, known as PISCES. That power will be used to provide an exemption from stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax for PISCES transactions. This will be a carefully targeted exemption, representing a cost-effective approach to boosting growing private companies and supporting our capital markets.

PISCES is a new type of trading platform that will allow private companies to have their shares traded intermittently, supporting private companies to scale and grow, and boosting the pipeline of future initial public offerings in the UK. Using powers from the Financial Services and Markets Act 2023, which was introduced by the previous Government, this Government will establish the regulatory framework for PISCES in a financial market infrastructure sandbox. That will allow the Treasury to temporarily modify or disapply certain pieces of legislation, to support market operators to trial new or developing technologies or practices, while still achieving appropriate regulatory outcomes. The Government published a response to the PISCES consultation paper at Mansion House on 14 November 2024. As part of this, the Government will lay a statutory instrument to establish the PISCES sandbox by May this year.

Clause 56 will allow the Treasury to make stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax changes by statutory instrument, in connection with any exercise of the time-limited FMI sandbox power in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2023. The power will be used to introduce an exemption from stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax for PISCES transactions, as announced at the autumn Budget. That exemption will boost the attractiveness of PISCES, incentivising investors and private companies to participate, and it demonstrates the Government’s commitment to the success of PISCES as part of our wider ambitions to reinvigorate UK capital markets and to deliver growth. The Government will introduce this exemption ahead of the first PISCES trading events. The effect of the exemption will be time-limited, in line with the duration of the PISCES sandbox.

Clause 56 introduces a stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax power in relation to financial market infra-structure sandboxes that will be used to provide an exemption for PISCES transactions. This will increase the attractiveness of PISCES and demonstrates the Government’s commitment to ensuring its success. The announcement of the exemption has been welcomed by stakeholders.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As we heard from the Minister, clause 56 introduces a power enabling the Treasury to make stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax changes in connection with any exercise of the time-limited financial market infrastructure sandbox power. This power will be used to provide an exemption from stamp duty for PISCES transactions, and we warmly welcome these measures.

Like many other aspects of the Bill that we have discussed today, the PISCES trading platform was the previous Government’s idea, as part of our commitment to trial new or developing technologies and practices to help companies to scale and grow. While in government, we introduced significant reforms to the UK listings regime, supporting public markets and companies choosing to list in the UK. That included implementing Lord Hill’s listing review reforms. The PISCES consultation noted:

“A key challenge for private companies is that, at early stages in their growth, there are no standardised ways for shareholders to realise their gains…or to allow companies to rationalise their shareholder base by providing their early investors an exit route. Similarly, it is harder for investors to access companies that are not yet operating on public markets.”

PISCES provides a regulatory framework for the intermittent trading of private company shares on a multilateral system. I welcome the Government’s support for PISCES, which will form an important part of the UK’s offer to companies seeking to grow and list in the UK.

I would be grateful if the Minister provided an update on the impact that PISCES is expected to have by incentivising current and potential investors to buy shares on the system, bringing greater transparency and efficiency. I note that PISCES will run for an initial period of five years. Will the Minister commit to regularly updating the House on progress?

There will not be a public market-style market abuse regime; instead, the Financial Conduct Authority will be given rule-making powers over a disclosure regime. I am sure the answer will be yes, but can the Minister confirm that it is her expectation that the FCA will be properly focused on growth as it devises those rules, and that it will ensure that any new rules are proportionate to the objective that we are seeking to achieve?

The provisions of clause 56 relate specifically to exempting PISCES share transfers from stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax, a measure that, in their response to the consultation, UK Finance and the Association for Financial Markets in Europe said

“should be strongly considered by HMT in order to help incentivise use of the platform”.

They added that it is important

“to generally reduce frictions for companies and shareholders using the platform as far as…possible,”

and the FCA rules are important in that respect.

Stamp duty and SDRT both tax transactions that transfer securities between parties in exchange for payment. In 2023, the then Government held a consultation entitled “Stamp Taxes on Shares modernisation” and proposed a mandatory single tax on securities instead of separate taxes for electronic transfers and paper instruments. It was suggested that that approach would reduce complexity, and it was widely supported in the call for evidence responses and by the working group that was established. In considering the application of both taxes, I would be grateful if the Minister provided an update on this Government’s view on the previous Government’s proposals, and whether she plans to bring forward any changes in the future.

As I have set out, we support the measures, but I would be grateful for responses to the points I have raised.

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for the way he has approached this subject. He is correct, of course, that the previous Government consulted on PISCES in March last year. We responded to the consultation in November, alongside the Mansion House speech delivered by my right hon. Friend the Chancellor.

I am glad that there is cross-party agreement on these issues. When we were in opposition, we were very constructive in our feedback on such proposals. The shadow Minister is right that there are other reforms in this area, which came from the Lord Hill listings review and others—there were other reviews pertinent to capital markets when the Conservative party was in government.

The shadow Minister asked me a number of questions. On estimating the impact, it is really important to note that many stakeholders in the City and across financial services, not least the Investment Association, have welcomed this innovation. We know that investors and those in the market are interested in it, and I think there is great optimism about the demand for shares on PISCES. We still have to lay the statutory instrument, but the innovation is of interest to Members across the House, so I am very happy to update it on the development of PISCES.

On the shadow Minister’s questions about the FCA, we stress to the financial services regulators at every opportunity that any new rules should be proportionate, and I assure him that that is how I will approach my work with the FCA. On his final question, although I am quite new to this position, I am familiar with the demands for the simplification of stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax—we might make it a little bit easier to say, let alone to pay. I will absolutely prioritise looking at simplification, because any kind of simplification is good for the market and helps to get things going. I am happy to look at that, but I cannot give the shadow Minister an exact answer now.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 56 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 57

Rate bands etc for tax years 2028-29 and 2029-30

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause makes changes to the inheritance tax thresholds so that they continue at the current levels in 2028-29 and 2029-30. Subject to reliefs and exemptions, inheritance tax is payable if the net value of an estate exceeds the respective thresholds for two bands: the nil-rate band, for which the threshold has been £325,000 since 2009-10, and the residence nil-rate band, for which the threshold has been £175,000 since 2021. Those thresholds rise with the consumer price index each year, but have in recent years been frozen until April 2028, by the previous Government.

The changes made by clause 57 will fix the threshold at current levels for a further two years, until April 2030. This will raise £355 million in 2029-30.

Harriet Cross Portrait Harriet Cross
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

We heard earlier that the thresholds for income tax will be unfrozen as of 2028; why will the thresholds for inheritance tax not be? What impact will that have on, for example, agriculture and business property reliefs? Have the Government done an assessment of the number of additional estates that will be brought into inheritance tax beyond 2028, and how many of those will be family farms?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Broadly speaking, the reason why we have had to take a number of decisions, including some of the more difficult decisions in the Budget, is the fiscal inheritance from the previous Government. I do not need to spend time in Committee rehearsing the arguments on that, because they are well known and widely accepted. We inherited a mess from the previous Government and had to take difficult decisions at the autumn Budget to fix that problem, put the public finances back on an even footing and get public services back on their feet. Extending the freeze for inheritance tax thresholds is one of many difficult decisions we had to take.

On the number of estates that will pay inheritance tax as a result of the freeze, fixing the nil-rate bands is forecast to increase the number of tax-paying estates by 1,400 in 2028-29 and by 2,900 in 2029-30. That means the proportion of all UK deaths subject to inheritance tax will rise by 0.2 and 0.4 percentage points in ’28-29 and ’29-30 respectively, when compared with the thresholds rising with CPI. If we look at all inheritance tax measures, the latest forecast indicates that 37,700 estates will have an inheritance tax liability in ’24-25, which equates to 5.8% of all estates. That will increase to 66,600 estates in ’29-30, which equates to 9.5% of estates. I hope that helps to put the measures in context.

We have debated the specific changes to agricultural and business property reliefs several times, and I have shared with the hon. Member for Gordon and Buchan the data on that, which shows the limited impact of the freeze in terms of the number of estates affected. Most estates will not be subject to any inheritance tax because of the way we have designed the reforms to agricultural property relief and business property relief. We have had several other debates on that issue in this place.

--- Later in debate ---
Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Where it has gone wrong is that the Labour party said pre-election that it would not increase national insurance, but has now gone back on that. Labour said it would not hit farmers and would support them, but we now have the family farm tax. We are slightly veering off topic, as Mr Mundell will point out, but I say gently to the hon. Gentleman that although I hope he retains his seat at the next election—[Laughter.] The Chancellor, who is completely out of her depth, has made his life a little more difficult. He is laughing now but I am not sure he will be in four years.

In the context of more drastic changes to inheritance tax elsewhere in the Budget, and the changes to agricultural relief in particular, my hon. Friend the Member for Gordon and Buchan asked about the Government’s assessment of how many of the estates being brought into the regime as a result of the threshold freeze are family farms. I did not quite hear an answer. On behalf of all the farmers we all represent, I say it would be good to hear the Treasury’s estimate as to how many family farms will be impacted.

Ministers frequently cite the inheritance tax thresholds in mitigation of their decision to introduce the family farm tax, but that mitigation is being steadily eroded by inflation. By the time the family farm tax comes into effect next year, Labour’s excuses will be worth even less than they are today, not least because the OBR forecasts that inflation will be higher for longer under Labour. It has already gone up in this short period. It is a shameful exercise in how not to govern, and we will be holding the Government to account going forward.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

That was a fairly wide-ranging response from the shadow Minister to what is quite a straightforward clause. I could not help but notice that he began by saying that he supported what we are doing in the clause, that he understood that we needed to take tough decisions and that he will not oppose the decision to extend the freeze to inheritance tax thresholds—which the Conservatives began—for a further two years. He then proceeded to explain why he did not support it. I know the Opposition have not made their policy on many things, but it seems that even individual Members have not made up their minds.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I was pointing out the discrepancy in how, as we covered earlier, the Government are unfreezing income tax—apparently, although they are not legislating for it—but keeping the freeze on inheritance tax, which I pointed out that we did, not least for public finance reasons. Not only that, but the freeze has also been used as a mitigation against the disgraceful family farm tax that has impacted many of our farmers. Every year that inflation goes up—and it is going up under Labour—that mitigation goes away. That was the point I was trying to make, and it would be great if the Minister could address it.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The shadow Minister alleges that there is some discrepancy on this side of the Committee; I feel like there is some discrepancy within his own views. I return to the central point that he seemed to begin by saying that he welcomed our measures—that he supports them and understands why tough decisions have to be taken—but then seemed to explain why he did not support them.

The shadow Minister asked why we decided to extend the threshold freeze for inheritance tax while not, for instance, increasing income tax rates; that is a political choice. It is a difficult choice, but it is a political choice. As a Government we have made the choice to make sure that we do not raise income tax. We went into the election saying that we would not raise taxes on working people, and we have kept that pledge through our policies on income tax, employee national insurance and the rate of VAT. We made those commitments and we are honouring them.

Angus MacDonald Portrait Mr Angus MacDonald (Inverness, Skye and West Ross-shire) (LD)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Will the Minister consider the fact that the increase in national insurance has harmed many companies that have really struggled? An increase in the top rate of income tax or capital gains tax would at least have hit organisations that are making proper profits and proper money.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

The debate is only in the context of the clause. If the Minister feels he can find a context, he can respond.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I will attempt to link that question to inheritance tax thresholds. I am thinking rapidly on my feet and struggling somewhat. With your permission, Mr Mundell, I will respond briefly to the hon. Gentleman’s point about the difficult decision—one of the toughest we took in the Budget—to increase employer national insurance contributions. We did not want to have to take that decision, but we had to take a series of difficult decisions because of the state of the public finances. We recognise that it was difficult for businesses as well. What is critical for businesses, and for the economy more widely, is having the public finances in balance, meeting our fiscal rules and ensuring that we have stability in the economy. As I said earlier, without that, the investment in growth that we are determined to pursue will not have the right foundations.

I will return to inheritance tax thresholds. I set out the number of estates that will be affected as a result of the thresholds. I do not know whether the shadow Minister is aware of the data that has been put out on the changes to agricultural property relief and business property relief. The number of estates affected that claim agricultural property relief, and agricultural property relief with business property relief, is estimated to be up to 530 in ’26-27. I have referred to that information in the Chamber several times, and it was in the letter that the Chancellor sent to the Treasury Select Committee.

To conclude, although the shadow Minister’s position is confusing, I welcome the Opposition’s support for the measures.

Ordered, That the debate be now adjourned.—(Christian Wakeford.)

Finance Bill (Third sitting)

(Limited Text - Ministerial Extracts only)

Read Full debate
Committee stage
Thursday 30th January 2025

(1 year, 6 months ago)

Public Bill Committees
Finance Act 2025 Read Hansard Text Amendment Paper: Public Bill Committee Amendments as at 30 January 2025 - (30 Jan 2025)

This text is a record of ministerial contributions to a debate held as part of the Finance Act 2025 passage through Parliament.

In 1993, the House of Lords Pepper vs. Hart decision provided that statements made by Government Ministers may be taken as illustrative of legislative intent as to the interpretation of law.

This extract highlights statements made by Government Ministers along with contextual remarks by other members. The full debate can be read here

This information is provided by Parallel Parliament and does not comprise part of the offical record

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

Good morning everyone. Will Members please ensure that all electronic devices are turned off or switched to silent? We continue line-by-line consideration of the Finance Bill. The selection list for today’s sitting is available in the room and on the parliamentary website. It shows how the clauses, schedules and selected amendments have been grouped together for debate. If any Member wishes to press an amendment in a group to a vote—this includes the new clauses that have already been debated—they need to let me know before we reach them on the amendment paper.

Clause 57

Rate bands etc for tax years 2028-29 and 2029-30

Question (28 January) again proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

James Murray Portrait The Exchequer Secretary to the Treasury (James Murray)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

It is a pleasure to serve on this Committee with you as Chair, Ms Vaz. Tuesday’s debate on this clause concluded before we came to the decision, but I think the Opposition indicated that they would not oppose it. I commend the clause to the Committee.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 57 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 58

EBTs: prohibition on applying property for benefit of participators etc

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss clauses 59 and 60 stand part.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clauses 58 to 60 make changes to strengthen the conditions that must be met for transfers of shares into an employee benefit trust to be exempt from inheritance tax. An employee benefit trust is a trust that provides benefits and rewards to employees of a company, often in the form of shares in the company. Under certain conditions, such shares are exempt from inheritance tax. All or most employees need to be capable of benefiting from the trust for the inheritance tax exemption to apply, so it cannot be limited to shareholders of the company or family members, for example.

In 2023, the previous Government launched a consultation on employee ownership trusts and employee benefit trusts. The consultation set out concerns that such trusts were increasingly being used as a tax planning vehicle for shareholders and their families, rather than for a wider class of employees. At the autumn Budget, the current Government responded to that consultation and announced changes to strengthen the conditions that must be met for the transfer of shares into an employee benefit trust to be exempt from inheritance tax.

The changes made by clause 58 will mean that restrictions on shareholders and their family members benefiting from an employee benefit trust must apply for the entire lifetime of the trust. The clause will address cases in which the trust deed allows individuals who are closely connected with a shareholder to benefit after the participator’s death. The clause ensures that the Government’s position is explicitly clear in legislation. The change will come into effect on Royal Assent.

Previously, family members of the shareholder who were excluded from benefiting from the capital of the trust could still receive income payments from the trust. The changes made by clause 59 will ensure that no more than 25% of employees who can receive income payments from an employee benefit trust may be family members of the shareholder. This reinforces the original policy intent of employee benefit trusts to reward and motivate a wide group of employees.

Previously, an individual could set up a company, immediately make a transfer of shares to an employee benefit trust, and obtain an inheritance tax exemption. The changes made by clause 60 will mean that shares must have been held for at least two years before being transferred into the employee benefit trust. The provision will take into account shares held prior to any share reorganisation, and will strengthen protections against employee benefit trusts being used purely for inheritance tax planning purposes.

Clauses 59 and 60 are treated as having come into effect for transfers of value to new and existing trusts on or after 30 October 2024. The clauses will ensure that the tax treatment of employee benefit trusts is consistent with the original policy intent of rewarding and motivating employees, while minimising opportunities for abuse. I commend them to the Committee.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies (Grantham and Bourne) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

It is, as always, a great pleasure to see you in the Chair, Ms Vaz.

As the Minister set out, clauses 58 to 60 make amendments to requirements for inheritance tax exemptions involving employee benefit trusts. Clause 58 provides that restrictions on shareholders and connected persons benefiting from employee benefit trusts will now apply for the lifetime of the trust. Clause 59 provides that no more than 25% of employees who receive income payments from an EBT can be connected to the shareholders in the company. Clause 60 provides that shares will now need to have been held for at least two years prior to being transferred to the EBT.

As the Minister said, the measures follow on from the consultation launched in 2023, which we referred to when we discussed clause 31 and employee ownership trusts. Although we will not oppose the clauses, I would be grateful if the Minister could comment on one specific issue that was raised during the consultation on the changes. In response to the measure introduced by clause 59, concerns were raised at consultation on behalf of smaller companies using EBTs that may now be forced to exclude certain employees from participating in share scheme arrangements in order to comply with the new requirement. What was the Minister’s assessment of that particular impact? Is he content that the benefits of the changes outweigh that particular risk cited in during the consultation?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I welcome the Opposition’s support for the clauses, which build on the consultation that started when they were in office. The shadow Minister’s question related to what effect the changes might have on small businesses in particular. I will try to answer now, but he is free to contact me if he feels I have not covered his point fully.

The changes we are making to employee benefit trusts will not have an adverse effect on small businesses, because the original policy intent of exempting transfers of value to employee benefit trusts from inheritance tax was to encourage businesses to reward and motivate a wide range of employees. To qualify for the exemption, conditions need to be met that ensure that EBTs that benefit only shareholders and their families, or other people closely connected to shareholders, do not receive preferential inheritance tax treatment. Given that that is the aim in the principles behind the clauses, I am confident that they will not have the adverse effect that the shadow Minister fairly raised. I hope that provides him with some reassurance.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 58 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clauses 59 and 60 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 61

Agricultural property relief: environmental management agreements

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause extends the scope of agricultural property relief from 6 April this year to land managed under certain environmental agreements. Agricultural property relief is an inheritance tax relief that reduces the amount that farmers and landowners must pay on land and other property that is owned and occupied for the purposes of agriculture. That will usually be land or pasture that is used to grow crops or to rear animals. Currently, access to APR may be lost where such land is taken out of agricultural production. Some tax advisers and industry representatives believe that provides a potential barrier for some farmers, particularly tenant farmers, to enter certain environmental land management agreements. Following consultation, the previous Government announced that they would extend agricultural property relief to such agreements.

Harriet Cross Portrait Harriet Cross (Gordon and Buchan) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

It is of course welcome that more land is to be brought under the scope of agricultural property relief, but given the introduction of the £1 million cap on agricultural property, is it not somewhat redundant? I know the Government use different numbers, but the industry believes that the majority of farms will be over that threshold anyway, so bringing more land within the scope of APR does not actually make much difference to the bill they will have to pay at the end.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the hon. Lady knows, because we have debated this many times, the data that we have published, based on His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs data, shows that the large majority of small farms will not be affected. I am sure she knows well the statistics on the 530 farms affected by the reforms to APR and business property relief in ’26-27, because she will have seen them in the Chancellor’s letter to the Treasury Committee and we have discussed them many times in this place.

Clause 61 relates specifically to land managed under certain environmental agreements, and was a measure proposed by the last Government. If the hon. Lady allows me to continue explaining why the clause is important, she might feel able to support it, given the benefits it will bring. The clause was welcomed by the sector, and the Government agree with the approach. I can confirm that there have been no changes to the design outlined by the previous Government in March 2024, which is why I hope to get the Opposition’s support for the clause.

As a result of the changes made by clause 61, from 6 April 2025 APR will be available for land managed under an environmental agreement with or on behalf of the UK Government, devolved Governments, public bodies, local authorities or approved responsible bodies. This includes but is not limited to the environmental land management schemes in England and equivalent schemes elsewhere in the UK, as well as any agreement that was live on or after 6 March 2024.

The Government are fully committed to increasing the uptake of environmental land management schemes in England, and we are providing the largest ever budget of £1.8 billion for this in 2025-26. The changes made by clause 61 will ensure that the tax system is not a barrier to uptake, thereby supporting farmers and land managers to deliver, alongside food production, significant and important outcomes for the climate and environment. I commend the clause to the Committee.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the Minister said, clause 61 brings land managed under an environmental agreement—be that with the UK Government, devolved Governments, public bodies, local authorities or approved responsible bodies—within the scope of agricultural property relief.

I am afraid we have here Labour taking with one hand and providing far less with the other. For the £5 million, which we welcome, that they will give back to farmers each year with this measure, they will take away some £500 million a year through the family farm tax, if the Office for Budget Responsibility’s highly uncertain costings are to be believed. Many farmers, and bodies such as the National Farmers Union, have raised concerns about this. The Chartered Institute of Taxation has queried why the relief remains limited to schemes entered into with public authorities, rather than allowing enterprising landowners to enter into other schemes. I would be interested to hear the Minister’s thoughts on that, but we will not oppose the measure.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the hon. Gentleman for his support for the measure. He made wider points about reforms to agricultural property relief, which we have debated several times. The clause focuses in a targeted way on environmental land management schemes.

The hon. Gentleman asked why private environmental land management that is outside of agreements is not included. I confirm that relief will be available for land managed under an environmental agreement with or on behalf of the UK Government, devolved Governments, public bodies, local authorities or approved responsible bodies. This will ensure that the extension of the relief applies only where there are high, verifiable environmental standards.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 61 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 62

National Savings Bank: statements from HMRC no longer to be required

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause makes changes to remove requirements in limited circumstances that the National Savings Bank, more commonly known as NS&I, obtains from HMRC a statement of inheritance tax paid before making a payment. The regulations concerned are consolidated regulations that confer powers and administrative obligations on NS&I which, before paying out a deceased person’s national savings and securities to personal representatives, must make due diligence checks, such as whether the payee has a grant of probate.

The changes made by the clause remove the requirement to contact HMRC directly to check inheritance tax paid in limited circumstances, including certain domicile conditions. This is no longer required in line with the modern compliance processes. This is a minor change that is connected to, but slightly out of scope of, the reforms for non-UK-domiciled individuals. It is consequential on the non-UK-domicile reforms. I commend the clause to the Committee.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The Minister may think that this is a minor issue—and he will be pleased to know that I agree with him. [Laughter.] I am just waking everybody up. The requirement is redundant and we will not oppose the clause.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I applaud the hon. Gentleman’s theatre in delivering his response, and welcome his support.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 62 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 63

Rates of alcohol duty

Angus MacDonald Portrait Mr Angus MacDonald (Inverness, Skye and West Ross-shire) (LD)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I beg to move amendment 66, in clause 63, page 68, line 10, leave out “£32.79” and insert “£31.64”.

--- Later in debate ---
Paul Kohler Portrait Mr Paul Kohler (Wimbledon) (LD)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

It is a pleasure to serve under your chairship, Ms Vaz. May I draw Members’ attention to my entry in the Register of Members’ Financial Interests? I own a bar called Cellar Door—though not the same cellar door as the ones the hon. Member for North West Norfolk just referred to.

I want to speak about wine and the hospitality and night-time economy in general. Under the current regime of the wine easement, 85% of all wine sold in the UK is subject to the same rate of duty. That is now to be replaced by 30 different rates. That fails to take account of fundamental differences between wine and other manufactured alcoholic drinks.

The alcohol by volume of wine cannot be predicted with precision before or during the wine-making process. The alcohol content is stable only at the point when the wine goes into the bottle. The ABV varies between different years and different vats. Until bottling, we do not know the ABV of a particular bottle of wine. It therefore creates huge uncertainty about price and profit margins for the industry if there are different rates of duty depending on the specific ABV, down to a gradation of 0.1% ABV. This is particularly important with low-cost wines. The point is that this regime is utterly impractical for wine producers and wine merchants.

Hal Wilson, co-founder of Cambridge Wine Merchants, told me:

“In my business this feels like death by a thousand cuts, or even two thousand cuts. We sell over 2,000 different wines each year and from February will need to know the precise ABV of each and every one before being able to calculate their full cost. For each 0.1% ABV difference there is a different amount of tax to be paid.”

I wrote to the Minister about this and got a long and detailed response, for which I am grateful. He made the point that HMRC will change its practices and accept the ABV on the label of the bottle to the nearest 0.5%, but that is current practice; it is not in the legislation as I understand it, and it is still far too complex and much of my criticism still holds. Secondly, the letter fundamentally misunderstands why people drink wine. Wine is consumed for the taste, not the strength. An ABV goes through the taste profile. Compare a light Beaujolais with a robust Rioja. It is all about taste, not about whether it is stronger so one can get more drunk. That is not how people consume wine.

The hospitality and the night-time economy industry is facing an existential crisis owing to rising energy prices, recent inflation, labour shortages following Brexit, changes to commuting patterns and the more than doubling of business rates. Now, alcohol duties are to be another burden. It is death by a thousand cuts. Every incremental cost makes survival more difficult. That is why we are asking for a review after six months to see the effect on the wine industry, hospitality industry, night-time economy and other industries.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I will attempt to address the points raised by the Opposition parties. Let me make it clear that clause 63 makes changes to the alcohol duty rates from 1 February 2025. Alcohol duty rates for products qualifying for draft relief will be cut by 1.7% to take a penny of duty off an average-strength pint, while rates of all other products will increase by the retail price index.

Angus MacDonald Portrait Mr MacDonald
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

May I intervene?

Angus MacDonald Portrait Mr MacDonald
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

In that case, I will not, Ms Vaz.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As I was saying, the clause also increases the relative value of small producer relief for both draught and non-draught products, and clause 64 ends the alcohol duty stamps scheme. To reassure Members, in consideration of what position to take at the autumn Budget, I had meetings and officials had further meetings with representatives from the wine, beer, spirits and cider industries, as well as with public health people, to understand the full range of opinions and how we could carefully calibrate our policy response.

Harriet Cross Portrait Harriet Cross
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The Scotch Whisky Association is not on the list of people the Minister met. Can he confirm whether he did meet the association?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The association is included under “spirits”.

As we know, alcohol duty is frozen until 1 February. The OBR’s baseline, reflected in its forecast, is that alcohol duty will be uprated by RPI inflation each year. The Government have decided to maintain the value of alcohol duty for non-draught products by uprating it from 1 February. At the same time we are recognising the social and economic importance of pubs, as well as the fact that they promote more responsible drinking, by cutting duty for draught products, which account for the majority of alcohol sold in pubs.

A progressive strength-based duty system was introduced on 1 August 2023 by the previous Government following the alcohol duty review. The reforms introduced two new reliefs: a draught relief to reduce the duty burden on draught products sold in on-trade venues, and small producer relief that replaced the previous small brewers relief. The clause increases the generosity of both reliefs.

The alcohol duty stamps scheme is an anti-fraud measure applied to larger containers of high-strength alcoholic products, typically spirits. It requires the mandatory stamping of certain retail containers with a duty stamp. In 2022, HMRC was commissioned to review the effectiveness of the scheme. It found that it is outdated, susceptible to being undermined and now plays a diminished compliance role, and concluded that the cost and administrative burdens imposed on the spirits industry could no longer be justified. The previous Government announced the end of the scheme at spring Budget 2024. That is a decision that this Government will implement from 1 May 2025. That date was chosen after consultation with businesses, which requested sufficient time to prepare.

Clause 63 makes four changes. First, it increases the rates of alcohol duty for non-draught products to reflect RPI inflation. Secondly, it reduces the rates of alcohol duty on draught products by 1.7%. Thirdly, it amends the tables in schedule 9 to the Finance (No. 2) Act 2023 that are used by small producers to calculate their duty discount under small producer relief. This increases the value of small producer relief for both draught and non-draught products in relation to the main rates for these products.

In cash terms, the current cash discount given to small producers for draught products is maintained, while the discount provided to small producers for non-draught products is increased. Small producer relief provides the same relative discount, irrespective of whether a product also qualifies for draught relief. As a consequence of the RPI increase in non-draught rates, it increases the simplified rates in schedule 2 to the Travellers’ Allowances Order 1994, which is used for calculating duty on alcoholic products brought into Great Britain.

Some hon. Members raised questions about the impact of these measures on pubs and the hospitality industry. To support the hospitality industry, particularly recognising the role that pubs play in local communities, the Government have announced a reduction in the alcohol duty rates paid on draught products. This reduces businesses’ total duty bill by up to £100 million a year and increases the duty differential between draught and non-draught products from 9.2% to 13.9% for qualifying beer and cider.

As we have mentioned a couple of times in this debate, the reduction to draught relief rates will also result in the average alcoholic strength pint at 4.58% ABV paying 1% less in duty. Draught relief provides a reduced rate of duty on draught products below 8.5% ABV packaged in containers of at least 20 litres designed to connect to a qualifying system for dispensing drinks.

Clause 64 ends the alcohol duty stamps scheme from 1 May this year, removing the provisions in the Finance (No. 2) Act 2023 and the secondary legislation in the Duty Stamps Regulations 2006. It also makes consequential changes and removes references to the scheme where they appear elsewhere in legislation.

Amendment 66 would freeze alcohol duty for alcoholic products above 22% ABV. That is contrary to the Chancellor’s decision at the autumn Budget to increase those duty rates to reflect inflation, and would cost the Exchequer £150 million a year.

Specifically in relation to the Scotch whisky industry, I would like to set out that the overall alcohol package balances commercial pressures on the alcohol industry with the need to raise revenue for our vital public services and reduce alcohol-related harms. Consumers and brewers in Scotland will benefit in line with the rest of the UK, with consumption and production patterns roughly equal nationwide. Of course, 90% of Scotch whisky is exported, which means it pays no duty. The Scotch Whisky Association’s own figures show the health of the industry. The Budget offers support to the Scotch whisky industry by removing the alcohol duty stamps scheme, which we have just considered, and through investment in the spirit drinks verification scheme by reducing fees for geographical verification.

New clauses 2 and 4, which were also tabled by Opposition Members, would require the Chancellor to make additional statements about the impact of the alcohol duty measures. The Government do not believe further statements to be necessary. As usual, a tax information and impact note was published at the autumn Budget, outlining the anticipated impacts of the measures on alcohol producers and the hospitality sector. Alcohol duty, like other taxes, will be reviewed in future Budgets.

New clause 2 also requires a review of the impact on trade, but UK alcohol duty is, of course, not charged on exports. Some hon. Members raised the impact of the changes to business rates on the hospitality sector in Scotland, but business rates are, of course, devolved. The Scottish Government are accountable to the Scottish Parliament on devolved areas.

Hon. Members also raised questions around the wine easement and why it had not been extended or made permanent. I remind them that the wine easement was intended as a transitional arrangement to give the wine industry time to adapt to the strength-based duty calculation for wine. The revised alcohol duty system simplified and reduced differences between categories of alcohol. Making the wine easement permanent would introduce a new differential into the system and add to the complexity of that system. It would further lead to a duty regime in which stronger ABV wines pay less in proportion to their alcohol content than lower ABV wines. Making the wine easement permanent would, therefore, undermine the simplification and public health objectives of the revised alcohol duty system.

In conclusion, the changes to the alcohol duty balance public health objectives, fiscal pressures, cost of living pressures and the economic and social importance of pubs, while also supporting small producers by increasing the generosity of small producer relief. Furthermore, the end of the alcohol duty stamps scheme will simplify procedures for approximately 3,500 registered alcohol importers and producers, reducing overall costs on the spirits industry by an estimated £7 million a year. I therefore commend the clause to the Committee, and urge it to reject amendment 66 and new clauses 2 and 4.

Angus MacDonald Portrait Mr MacDonald
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I do not have a great deal to add. I did miss out, when we declared our interests earlier, the fact that I own a pub, which hon. Members are very welcome to visit when they are next in Fort William—do not all rush at once. It never rains there.

I want to come back, briefly, to the 1p a pint reduction that we were promised. The whole hospitality industry and beer industry have come together to agree that that is a stunt, and that that 1p will not be passed on to the customer. It is just not relative at all, because the reduction in business property relief and the national insurance and minimum wage increases effectively mean that the cost to the hospitality industry is going through the roof. The Minister knows that perfectly well, but he still continues to trot out his line.

On the whisky industry, I am not sure that account has been taken of the potential tariffs. We talk about exports being very strong, but they are not actually very strong at the moment.

Lastly, on tax overall, when I make a submission to Scottish Government Ministers about the tax on hospitality, the whisky industry and so on, they all blame Westminster, but when I speak to Westminster Ministers about it, they all blame Scotland. The net result is that industries such as hospitality in Scotland are suffering from both sides, and that is simply not fair.

--- Later in debate ---

Division 2

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 2


Liberal Democrat: 2

Noes: 10


Labour: 10

Clauses 63 and 64 ordered to stand part of the Bill.
--- Later in debate ---
None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss the following:

New clause 5—Review of effects of section 65 on illicit tobacco market

“The Chancellor of the Exchequer must, within six months of this Act being passed, publish an assessment of the impact of the changes introduced by section 65 of this Act, on the illicit tobacco market.”

This new clause requires the Chancellor to review the impact increased rates of tobacco duty on the illicit tobacco market.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause implements changes announced at the autumn Budget 2024, concerning tobacco duty rates. The duty charged on all tobacco products will rise in line with the tobacco duty escalator, with an additional increase being made for hand-rolling tobacco to reduce the gap with cigarettes. Smoking rates in the UK are falling but they are still too high; around 12% of adults are now smokers. Smoking remains the biggest cause of preventable illness and premature death in the UK, killing around 80,000 people a year and up to two thirds of all long-term users.

We have plans to reduce smoking rates further to achieve our ambition of a smoke-free UK. To realise that ambition, we announced our intention to phase out the sale of tobacco products for future generations, as part of the Tobacco and Vapes Bill, along with powers to extend smoke-free legislation to some outdoor areas.

At the autumn Budget, the Chancellor announced that the Government will increase tobacco duty in line with the escalator. Clause 65 therefore specifies that the duty charged on all tobacco products will rise by 2% above RPI inflation. In addition, duty on hand-rolling tobacco increases by 12% above RPI inflation. These new tobacco duty rates will be treated as taking effect from 6 pm on the day that they were announced, 30 October last year.

Recognising the potential interactions between tobacco duty rates and the illicit market, HMRC and Border Force launched their refreshed illicit tobacco strategy in January 2024. The strategy is supported by £100 million of new funding, which will be used to scale up ongoing work and support new activities set out in the strategy, including enhanced detection and intelligence capabilities.

New clause 5 would require the Chancellor to review the impact of increased tobacco rates on the illicit tobacco market within six months of the Bill being passed. The Government respectfully will not accept this new clause, as the potential impact on illicit markets is already one of several factors the Government take into account when a decision on tobacco rates is made. I also note that the approach used in the costings at the Budget, certified by the Office for Budget Responsibility, accounts for behavioural responses to changing excise rates, including the impact of illicit markets. HMRC also publishes tobacco tax gaps annually, which allow for an analysis for the long-term trends in illicit trade.

Although the Government are rejecting new clause 5, I assure Committee members that the Government will continue to monitor illicit trade and to support the efforts of our enforcement agencies to counter it. HMRC and Border Force have had strategies in place to reduce the illicit trade in tobacco for over 20 years, which have helped to reduce the tobacco tax gap from 21.7% in 2005-06 to 14.5% in 2022-23. That happened during a prolonged period in which tobacco duties were consistently increased, as the attitude of all Administrations, including I believe the last one, has been that the threat of illicit tobacco needs to be addressed by reducing its availability, rather than allowing it to dictate our public health and tax policies.

On that matter, I hope that all Committee members, and I assure them that that will continue to be this Government’s approach. The clause will continue the tried and tested policy of using high duty rates on tobacco products to make tobacco less affordable. It will help to continue the reduction in smoking prevalence, supporting our ambition for a smoke-free UK, and will reduce the burden placed by smoking on our public services. I comment the clause to the Committee and urge it to reject new clause 5.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As we have heard from the Minister, clause 65 increases excise duty on all tobacco products and the minimum excise tax on cigarettes by the duty escalator RPI plus 2%. In addition, the excise duty rate for hand-rolling tobacco increases by an additional 10%. This is a one-off increase in addition to the restated policy of increasing rates in line with RPI plus two percentage points. We are broadly supportive of these measures but I have some questions around purchaser behaviour and its impact on the illicit market and enforcement. In addition to speaking to clause 65, I will also speak to new clause 5, which stands in my name.

Tobacco receipts are expected to be £8.7 billion this year, down by 2.7% on last year. They are forecast to decline by 0.5% a year on average over the rest of the forecast period to £8.5 billion, as declining tobacco consumption offsets increasing duty rates. The tax information and impact note explains that over the four years from 2019 to 2023, the tobacco escalator coincided with a reduction in smoking prevalence from 14.1% to 11.9% of people aged over 18. That is clearly welcome. The Government are bringing forward the Tobacco and Vapes Bill, which the Minister referred to and which includes lots of measures to make vapes less attractive to children and harder to get hold of. There is a lot to be said about that Bill, but fortunately, that is the job of another Committee.

Increasing the price of tobacco clearly comes with the risk of boosting the illicit market. The tax information and impact note suggests that some consumers might engage in cross-border shopping and purchase from the illicit tobacco market. HMRC will monitor and respond to any potential shift. Indeed, the OBR has suggested that the duty rate is beyond the peak of the Laffer curve—the revenue-maximising rate of tax. Can the Minister confirm what measures will form HMRC’s response to any shift in illegal consumption?

There are also questions around the figures. Although HMRC estimates that 10% of cigarettes and 35% of hand-rolling tobacco consumption is from illegal and other non-UK duty paid sources, evidence submitted by the industry believes that is a significant understatement. Its data shows that the consumption of tobacco from non-UK duty paid sources currently accounts for 30% of cigarettes and 54% of hand-rolling tobacco consumption. Has the Minister discussed with HMRC the difference between those figures and the basis on which they have been put together?

The Tobacco Manufacturers’ Association said that the illegal market is not in decline but that, contrary to HMRC’s claims, it is expanding. As well as providing more accurate figures on the scale of the illegal market, it would be useful to know whether the Government have calculated the potential consequences for retailers and law enforcement of an expanding illegal market.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The hon. Member has probably seen the same evidence produced by the industry as I have; I do not think that we should dismiss it out of hand. Representatives from the industry do, for example, go around football terraces, pick up the empty packets, see where they came from, and do sampling or take other measures. Of course the industry’s evidence should be challenged and tested, but my point is about whether HMRC has worked with the sector to see if its figures are wrong. If they are, and HMRC’s are perfectly right, we can follow the HMRC figures. I am raising a legitimate concern about the accuracy of the data to make sure that we are all operating from the same page because, as the OBR has pointed out, we may already have reached the peak point where the tax will be doing harm.

The Minister referred to the success of enforcement over the last couple of decades. In March last year, the previous Government set out a new strategy to tackle illicit tobacco. With evidence of a substantial illegal market—and whichever set of figures we take, it is substantial—what steps are the Government taking? Are they taking the previous Government’s strategy forward or will they introduce their own strategy?

The industry has specifically proposed that the Government provide trading standards with full access to the powers granted to HMRC under the Tobacco Products (Traceability and Security Features) (Amendment) Regulations 2023. At present, the legislation allows trading standards to refer cases to HMRC, which will then consider imposing on-the-spot penalties of up to £10,000 on those selling tobacco.

The industry proposed that it would be far more effective for trading standards to apply the penalty at the point of enforcement rather than having to refer the case to HMRC. It also suggested allowing trading standards to keep the receipts from any such penalties to reinvest in its enforcement action—we are all familiar with the pressures that trading standards is facing. Will the Minister say whether the Government have considered those proposals and, if they have not, will he?

I have tabled new clause 5 to ensure there is better understanding of the risk around the illicit market. The Minister respectfully dismissed the need for it, but it would require the Chancellor to, within six months of this Act being passed, publish an assessment of the impact of the changes introduced by clause 65 of the Bill on the illicit tobacco market. As we have heard, increasing tobacco duty could alter the behaviour of consumers, and we could see greater illicit market share.

Evidence from the industry—which may be contested—shows that non-UK duty paid sources are significant. There is clearly a risk that a further increase to tobacco duty could boost the illicit market, and HMRC needs to act to protect lawful revenues for the taxpayer. We would therefore welcome the Chancellor publishing an assessment of the impact of the changes. As I set out, we will not oppose clause 65, but I look forward to the Minister’s response to my points, particularly on the illicit market.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I welcome the Opposition’s support for these measures. I will write to the hon. Gentleman in response to some of the queries he raised about specific figures. I will address the points that he made about the illicit tobacco market, because that is obviously something we all want to consider in some depth in connection with anything that we do around the tobacco duty.

As I mentioned in my earlier remarks, HMRC and Border Force launched their refreshed illicit tobacco strategy in January 2024. That is being implemented under this Government. It is supported by £100 million of new funding, which will be used to scale up the ongoing work and support the new activities outlined in the strategy, including enhanced detection and intelligence capabilities.

The hon. Gentleman also asked about the impact of increasing tobacco duty on the demand for illicit products, and whether increasing duty rates might push some smokers towards illicit products. It will be helpful if I set out the context for this discussion. Under the assumptions that were used in the tobacco costings for the autumn Budget, which were of course certified by the OBR, the overall level of increase decided on by the Government raises revenue while continuing to reduce tobacco consumption.

The approach used in costings, certified by the OBR, takes into account a number of potential behavioural responses to changing excise duty rates, such as quitting or reducing smoking, substituting with vapes, and moving from UK duty paid consumption to the non-UK duty paid market, including the impact on illicit products. However, the threat from illicit tobacco needs to be addressed by reducing its availability, rather than allowing it to dictate our tax and public health policies.

Finally, the hon. Gentleman asked whether HMRC had worked with the sector to authenticate its figures. HMRC has analysed how external figures are calculated, but World Health Organisation rules prohibit extensive engagement with the industry on such issues.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 65 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 66

Rates of vehicle excise duty for light passenger or light goods vehicles etc

--- Later in debate ---
None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss new clause 6—Review of effects of £40,000 expensive car supplement threshold

“(1) The Chancellor of the Exchequer must, within six months of this Act being passed, publish an assessment of the impact of the £40,000 expensive car supplement threshold included in section 66.

(2) The assessment in subsection (1) must consider the effects of the threshold on the proportion of new cars sold which are Electric Vehicles.”

This new clause requires the Chancellor to review the impact of the £40,000 expensive car supplement threshold.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 66 makes changes to the uprating of standard vehicle excise duty rates for cars, vans and motorcycles, excluding first-year rates for cars, in line with the retail prices index, from 1 April. The clause will also change the VED first-year rates for new cars registered on or after 1 April, to strengthen incentives to purchase zero emission and electric cars.

As announced at the autumn Budget, the clause will freeze the zero emission rate at £10 until 2029-30, while increasing the rates for higher-emitting hybrid, petrol and diesel cars from 2025-26.

Vehicle excise duty—VED—is a tax on vehicle ownership, with rates depending on the vehicle type and the date of first registration. Vehicle excise duty first-year rates were introduced as part of the wider changes to the VED system implemented in 2017, and they vary according to emissions. Vehicle excise duty first-year rates are paid in the first year of a car’s life cycle, at the point of registration. From the second year, cars move to the standard rate of VED. From 1 April, new zero emission vehicles registered on or after that date will also be liable for the VED first-year rates.

Vehicle excise duty first-year rates have been routinely uprated by the RPI since their introduction in 2017, and as announced by the previous Government at the autumn statement in 2022, from April 2025, electric cars, vans and motorcycles will begin to pay VED in a similar way to petrol and diesel vehicles.

The clause will set the VED rates for 2025-26, increasing the standard rates for cars, vans and motorcycles in line with the RPI. As part of this uprating, the standard rate of VED for cars registered since 1 April 2017 will increase by only £5. The expensive car supplement will also be increased by £15, from £410 to £425. The rates for vans will increase by no more than £15, and motorcyclists will see an increase in rates of no more than £4.

From 1 April 2025, the VED first-year rate for zero emission cars will be frozen at £10 until 2029-30. For 2025-26, first-year rates for cars emitting 1 to 50 grams per km of carbon dioxide will go from £10 to £110, and cars emitting 51 to 75 grams per km of CO2 will go from £30 to £130. Rates for cars emitting 76 grams per km or more of CO2 will double.

New clause 6 would require the Chancellor to review the impact of the £40,000 expensive car supplement threshold and consider its effects on the proportion of new cars sold that are electric vehicles. As set out at the autumn Budget, the Government have already committed to considering increasing the £40,000 threshold for EVs at a future fiscal event. The Government recognise that new electric vehicles can still often be more expensive to purchase than their petrol or diesel counterparts, and we acknowledge the need to ensure that EVs are affordable as part of our transition to net zero. In the light of that commitment, a separate review is unnecessary so I urge the Committee to reject new clause 6.

The changes to the VED first-year rates outlined in clause 66 will increase the incentives to buy new zero emission cars at the point of purchase and support the uptake of new electric vehicles. Revenue from that change will also help to support public services and infrastructure in the UK. An increase in VED standard rates for cars, vans and motorcycles by the RPI in 2025-26 will ensure that VED receipts are maintained in real terms. I commend clause 66 to the Committee.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As we heard from the Minister, clause 66 provides for increasing certain rates of VED for light passenger and light goods vehicles in line with the RPI. There will also be changes to the first-year rates for zero emission vehicles and low emission vehicles. We broadly support the measures, but as well as discussing clause 66, I will consider new clause 6, which is in my name and that of my hon. Friend the Member for Grantham and Bourne.

According to the OBR, VED receipts are expected to raise £8.2 billion in 2024-25, up by £0.5 billion compared with 2023-24. It expects an increase through the forecast period to £11.2 billion, driven by an increasing number of cars, more cars paying the expensive car supplement and the extension of VED to electric vehicles from 2025. It was the last Government who decided that EVs would no longer be exempt from VED and moved to make the system fairer. I will raise some points about the implications of that, and particularly the expensive car supplement for electric vehicles. New zero emission cars, registered after 1 April, will be liable for that charge, which currently applies to cars with a list price exceeding £40,000. That threshold has not changed since 2017, despite inflation and changing technologies. The Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders has called on the Government to look at that.

The current ECS threshold will add more than £2,000 to the cost of a zero emission vehicle in the first six years of ownership, and more than £3,000 including the standard rate VED that must also be paid. That will deter potential buyers from purchasing zero emission vehicles and will have an impact on residual values. According to figures quoted by the SMMT, the ECS is likely to capture more than half of the zero emission vehicle market from 2025.

The Minister referred to the Government saying that they may look at the threshold in future, and I will come on to that when I discuss new clause 6. Can he confirm how much the ECS currently raises and how much it is forecast to raise as a result of the changes? Given that the Government are committed to a 2030 ban on new petrol and diesel vehicle sales, what impact will the ECS have on the Government’s progress towards that goal?

For those reasons, we have tabled new clause 6, which would require the Chancellor, within six months of the Bill being passed, to publish an assessment of the impact of the £40,000 expensive car supplement threshold in clause 66. The assessment must consider the effects of the threshold on the proportion of new car sales that are electric vehicles.

As we have heard, the threshold has remained unchanged since 2017 and the Government are pushing ahead with the 2030 date. My right hon. Friend the Member for Richmond and Northallerton (Rishi Sunak) introduced some welcome common sense to the debate by moving the date for the ban on new petrol and diesel car sales back to 2035. That is the date that the major car manufacturing countries in Europe and the rest of the world have adopted, and one that we should have stuck to.

The Government’s policy is odd because it makes people less likely to move to EVs—because it makes it more expensive to do so. Perhaps the Treasury is not quite as signed up to the Energy Secretary’s dogmatic approach as he is; perhaps it secretly agrees with Opposition Members who certainly think that he is the most expensive Cabinet member in many ways. Although I recognise that the Minister said that the Government have committed to look at the threshold, the new clause would make that binding and make sure that it happened within a specific timeframe. We therefore want the new clause to be taken forward. As I have set out, we will not oppose the clause, but I will press new clause 6 to a Division.

Hybrid vehicles will start paying road tax at the standard rate, as well as paying the ECS where applicable. Those changes will hasten the departure from hybrids, as my hon. Friend the Member for Grantham and Bourne said earlier. I would be grateful if the Minister provided an assessment of the decision to disincentivise hybrids and if he could say how many jobs in the UK are based on producing hybrid vehicles.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for indicating the Opposition’s support for the clause. I understand what the Opposition are doing by proposing new clause 6, and the points that they want to raise, and the Government have considered it. We consider our commitment, which was made at the autumn Budget in the public domain, to be a strong commitment from the Government: we will consider increasing the £40,000 threshold for EVs only at a future fiscal event.

We recognise that when electric vehicles are new, they can still often be more expensive to purchase than their petrol or diesel counterparts. There is a need to ensure that EVs are affordable as part of the transition. We also recognise that, as transport is currently the largest-emitting sector, decarbonising it is central to the wider delivery of the UK’s cross-economy climate targets.

As I said, it was announced at Budget ’24 that the Government will consider raising the threshold for zero emission cars only at a future fiscal event. The Government have no current plans to review the threshold for petrol, diesel and hybrid vehicles, but we keep all taxes under review as part of the Budget process.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 66 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 67

Rates of vehicle excise duty for rigid goods vehicles without trailers etc

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to consider the following:

Clauses 68 and 69 stand part.

Clause 71 stand part.

Government new clause 1—Rate of vehicle excise duty for haulage vehicles other than showman’s vehicles.

New clause 7—Statements on HGV Vehicle Excise Duty (VED) and HGV Road User Levy

“(1) The Chancellor of the Exchequer must, within six months of this Act being passed, make a statement to Parliament about the increase to HGV VED introduced by sections 67 to 69 and increase to the HGV Road User Levy under section 71 of this Act.

(2) The statement under subsection (1) must include details of the impact on—

(a) the haulage sector,

(b) the decarbonisation of the logistics industry, and

(c) the UK economy.”

This new clause requires the Chancellor to make a statement about the impact of increasing Vehicle Excise Duty on HGVs.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clauses 67, 68 and 69 make changes to upgrade VED rates for heavy goods vehicles in line with the retail prices index from 1 April. They also make changes to the VED rates for rigid goods vehicles without trailers, rigid goods vehicles with trailers and vehicles with exceptional loads. Clause 71 uprates the heavy goods vehicle levy in line with the RPI from 1 April.

The registered keeper of a vehicle is responsible for paying VED. The rates depend on the vehicle’s revenue weight, axle configuration and Euro emission status. Furthermore, the HGV levy, which was introduced in August 2023 and frozen at the autumn statement in 2023, is payable for both UK and foreign HGVs using UK roads. Similarly to VED, the levy rates depend on the vehicle’s weight and Euro emissions status. Clauses 67, 68 and 69 will set the VED rates for heavy goods vehicles for ’25-26, increasing them in line with the RPI. For example, the annual VED liability of the most popular HGV—tax class TC01, VED band E1—will increase by £18, from £560 to £578. Hauliers will not see a real-terms increase in VED costs, as rates have increased to keep pace with inflation only.

The changes made by clause 71 will increase the annual rates for domestic and foreign HGVs using UK roads and the associated daily, weekly, monthly and six-monthly rates in line with the RPI. For example, the annual rate for the most common type of UK HGV will increase by £21, from £576 to £597. As part of that uprating, the £9 and £10 caps on the daily rates paid by foreign HGVs, which are a consequence of retained EU law and are now obsolete, will be removed.

Government new clause 1 corrects an omission in the Bill of an uplift to the general haulage rate announced at the autumn Budget. We are inserting a new clause to ensure that the legislation operates as intended by updating the currently recorded rate for the general haulage tax class—tax class 55—from £350 to £365 in line with the RPI.

New clause 7 seeks to require the Chancellor to make a statement about the impact of increasing VED on HGVs. The new clause is not necessary, as the Government have already published the tax information and impact note that sets out all the expected impacts of the measure. It makes clear that hauliers will not see a real-terms increase in their VED or HGV levy liabilities, as rates are being increased in line with the RPI to keep pace with inflation only. The measure is not expected to have any significant macroeconomic impacts.

Increasing both VED rates for HGVs and the HGV levy by the RPI for ’25-26 will ensure that VED receipts are maintained in real terms and that hauliers continue to make a fair contribution to the public finances in the wider context of a Budget in which hauliers have benefited from a further freeze in fuel duty, worth nearly £1,100 a year to the average HGV. I therefore commend clauses 67, 68, 69 and 71 as well as Government new clause 1 to the Committee, and I urge the Committee to reject new clause 7.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the Minister says, clauses 67, 68 and 69 provide for changes to certain rates of VED, and clause 71 increases the rates for the HGV road user levy. We will not oppose the provisions, but we have some concerns and points to make about the timing of the changes and the lack of support for impacted industries, such as the logistics sector. As well as discussing those clauses, I will consider new clause 7, which is in my name and that of my hon. Friend the Member for Grantham and Bourne.

Heavy goods vehicle VED is a complex picture, with more than 80 different rates. The characteristics of HGVs determine their rates, and the increases to HGV VED represent the first rise since 2014. Heavy goods vehicles may also be liable for the additional HGV road user levy, which was introduced in 2014 and is a charge for using the road network, ranging from £150 to £749 a year. The levy was suspended in August 2020, demonstrating the previous Government’s support for the haulage sector during the pandemic. A reformed levy was introduced in 2023 and was frozen at the autumn statement in 2023. The new levy divides qualifying HGVs into six levy bands rather than the previous 22, which is a welcome simplification.

--- Later in debate ---
Logistics UK has also pointed to lack of progress in the Budget on transport and energy infrastructure investment. What assurances can the Minister give the sector to provide it with the confidence to invest? Although I know industry has welcomed the plug-in van grant being maintained, can the Minister provide an update on the plug-in truck grant? As I have set out, we will not oppose these measures, but we do think the new clause would add to the Bill.
James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the hon. Gentleman for confirming that the Opposition will support these clauses. He asked about the wider challenges faced by the road haulage industry. Road haulage is key to the UK’s economy, and the Government acknowledge the pressures the industry has faced in recent years. As a result of the changes in these clauses, hauliers will not see a real-terms increase in their VED or HGV levy liabilities, as rates will be increased in line with the RPI to keep pace with inflation only.

Of course, revenue from HGV VED and the HGV levy helps to ensure that we can continue to fund the vital public services and infrastructure that people across the UK expect, so it is right that the taxes are regularly reviewed. In the wider context, hauliers will also benefit from the further freeze in fuel duty for 2025-26 that the Chancellor announced in the Budget, which is worth nearly £1,100 a year for the average heavy goods vehicle.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 67 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clauses 68 and 69 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 70

Vehicle excise duty: zero-emission vehicles

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause makes minor amendments to ensure the legislation for the application of vehicle excise duty to zero emission vehicles operates as intended. In the 2022 autumn statement, the former Government announced that from April 2025, zero emission cars, vans and motorcycles would begin to pay VED in line with their petrol and diesel counterparts. The clause will ensure that the legislation governing the application of VED to zero emission vehicles operates as intended by making minor technical amendments to the legislation. The changes will clarify the current VED exemption for electric vehicles, clarify the interpretation of data entries on the certificate of conformity and ensure that all zero emission vans registered between 1 January 2007 and 31 December 2008 pay VED, in line with their petrol or diesel counterparts, from 1 April 2025. The clause will ensure that the legislation for the application of VED to zero emission vehicles operates as intended.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I will be very brief on this one. It is a perfectly sensible measure, and we will not be opposing it.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 70 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 71 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 72

Rates of air passenger duty until 1 April 2026

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss the following:

Clause 73 stand part.

New clause 8—Review of bands and rates of air passenger duty

“(1) The Chancellor of the Exchequer must, within eighteen months of this Act being passed, publish an assessment of the impact of the changes to air passenger duty introduced by section 73 of this Act on—

(a) the public finances;

(b) carbon emissions; and

(c) household finances.

(2) The assessment under subsection (1)(c) must consider how households at a range of different income levels are affected by these changes.”

This new clause requires the Chancellor to publish an assessment of this Act’s changes to air passenger duty on the public finances, carbon emissions, and on the finances of households at a range of different income levels.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 72 sets the rates of air passenger duty for 2025-26, as announced in the 2024 spring Budget, and they will take effect on 1 April 2025. Clause 73 sets the rates of APD for 2026-27, as announced in the 2024 autumn Budget, and they will take effect a year later, on 1 April 2026.

APD rates have fallen in real terms, because they are set more than a year in advance using forecast RPI, and inflation has subsequently been much higher than originally forecast. The former Government announced that in 2025-26, rates would be uprated by forecast RPI and non-economy rates would be adjusted to account partially for previous high inflation. For 2026-27, the current Government are making a broad-based adjustment to all rates to compensate in part for previous high inflation and are raising the higher rate on larger private jets by an additional 50%. These changes aim to ensure that the aviation industry continues to make a fair contribution to the public finances. As is standard practice, the Government have given the industry more than 12 months’ notice.

Let me go into some detail. The changes made by clause 72 will raise all APD rates by forecast RPI, rounded to the nearest pound, for 2025-26. Non-economy rates will be further adjusted to correct partially for previous high inflation. For domestic and short-haul international economy passengers, these changes mean that rates will stay at their current level in 2025-26. Rates for other economy-class passengers will rise by £2. For non-economy international passengers, rates will rise by between £2, for short-haul commercial passengers, and £66, for those travelling ultra-long haul in larger private jets that incur the higher rate.

The changes made by clause 73 will raise all APD rates in 2026-27 to account partially for previous high inflation, and increase the higher rate on larger private jets by an extra 50% above the increases to other rates. For economy-class passengers, this means that those flying domestically will face an increase of £1. Rates for short-haul economy passengers will increase by £2, and those for long-haul economy passengers will increase by £12. The increases for non-economy passengers and those travelling in private jets will be greater. Whereas the short-haul international rate for economy passengers is increasing by £2, that for non-economy passengers is rising by £4 and that for private jet passengers by £58.

Taken together, the corrections to non-economy rates announced at the spring and autumn Budgets do not raise rates by more than RPI over the period since 2021-22, based on the latest figures. From 2027-28, rates will be rounded to the nearest penny, to ensure that they track forecast inflation more closely.

New clause 8 would require the Chancellor to publish an assessment of the impact of the APD changes on the public finances, carbon emissions and the finances of households at a range of income levels. At the autumn Budget, the Government published a TIIN that outlined the expected impacts of the APD changes, including the Exchequer, household and environmental impacts. New clause 8 is therefore unnecessary, and I urge the Committee to reject it.

These changes will help to maintain APD rates in real terms, following high inflation. I therefore commend clauses 72 and 73 to the Committee and urge it to reject new clause 8.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As we heard from the Minister, clause 72 sets the rates of air passenger duty for the year 2025-26—those rates were announced in the 2024 spring Budget, precisely to give the sector time to plan—and clause 73 sets the rates for 2026-27. The higher rates that apply to larger private jets will increase by an additional 50%, as the Minister said. We will not oppose these measures, but we want to raise some points and seek more detail about their impact.

APD was first introduced on 1 November 1994. Initially, it was charged at a rate of £5 on flights within the UK and to other countries in the European Economic Area, and £10 on flights elsewhere. Since then, it has been reformed by successive Governments. Currently, it is chargeable per passenger flying from UK airports to domestic and international destinations, and rates vary by destination and class of travel. According to the OBR, APD receipts are expected to be £4.2 billion in 2024-25, and then they are forecast to increase by 9% a year, on average, to £6.5 billion in 2029-30, driven by increasing passenger numbers and the higher duty rates. The changes mean that a family of four flying economy to Florida, for example, will be taxed £408—a 16% increase on the current rates.

I turn first to the changes in clause 73 that relate to the higher rate, which will increase by an additional 50% on business and private jets. There is some concern from the industry about the impact of the measure on economic growth—the Government’s driving, No. 1 mission, in which we support their efforts. In reality, most private jets are corporate aircraft that are used as capital assets. One industry commentator said:

“They allow businesses to increase productivity and the amount of time they have in the day, which means they can make more money, employ more people and pay more in taxes. ”

That is something I think we all support. Has the Minister calculated what impact the 50% increase will have on economic growth and developing our trade relationships? The Prime Minister rightly travels a lot around the world to make connections and promote trade in our economy. Can the Minister confirm whether the Royal Squadron is subject to the higher rates, or is it exempt?

There has also been some concern about the impact on our constituents—people going on holiday or to see family and friends. The changes may limit flight options. Airlines UK has said that the rise will make it harder for British carriers to put on new routes. Does the Minister think the increase will impact the ability to consider new routes? It will certainly increase ticket prices; I woke up this morning to hear the boss of Ryanair on the radio saying that the increases in APD will mean that a third of an average £45 fare will now be tax.

It is because of the impacts that the rate rises might have on consumers, industry and economic growth that we tabled new clause 8, which would require the Chancellor to publish an assessment of the impact of the changes introduced by clause 73 within 18 months of the Bill being passed. The assessment would have to consider the impact of the changes on the public finances, carbon emissions and household incomes. The industry has been clear in its warnings in this regard, and we need to take them seriously. The Minister said that the new clause is unnecessary and that a review has been covered anyway, but reviews should be an important part of the Treasury’s toolkit in understanding impact.

We will not oppose these measures, but we will continue to raise industry’s concerns, particularly on behalf of our constituents and people who want to go on holiday.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

It might be worth my saying at the outset that our support for the aviation industry more broadly is very clear. I am sure the hon. Gentleman was listening to the Chancellor’s growth speech yesterday, in which she announced that we will no longer shy away from decisions about airport expansion, which can be delivered to support economic growth while meeting our climate obligations. People in the aviation industry can have no doubt about this Government’s desire and willingness, and concrete actions, to work with them to drive economic growth in this country.

In relation specifically to APD, which is the subject of these clauses, I say to the hon. Gentleman that the adjustment to the APD rates for ’26-27 is proportionate, because the rates have fallen significantly behind inflation in recent years. These changes will help to compensate for that fact. The short-haul international rate on economy passengers will increase by £2 on 1 April 2026. That rate has not increased since 2012. Even after 1 April 2026, for a family of four—two adults, two children—flying economy class to Spain, the total APD increase will be only £4, since under-16s travelling in economy class are exempt from APD.

By contrast, the increases for non-economy passengers and those travelling in private jets will be higher, to ensure that they make a fair contribution to the public finances. One other bit of context is that, unlike other sectors, no VAT applies to plane tickets and there is no tax on jet fuel. It is only fair that aviation pays its fair share through APD.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 72 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Ordered, That further consideration be now adjourned. —(Christian Wakeford.)

Finance Bill (Fourth sitting)

(Limited Text - Ministerial Extracts only)

Read Full debate
Committee stage
Thursday 30th January 2025

(1 year, 6 months ago)

Public Bill Committees
Finance Act 2025 Read Hansard Text Amendment Paper: Public Bill Committee Amendments as at 30 January 2025 - (30 Jan 2025)

This text is a record of ministerial contributions to a debate held as part of the Finance Act 2025 passage through Parliament.

In 1993, the House of Lords Pepper vs. Hart decision provided that statements made by Government Ministers may be taken as illustrative of legislative intent as to the interpretation of law.

This extract highlights statements made by Government Ministers along with contextual remarks by other members. The full debate can be read here

This information is provided by Parallel Parliament and does not comprise part of the offical record

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.
Emma Reynolds Portrait The Economic Secretary to the Treasury (Emma Reynolds)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

It is a great pleasure to serve under your chairmanship, Ms Vaz. The clause makes changes to the main rates of the climate change levy, or CCL, with effect from 1 April 2026. The Government are increasing the main rates of CCL on gas, electricity and solid fuels by the retail prices index to maintain the incentive for businesses and the public sector to be more energy efficient.

Since 2001, the CCL has encouraged businesses and the public sector to be energy efficient by adding a tax on the non-domestic supply of energy. The Government have announced a national mission to make Britain a clean energy superpower and accelerate our journey to net zero, and improvements in energy and resource efficiency will play a significant role in reducing industrial emissions in the 2020s. Delivering on this mission will help to make the UK energy independent, protect billpayers, create good jobs and tackle the climate crisis.

The previous Government followed a trajectory of rebalancing the gas and electricity rates over a five-year period to reflect that electricity emissions are progressively lowering due to the increasing contribution of renewable and lower-emission energy in electricity generation. The CCL rates for electricity and gas equalised in April 2024, and at the autumn statement 2023, under the last Government, rates were frozen for the year 2025-26.

Now that the rebalancing has been achieved, uprating the main rates on gas, electricity and solid fuels from April 2026 will continue to provide an incentive for energy efficiency. At autumn Budget 2024, this Government also announced that the main rate of CCL on liquefied petroleum gas will continue to be frozen. This is to ensure better consistency between LPG and other portable fuels—for example kerosene, which is zero rated under fuel duty—for commercial premises not connected to the gas grid.

The changes made by the clause will increase CCL rates on gas, electricity and solid fuels by RPI with effect from April next year. Non-domestic energy supply users will see an increase on their CCL bill of around 0.025p per kWh of gas or electricity supplied. The rate on solid fuels will increase by 0.2p per kg. However, participants of the climate change agreement scheme are eligible to pay reduced CCL rates in return for meeting negotiated energy-efficiency and carbon targets. The CCA scheme enables energy-intensive industries to receive discounts of up to 92% on their CCL bill. The new six-year scheme, announced on 16 October, will provide an estimated £1.9 billion of relief to 2,600 businesses in 53 industrial sectors over its lifetime. Overall, we expect a reduction in greenhouse gas emissions as a result of the clause compared with freezing the rates.

In conclusion, the changes made by the clause will help to incentivise businesses to improve their energy efficiency, thereby progressing the Government’s climate objectives, which are vital for the UK’s long-term economic prosperity and energy security. I commend the clause to the Committee.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies (Grantham and Bourne) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the Minister said, the clause amends the main rates of the climate change levy from April 2026, in line with RPI, for electricity, gas and other taxable commodities, while continuing to freeze the rate for LPG. We will not oppose the measures in the clause.

I was pleased to see the Government confirm their plans to extend the climate change agreement scheme at the Budget. The scheme allows energy-intensive industries to claim a discount on the climate change levy, subject to taking steps towards increasing their energy efficiency and reducing emissions. At autumn statement 2023, we announced a new six-year CAA scheme, and I am genuinely pleased that the Government have chosen to reaffirm our announcement and take that forward, following consultation.

However, as the Minister may expect, I want to raise an issue with her. It has been raised at oral questions, so will not be a surprise to her. There have been several reports in recent weeks about the UK chemicals industry that are directly relevant to climate change and the CCA scheme, as the Minister will know better than me. Sir Jim Ratcliffe has warned that the UK chemicals industry is at risk of “extinction”. His firm, INEOS, closed its synthetic ethanol plant at Grangemouth this month, which will result in the loss of many jobs. That was the last remaining synthetic ethanol plant in the country. Given the ongoing concerns, I would be grateful if the Minister could provide an update on what consideration has been given to the UK chemicals industry in calibrating these policies.

As the Minister knows, the UK chemicals industry is the third-largest manufacturing sector in this country. It contributes £30 billion to our economy and directly employs 138,000 people across the country in 4,100 businesses. I presume that the Chancellor has met representatives of the sector, but I would like to hear the Minister confirm that, given how topical this issue is, how concerned the industry is and how widely reported the issues have been.

Angus MacDonald Portrait Mr Angus MacDonald (Inverness, Skye and West Ross-shire) (LD)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As always, I speak on behalf of the highland industries. In rural areas, only electricity and kerosene are available; mains gas is not. Electricity users pay four times more for their energy than mains gas users, so a hotel on the island of Skye may pay £80,000, whereas one in a city may pay £20,000. That causes enormous issues for people in the windiest, coldest, darkest part of Great Britain. The reason for the big disparity is that the tariffs and taxes are largely on electricity, rather than gas, and of course electricity is largely renewable. In my constituency, people can see wind farms out of their window, yet we still pay four times more for our energy than people in cities. Will the Minister elaborate on what could be done to make us more competitive?

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I welcome the Opposition’s support for the clause. For quite some time there has been cross-party support for the CCA scheme. I welcome what the shadow Minister said about the Opposition’s support for the extension of that scheme for energy-intensive industries.

The shadow Minister asked me about the UK chemicals industry. As he said, it is a very valuable sector of our economy. It is obviously included in the climate change agreement scheme, which exists to ensure that businesses for which energy makes up a larger proportion of their operating costs, and that are at higher risk of carbon leakage, are supported to make changes to their processes to reduce their energy intensity. The example he provided is concerning, but we have introduced measures to help such industries to cope with the fact that they are energy intensive. I hope that answers his question. I do not know whether the Chancellor has met representatives of the sector, but I am happy to write to him on that.

The hon. Member for Inverness, Skye and West Ross-shire spoke about the cost of energy for people in his constituency. As I said, the rates on kerosene are frozen, which is why we are not uprating the rates on LPG. That will go someway towards helping those in rural areas. I declare an interest: I am not on the gas either, so we also rely on this form of energy.

Angus MacDonald Portrait Mr MacDonald
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

LPG is not the issue; electricity, along with kerosene, is largely the issue. Very few people use LPG to heat their properties or businesses. It is electricity where the taxes are. I would be delighted to share information; I am doing a big thing about it shortly, so I have done a lot of research.

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Obviously kerosene is zero rated, but the effect of the clause is to increase the main rates of CCL on gas, electricity and solid fuels by RPI. That is in line with what we announced at the Budget, and takes forward those measures, so hopefully it will come as no surprise to hon. Members.

Question put, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

Division 3

Question accordingly agreed to.

Ayes: 9


Labour: 9

Noes: 1


Liberal Democrat: 1

Clause 74 ordered to stand part of the Bill.
--- Later in debate ---
Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.
James Murray Portrait The Exchequer Secretary to the Treasury (James Murray)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause increases the lower and standard rates of landfill tax from 1 April this year. The rates will increase in line with RPI, adjusted to account for the high inflation in the period 2022 to 2024, and were first announced in the spring Budget 2024.

Landfill tax is charged on material disposed of at a landfill site or unauthorised waste site in England and Northern Ireland. The objective of landfill tax is to divert waste away from landfill and support investment in more circular waste management options, such as recycling, composting and recovery. Since 2000, landfill tax has contributed to a 90% decrease in local authority waste to landfill in England. Increasing the lower and standard rates of landfill tax by RPI in recent years has helped to maintain a strong price incentive to divert waste away from landfill.

The changes made by clause 70 would increase the lower rate of landfill tax from £3.30 a tonne to £4.05 a tonne from April 1 this year. They would also increase the standard rate of landfill tax from £103.70 a tonne to £126.15 from April 1. Landfill tax rates are rounded to the nearest 5p. The clause increases the rates of landfill tax in line with RPI adjusted for recent high inflation from April 1 2025, to maintain a strong price incentive to divert waste away from landfill.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 75 amends the landfill tax rates to increase them in line with RPI, adjusted to account for high inflation between 2022 and 2024. As the Minister knows, when in government, we uprated landfill tax in line with RPI in the 2023 and 2024 Finance Acts. We also reduced the landfill tax gap from £275 million in 2017-18 to £100 million in 2022-23. How will the Government continue those strong efforts to further reduce the gap? I know it particularly exercised the Minister when he was in opposition—he certainly asked me a lot of questions on it. We will not oppose the clause, and I cannot wait to find out the Lib Dem position on it.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the hon. Gentleman for supporting the clause. I fondly remember the questions I asked him about landfill tax when I was on the other side of this Committee Room, or a similar one on this corridor. I can reassure him that the current Government are considering the options for landfill tax reform, following the call for evidence that was undertaken in 2021. We will announce further steps in due course. The Government are considering options for landfill tax reform including opportunities to design out opportunities to commit waste crime, including landfill tax fraud. We will announce next steps in due course.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 75 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 76

Rate of aggregates levy

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause increases the rate of aggregates levy from April 1 in line with the RPI as forecast by the Office for Budget Responsibility when the rate was announced at autumn statement 2023. Aggregates levy is charged on the commercial exploitation of virgin aggregate, which includes rock, sand and gravel. The object of aggregates levy is to encourage the use of recycled rather than virgin aggregate in construction. The changes made by clause 76 will increase the aggregates levy from £2.03 per tonne to £2.08 per tonne. The clause increases the rate of aggregates levy in line with RPI from April 1 to ensure that the real-terms value of the price incentive to manage aggregate more sustainably does not fall in future.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the Minister said, the clause uprates the aggregates levy in line with inflation. These provisions in this Finance Bill are pretty much identical to those that we put forward in the Finance Act 2024. It is therefore right that we do not oppose them.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 76 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 77

Rate of plastic packaging tax

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause makes changes to increase the rate of the plastic packaging tax from April 1 in line with the consumer price index. The plastic packaging tax was introduced on 1 April 2022 as part of the previous Government’s resources and waste strategy. The tax provides a clear economic incentive for businesses to use recycled plastic in the manufacture of plastic packaging, thereby stimulating the collection and recycling of plastic waste and diverting it away from landfill or incineration. Increasing the rate of the tax in line with CPI maintains the real-terms value of the price incentive to use recycled plastic.

The changes made by clause 77 will increase the rate of plastic packaging tax, as set out in section 45 of the Finance Act 2021, from £217.85 to £223.69 per tonne, with effect from 1 April 2025. The new rate will affect UK manufacturers and importers of plastic packaging containing less than 30% recycled plastic.

In conclusion, this clause increases the rate of plastic packaging tax in line with CPI from 1 April to maintain the real-terms price incentive to include recycled plastic in plastic packaging. I commend the clause to the Committee.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the Minister said, clause 77 uprates the plastic packaging tax in line with inflation. The provisions in this Finance Bill are pretty much identical to those that we put forward in the Finance Act 2024, and we will not be opposing them; but on this particular tax measure, I seem to remember the now Exchequer Secretary to the Treasury questioning me about the possibility of an impact report or assessment, and I just wonder how much progress he is making with that.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I reassure the hon. Gentleman that the Government are making progress across a whole range of issues every day, and we will update the appropriate authorities in the appropriate way at the relevant time.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 77 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 78

Rates of soft drinks industry levy

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to discuss new clause 9—Statements on soft drinks industry levy

“(1) The Chancellor of the Exchequer must, within six months of this Act being passed, make a statement to Parliament about the increase to the soft drinks industry levy introduced in section 78 of this Act.

(2) The statement under subsection (1) must include details of the impact on—

(a) encouraging reformulation of packaged soft drinks, and

(b) the UK soft drinks industry.”

This new clause requires the Chancellor to make a statement about the impact of increasing the soft drinks industry levy.

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 78 legislates for the new rates of the soft drinks industry levy, to apply from 1 April 2025. The levy came into effect in April 2018—it was introduced by the previous Government, with cross-party support—and is considered a successful mechanism for changing behaviour and encouraging reformulation of packaged soft drinks, resulting in reduced sugar content. That is seen through the levy’s significant success in reducing the sugar content in UK soft drinks by 46%.

The levy applies to packaged soft drinks containing added sugar. It has a lower rate, which applies to drinks with a total sugar content of 5 grams to 7.9 grams per 100 ml, and a higher rate for drinks with 8 grams or more per 100 ml. Producers, manufacturers and importers of liable soft drinks must register, report, and pay the levy on the volume of liable soft drinks packaged in and imported into the UK.

The levy rates have not been increased since their introduction many years ago, in 2018, and so have gradually reduced in value against inflation. In 2018, SDIL made up approximately 11% of the price of a 330 ml can of full-sugar Coca-Cola; in January 2025, it makes up only 6%. Uprating the levy in line with inflation will ensure that it remains effective and continues to encourage reformulation, by protecting its value in real terms.

Clause 78 amends section 36(1) of the Finance Act 2017 to reflect the new rates of the levy to apply from 1 April 2025. Those are £1.94 and £2.59, per 10 litres of prepared drink, for the lower and higher bands respectively. The new rates reflect forecasted changes in the consumer prices index in the year to 1 April 2025, as well as an additional increment to help to catch up for previous inflation. The catch-up reflects the 27% CPI change between 2018 and 2024 and will be spread evenly over the five rate increases from 2025 to 2029. That is to support soft drink manufacturers to adjust to the higher rates. The rates have also been adjusted to apply per 10 litres rather than per litre, so that rate changes can be made in smaller increments to reflect changes in CPI inflation more precisely. To illustrate using the current lower rate, 18p per litre becomes £1.80 per 10 litres—I think people could have probably worked that one out.

We do not accept new clause 9, which would require the Chancellor to make an additional statement about the impacts of the measure. The Government do not consider that necessary, as a tax information and impact note detailing the anticipated effects of the measure was published at autumn Budget. I would also highlight that the Government are taking a gradual approach to restoring the original real-terms value of the soft drinks industry levy. From 1 April, the levy will still be worth significantly less, compared with general prices, than it was in 2018.

Clause 78 will protect the real-terms value of the levy and build on its significant success, by increasing both the lower and higher rates in line with inflation.

James Wild Portrait James Wild (North West Norfolk) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As we heard from the Minister, clause 78 amends the Finance Act 2017 to uprate the soft drinks industry levy, to reflect the change in the CPI from April 2018 to April 2024. The uprating represents an increase of 27%. We support the soft drinks industry levy, but we have strong concerns about the backdating of the tax rate.

As we all know, the consumption of too many high-sugar drinks can lead to weight gain and the risk of medical conditions. It also leads to tooth decay, which is a particular concern for younger people. As the Minister pointed out, this levy was introduced by a Conservative Government with cross-party support to tackle those issues, and it has been a successful, highly effective policy, delivering against the stated objective of encouraging reformulation. The British Soft Drinks Association has said that the levy

“has achieved its intended goal of promoting significant sugar reduction and 89% of soft drinks are now non-SDIL liable. Reformulation has clearly not lost pace with the volume of soft drinks with less than 5g sugar per 100ml increasing by 17.5%> between April 2023 and March 2024.”

Our main concern is about the unprecedented backdating of this tax increase. New clause 9 would require a review of its impact. The decision to backdate inflation over an extended period, creating a 27% retrospective increase, appears to have no parallel in recent tax policy. The backdating is a fundamental departure from the predictability that should be at the heart of tax policy.

Given that the levy has been so effective, why do the Government see a need for such a large increase? As the British Soft Drinks Association points out, it appears that their rationale is primarily focused on revenue raising, rather than public health outcomes. The introduction of such retrospective elements requires close examination of both precedent and consequences, as demonstrated by examples of duty freezes and restarts in recent years.

Comparative excise goods such as alcohol, fuel and tobacco are reviewed annually. Where rates have been frozen across several years, they have not subsequently been subject to those missing years’ inflation rates being applied in this way. Figures from the House of Commons Library calculate what impact a similar backdated increase would have on fuel duty. Following the approach used for the soft drinks levy, if inflation since 2011 was added to fuel duty, using the RPI measure, the duty on a litre of petrol or diesel would increase from 57.95p per litre to 95.18p per litre—a rise of 64%. I am not sure about the Minister’s constituents, but I am pretty sure that mine would be very alarmed at the potential for such a backdated increase to be applied.

Are the Government establishing such backdated increases as a new norm within their tax policies? Companies making long-term investment choices need certainty—the Exchequer Secretary has used that word many times in Committee—to be able to plan and invest in the country. Can the Minister give us an assurance that the Government will not pull off similar tax raids in other sectors, particularly with regard to fuel duty?

We have also heard concerns about the impact assessment, which had limited engagement. The measure is expected to generate £95 million in revenue by 2029-30, yet the assessment does not model how established price elasticity in soft drinks will affect those projections. The assessment acknowledges that both reformulation and reduction in demand will occur, but provides no quantification of the effects. I would be interested to hear the Minister’s comments on that point.

The assessment also does not examine how changes to tax policy without consultation could affect future investment decisions, nor does it explore the market distortions of applying different principles to soft drinks as opposed to other categories of drinks. Will the Minister confirm that these issues have been considered? If they have not, will they be?

--- Later in debate ---
This increase comes at a time when the hospitality and drink sector is facing particular financial pressures, including new packaging regulations, the deposit return scheme and the infamous jobs tax. Does the Minister really think that applying such a large retrospective increase is the right thing to do at this time?
Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for reiterating that there was indeed cross-party support in 2018 when the previous Government introduced the soft drinks industry levy. I say gently to him that if the previous Government had kept the levy in line with CPI, we would not be in this situation.

The shadow Minister asked what considerations have been made about the impact of the measure. As I said in my opening speech about the clause, the catch-up reflects the 27% CPI change between 2018 and 2024. Because we have considered the impact on soft drinks manufacturers, it will be spread evenly over the five rate increases from 2025 to 2029. The shadow Minister should consider the fact that we are gradually spreading the increase.

It is worth considering the views of those who have supported the Government’s change. For example, Barbara Crowther, the children’s food campaign manager at Sustain, has said:

“It’s absolutely right that after six years, the government should now increase the penalties for all the companies who have not done enough to reduce the sugar levels in drinks, and we urge them to ensure all money raised by the levy is reinvested in children’s health.”

The levy has been globally recognised as a transformative health tax intervention. Modelling studies have associated it with up to 5,000 fewer cases of obesity in girls aged 10 to 11 and a 28.6% reduction in hospital admissions for tooth extractions for children under the age of five. Our Government take children’s health very seriously, particularly given the worrying levels of obesity in our society and the issues with children’s dental health. That is why we are bringing forward the change.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Will the Minister address directly the point about backdating and say whether it represents a change in approach to taxation policy by this Government? They have introduced a 27% increase from the date when the levy was frozen. As I said, if that approach had applied to fuel duty, it would result in a 64% increase. People will be concerned; will the Minister give reassurance about the Government’s approach to taxation?

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

It is a bit of an exaggeration to read into this change, which we have introduced because the previous Government failed to keep the levy in line with inflation, and somehow infer from that—

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

What about fuel duty?

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am coming to that. It is an exaggeration to infer from that that it becomes a new norm. It does not. I am certainly not going to write next year’s Budget or the year after’s Budget—that would be way above my pay grade in any case—but we are introducing this clause precisely because the former Government failed to keep the levy in line with inflation.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 78 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 79

Limited liability partnerships

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

With this it will be convenient to consider clause 80 stand part.

--- Later in debate ---
Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 79 closes a known route for tax avoidance by making changes to the taxation of chargeable gains when a limited liability partnership is in liquidation, and clause 80 closes a loophole through which some taxpayers have attempted to avoid the company tax charge known as section 455.

On clause 79, the Government have become aware of a scheme that is being exploited by tax-avoidance promoters involving the transfer of assets into an LLP that is then liquidated. At the time a member contributes an asset to the LLP, they are not charged tax on the gain accrued since the asset was acquired. This is because it is intended that they are taxed when the asset is disposed of, rather than the LLP itself. This is similar to the position for conventional hardships.

However, when an LLP is liquidated, it ceases to be tax transparent and becomes treated like a company, but the LLP is only charged tax on its gains since the contribution of the asset. As part of the liquidation, the liquidator could dispose of the LLP’s assets back to the contributing member or to a party connected to them, washing out the gains made prior to the asset being contributed to the LLP.

The changes made by clause 79 will create the new occasion when a deemed disposal arises for chargeable gains purposes, and will have effect where an LLP enters liquidation on or after 30 October 2024. This will ensure that, where a member contributes an asset to an LLP that subsequently enters liquidation, and the LLP disposes of the asset back to the member or to a person connected to them, they are taxed on the gains on the asset up to the time of its contribution to the LLP. The gain will be treated as accruing at the time that the LLP disposes of the asset.

On clause 80, a close company is a company owned and run by a small number of people. In a close company, there are fewer restrictions and less accountability around how the company and its owners interact. The tax charge known as section 455 is a charge on loans to shareholders left outstanding after the company’s year end. The charge is remitted if the loan is repaid. The Government are aware of the attempted use of co-ordinated or circular loan arrangements by shareholders in close companies to avoid the section 455 charge and thereby extract funds from their companies untaxed instead of receiving taxable earnings.

As a result of the changes made by clause 80, where shareholders use circular loan arrangements to extract value from their companies, a tax charge will be applied on the relevant amount withdrawn. This will ensure that such arrangements do not avoid a tax charge. The targeted anti-avoidance rule will also be updated to protect against future exploitation.

In summary, clause 79 makes changes to ensure that LLPs are not used to avoid tax chargeable gains. It forms part of a package of measures announced at the autumn Budget 2024 that are aimed at closing the tax gap, cracking down on avoidance and evasion and strengthening the powers of His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs to tackle promoters of avoidance schemes. The changes made by clause 80 will close a loophole that is exploited by a minority and ensure that anti-avoidance rules are more robust.

I should be clear the vast majority of close companies and their participators are compliant and pay any tax due. Clause 80 makes a sensible change that is proportionate, ensures fairness and will affect only those few who seek to avoid tax. Our commitment is to ensure a fair and just tax system, and this measure is a step towards upholding that promise.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clauses tackle tax avoidance in limited liability partnerships and their participants, as the Minister pointed out. Tax avoidance is something that we took very seriously when in government, and made some great progress on, so we will not oppose this latest measure.

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the Opposition for their support.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 79 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 80 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 81

OECD crypto-asset reporting framework

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause makes changes to ensure that the Treasury has the power to make regulations to implement the cryptoasset reporting framework, which is also known as the CARF. The CARF was developed at the OECD, and the previous Government supported its development and committed to the UK’s implementing it, so I hope the Conservatives will support the clause.

The CARF will require cryptoasset service providers to collect, check and report information that identifies their non-UK-resident customers and their non-UK-resident customers’ cryptoasset transactions undertaken from 2026. HMRC will then receive and share relevant data with participating jurisdictions for tax purposes from 2027. Other participating jurisdictions will share their data with HMRC where it relates to UK resident customers of non-UK cryptoasset service providers. The increased tax information that the CARF will bring to HMRC is expected to generate additional revenue of £315 million across 2026-2029. The Government intend to make the regulations in 2025 so that the CARF applies to UK crypto businesses in the UK from 1 January 2026.

The changes made by the clause will amend existing legislation so that the CARF is added to the list of international arrangements for exchanging information. This will give the Treasury the power to make the CARF regulations to implement the CARF regime so that it applies to UK cryptoasset service providers from 1 January 2026. The clause is essential so that the Government can implement the CARF.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause provides the Treasury with the powers to make regulations for the OECD cryptoasset reporting framework which, as the Minister pointed out, we signed up for when in government.

I have one question, which has come up quite a lot in the industry and perhaps even in the Minister’s previous role outside politics, and it relates to the name. It is called the cryptoasset reporting framework, but many in the outside world refer to cryptocurrency. What is the Government’s position on what a crypto is? Is it a cryptoasset or is it a cryptocurrency? What is the difference? A lot of people would appreciate that clarification on this complex subject. As I said, we do not oppose the clause; we signed up to the framework when in government.

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

In my view, a cryptocurrency is a type of cryptoasset, but I will check that.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 81 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 82

Duty on vaping products

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I beg to move amendment 67, in clause 82, page 95, line 14, at end insert—

“(2) In doing so His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs must have regard to the desirability of requiring a digital tax stamp to be applied to e-cigarette liquids.”

This amendment requires HMRC to have regard for requiring a digital tax stamp to be applied to e-cigarette liquids.

--- Later in debate ---
James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

After that intervention, I hope the hon. Member will support my amendment when I press it to a vote. The Government are moving in this direction, so let us get this in the legislation and get HMRC working at full throttle to make sure that it happens. I hope that he will feel able to support that.

As with any new tax, there are risks associated with the duty. The illicit market could be boosted, increasing the enforcement burden on HMRC and other Departments. Juul, one of the largest operators, believes that the Government should give HMRC sufficient enforcement powers. At the very least, they should mirror those in relation to tobacco duty. What steps are the Government taking to boost compliance powers and protect against illicit activity in this market?

Amendment 67 would require HMRC to have regard to the desirability of introducing a digital tax stamp. I am pleased that the Government intend to implement a vaping duty stamp scheme to help enforcement bodies and the industry to identify products that are non-duty paid. I note that in the Government’s further consultation on compliance measures to complement HMRC’s traditional compliance activity, the Government stated their intention, to which the hon. Member for Chatham and Aylesford referred, to incorporate a degree of digital tracing and authentication into the final stamp design.

Digital stamps are harder to counterfeit. They are less prone to damage and less likely to fall off products, and they allow for more information to be held and tracked by both the industry and HMRC. Juul points out that its experience in Canada, where it is required to apply physical duty stamps, has led it to believe that digital versions are far better for business and tax authorities alike.

Industry needs certainty. Given the Government’s digital by default approach to taxation, I hope that the Minister will be able to give a commitment today that the Government intend to require a fully digital tax stamp. Under an earlier clause, we spoke about removing a physical stamp from alcohol and spirits, for example, so I do not see why the Government would not be able to support my amendment 67.

We will not oppose clause 82, but I look forward to the Minister’s response to my specific points, and I intend to press my amendment to a vote.

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for his comments. If he will bear with me, I will speak generally about clause 82 before I address his amendment.

Clause 82 will make changes to ensure that HMRC can secure the resource it needs to implement the vaping products duty. The duty will be legislated for in this Bill and will come into force on 1 October 2026. It will be accompanied by a one-off increase in all tobacco duties to maintain the financial incentive to give up tobacco.

The chief medical officer is clear that those who do not smoke should not vape. Introducing a vaping products duty is part of the wider Government strategy to tackle vaping among young people—as the shadow Minister stated, there are worrying developments in the number of young people taking up vaping—and indeed among those who do not smoke, including via the Tobacco and Vapes Bill and the ban on disposable vapes. The vaping products duty is forecast to raise £525 million in revenue a year by the end of the scorecard, to fund vital public services such as the NHS, defence, education and stop smoking initiatives supporting a smoke-free UK.

In 2023, 12% of the UK’s adult population used e-cigarettes, the highest rate ever recorded. One million people in England now vape despite never having been regular smokers: a sevenfold increase in just three years, which is pretty shocking. As the shadow Minister said, vaping rates are highest among 16 to 24-year-olds, with 15.8% vaping daily or occasionally. Reducing affordability is part of the Government’s wider strategy to influence behaviour, especially given the addictive nature of these products.

Several countries have already introduced a tax on vaping. Approximately 50 countries have a national tax on vaping products, with most targeting liquid as the tax base. The majority target both nicotine-free liquids and liquids containing nicotine. The changes made by clause 82 will enable HMRC to prepare for the introduction of the new excise duty before it is formally provided for in primary legislation next year. It will allow for spending on IT systems and staff recruitment.

On the shadow Minister’s amendment 67, I thank him for his speech, and I agree that it is crucial to get the implementation of the Bill right. His amendment would require HMRC to

“have regard to the desirability of requiring a digital tax stamp to be applied to e-cigarette liquids.”

The Government deem the amendment unnecessary at this time, as HMRC is already giving due consideration to vaping duty stamps. The decision to introduce vaping duty stamps was supported by respondents to the vaping products duty consultation, who pointed to their use on vaping products in other jurisdictions.

The shadow Minister asked about the illicit vaping market. HMRC intends to exploit modern technology and digitalisation to ensure that the vaping duty stamps scheme targets the specific risks of the illicit vaping market. A technical public consultation on the design of the scheme ran from 30 October 2024 to 11 December 2024, and respondents submitted their views on digital duty stamps, physical duty stamps or a combined approach. We are currently analysing the responses to that consultation; no policy decision has yet been made. We will communicate in due course a policy decision to balance enforcement decisions and business operations. We will take on board the views of the shadow Minister; I thank him again for his amendment. The Government remain committed to working with industry to ensure that the scheme only creates burdens that are essential to tackle non-compliance, avoidance and evasion.

Let me try to answer the shadow Minister’s questions. He asked whether there is a risk that increasing tobacco duty and introducing a vaping duty will drive up illicit trade. The threat from illicit tobacco needs to be addressed by reducing its availability, rather than allowing it to dictate our public health and tax policies. We are consulting on additional robust compliance tools for tackling the illicit trade in vapes and will collaborate with Border Force to target the illicit trade when the duty goes live. HMRC and Border Force already have a strategy in place to tackle illicit tobacco. I hope that that reassures the shadow Minister.

The shadow Minister also asked about digital versus physical vaping duty stamps. Vaping duty stamps will support both enforcement and industry by identifying products that are non-duty paid and therefore illicit. They will also help HMRC to manage the revenue risk from the initial sell-through period and to limit the duty avoidance practice known as forestalling, which is clearing large quantities of excise goods from duty suspense immediately prior to a rate increase to avoid paying the new tax.

In regard to the shadow Minister’s amendment, the Government will not commit to fully digital stamps, as we are analysing consultation responses. A policy decision will be taken in due course, but I reassure him that we will take his views on board.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I am grateful for the Minister’s response. However, the amendment would help set a clear direction. It is in line with the Government’s digital by default approach to taxation and reflects what was in the consultation document and what industry is calling for. It does not say that HMRC must introduce such a system; it simply says that HMRC

“must have regard to the desirability of requiring a digital tax stamp”.

I specifically worded the amendment to allow for precisely the point that the Minister has outlined. HMRC may decide that, contrary to the Government’s digital by default tax approach, a digital tax stamp is not necessary. In that case, all that has been required is for HMRC to have a proper look at introducing it. I will press amendment 67 to a vote.

Question put, That the amendment be made.

Division 4

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 4


Conservative: 4

Noes: 9


Labour: 9

Clause 82 ordered to stand part of the Bill.
--- Later in debate ---
Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.
Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The clause will enable the commissioners for HMRC to prepare for the introduction of the UK carbon border adjustment mechanism and allow information to be disclosed for the purposes of developing the CBAM.

The Government are committed to reaching net zero by 2050. As we make progress to decarbonise, we must ensure that the effect of our efforts is not undermined by carbon leakage. I am sure that hon. Members know this, but for the benefit of the Committee, let me define carbon leakage: it is the movement of production and its associated emissions from one country to another to avoid higher decarbonisation efforts and costs. The best solution to carbon leakage risk would be international co-ordination on decarbonisation and carbon pricing. However, many countries do not yet have domestic carbon pricing mechanisms. Consequently, introducing the UK CBAM will reduce the risk of carbon leakage by placing a carbon price on carbon-intensive goods imported into the UK from 2027.

The new tax will enable a charge to be placed on the carbon emissions found in highly traded carbon-intensive goods imported into the UK from the aluminium, cement, fertiliser, hydrogen, iron and steel sectors. A comparable carbon price will be placed on those goods, based on what they would have incurred if they had been produced in the UK under our domestic emissions trading scheme.

Harriet Cross Portrait Harriet Cross (Gordon and Buchan) (Con)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I understand the principle of CBAM. However, in practice, if we import fertiliser to increase our food production here, for example, we will reduce our imports of food from elsewhere. It might not balance out exactly, but we would not be changing how much carbon we sent abroad, because we would just be taking it from another mechanism that is not included in the CBAM.

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the hon. Lady for her intervention, but I am not entirely sure that I follow the logic. The purpose of CBAM, as I have said, is to ensure that if a product is produced using carbon in another country, we do not have leakage across the border. The overall impact will vary depending on the sector’s exposure to CBAM imports relative to the overall input costs and the extent to which it can substitute them. CBAM imports make up only a small proportion—about 1%—of average UK industry input costs. CBAM liabilities are expected to be small initially, and reliance on inputs of goods within scope across the economy is limited overall. I am not sure that I follow the logic that imposing CBAM on imported fertilisers will somehow have the effect that the hon. Lady suggests.

The UK emissions trading scheme is the UK’s primary carbon pricing mechanism. The scheme was established to increase the climate ambition of the UK’s carbon pricing policy while protecting the competitiveness of UK businesses. The UK CBAM will be implemented only in sectors where it will effectively mitigate carbon leakage risk and where delivery is deemed feasible. Other sectors that give rise to carbon leakage will be considered for future inclusion.

--- Later in debate ---
James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As we heard from the Minister, the clause will enable commissioners for HMRC to prepare for the introduction of the CBAM, which will be charged on specific emissions-intensive imports into the UK from 1 January 2027. We will not oppose the measure, but I do want to raise a couple of points.

As the Minister said, the CBAM is a tax on emissions embodied in certain goods imported into the UK for which a carbon price has not been incurred overseas at a rate at least equivalent to the UK. While I appreciate that this is an enabling power, the Chartered Institute of Taxation, which I do not think has yet had a mention today, as opposed to Tuesday—I will get that on the record—has expressed some surprise at how basic the detail of the clause is, as it simply grants authority to introduce a CBAM and to request information from the UK Emissions Trading Scheme Authority or other national authorities. Will she give us a bit more of a flavour of when more detail about the CBAM’s operation will be forthcoming?

As well as queries about the CBAM’s implementation, I have heard concerns about the impact that it may have on businesses and consumers. The National Farmers Union has raised concerns about the impact that it may have on vital sectors. In particular, it may push up the cost of fertilisers, as my hon. Friend the Member for Gordon and Buchan said. That is a particular concern for the arable sector, where fertiliser makes up 12% of total farm costs. Higher costs could not come at a worse time when they also face the impact of the family farm tax.

The NFU has also raised concerns that such a tax could create an unlevel playing field for British farmers and growers. Consequently, a bit like for the changes to inheritance tax, the NFU will be developing its own impact assessment to fully understand the impact of this tax policy on the industry. I hope that the Minister will keep this measure under close scrutiny in the coming months. We will not oppose the clause, but I look forward to her response.

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I thank the shadow Minister for his questions. I think from his comments that he knows this, but the clause is a paving measure for legislation that will be introduced. There will be further detail in draft legislation that will come in a future Finance Bill, so I cannot give him that detail today, but I take into account what he said. Draft legislation will be published so that affected industries can comment on it. I therefore reassure him that some of the issues he raised will be taken into account.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 83 ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 84

Correction of wrong cross-reference etc

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

Emma Reynolds Portrait Emma Reynolds
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I hope the clause will not be controversial, although we are always surprised by Opposition Members. The clause will make changes to ensure that various errors and omissions in three pieces of legislation are corrected. I will go through them in turn.

First, subsection (1) will amend paragraph (d) of section 151I(1)—that is a confusing number—of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992, which defines “financial inclusion” for the purposes of legislation on the provision of alternative finance in chapter 4. That definition includes persons who are authorised to provide credit. Authorisation of such persons was previously the responsibility of the Office of Fair Trading, but moved to the Financial Conduct Authority.

To reflect that change in responsibility, the definition of financial institution was amended in both the Income Tax Act 2007 and the Corporation Tax Act 2009. However, the mirror legislation found in the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 was overlooked, and subsection (1) will make similar changes to the Act to ensure that the definition of financial institution is consistent across the relevant capital gains tax, income tax and corporation tax legislation.

Secondly, subsection (2) corrects the procedure for making regulations under part 14A of the Corporation Tax Act 2009. The current wording requires regulations to be made by statutory instrument, subject to annulment by either House of Parliament. That is incorrect, as financial regulations are a reserved matter for the House of Commons only. The clause corrects the error by requiring regulations to be laid before the Commons only—take back control.

Lastly, subsection (3) corrects a typographical error in section 4 of the Taxation (Post-transition Period) Act 2020, concerning excise duty on the removal of goods to Northern Ireland. The correction removes a reference to section 42 of the Finance (No. 2) Act 2023, and inserts the correct reference to section 47 of that Act.

In summary, the changes made by clause 84 will ensure that legislation accurately reflects the policy intent, and remove possible confusion for readers.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Let me just gather my speech. [Laughter.] Clause 84 makes some of the more technical and minor amendments to various pieces of legislation, so in the interests of good housekeeping if nothing else, His Majesty’s Official Opposition has no point to raise on the matter.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 84 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 85

Interpretation

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

This highly controversial clause sets out the legal interpretation, in the usual manner, of abbreviations in the legislation.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Thanks to clause 85, I do not think anything remains to be interpreted, so I will sit down.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 85 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

Clause 86

Short title

Question proposed, That the clause stand part of the Bill.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Clause 86—[Hon. Members: “Hear, hear!”] I thank hon. Members for their wholehearted support for this important clause, which, in the usual manner, sets out the short title of the legislation.

Gareth Davies Portrait Gareth Davies
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

It will be no surprise that we have nothing to add, but as this is the last time I will speak, let me take this opportunity, before you get too emotional, Ms Vaz, to thank you and Mr Mundell, the Clerks, all the officials who have supported the Ministers and, in particular, on my behalf and that of my office, the Chartered Institute of Taxation and the Association of Taxation Technicians. I put on the record my thanks to Luke Pike in my office, who provided great support throughout the preparation stage, and to all Committee members—including the Lib and the Dem over there and my frenemies across the way.

In particular, I thank the hon. Member for Halesowen, who grabbed me on the way out of the first sitting and told me that this is the best Bill Committee he has ever served on. It is completely irrelevant that this is the first one he has ever served on—tell him it is all downhill from here. I will let my hon. Friend the Member for North West Norfolk take it from here.

Question put and agreed to.

Clause 86 accordingly ordered to stand part of the Bill.

New Clause 1

Rate of vehicle excise duty for haulage vehicles other than showman’s vehicles

“(1) In paragraph 7(3A) of Schedule 1 to VERA 1994 (which specifies the rate of vehicle excise duty applicable to haulage vehicles other than showman’s vehicles), for £350’ substitute ‘£365’.

(2) The amendment made by this section has effect in relation to licences taken out on or after 1 April 2025.”—(James Murray.)

This new clause provides for an increase in the rate of vehicle excise duty applicable to haulage vehicles other than showman’s vehicles.

Brought up, read the First and Second time, and added to the Bill.

New Clause 2

Review of sections 63 and 64

“(1) The Chancellor of the Exchequer must, within six months of the passing of this Act and every six months thereafter, review the impact of the measures contained in sections 63 and 64 of this Act.

(2) Each review must consider the impact of the measures on—

(a) Scotch whisky distilleries,

(b) small spirit distilleries,

(c) wine producers and wholesalers,

(d) the hospitality industry, and

(e) those operating in the night-time economy.

(3) Each review must also examine the expected effect of the measures on exports and the domestic wine trade.

(4) A report setting out the findings of each review must be published and laid before both Houses of Parliament.”—(Mr MacDonald.)

Brought up, and read the First time.

Question put, That the clause be read a Second time.

Division 5

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 2


Liberal Democrat: 2

Noes: 9


Labour: 9

New Clause 5
--- Later in debate ---

Division 6

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 4


Conservative: 4

Noes: 9


Labour: 9

New Clause 6
--- Later in debate ---

Division 7

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 4


Conservative: 4

Noes: 9


Labour: 9

New Clause 10
--- Later in debate ---
James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

New clause 10 would make changes to require the Government to conduct a review of business taxes, and make recommendations on how to increase business certainty and investment, before the next Finance Bill is published.

The Government do not support the new clause. The Government keep all taxes, including taxes paid by businesses, under ongoing review. At the autumn Budget, the Government published their corporate tax road map to provide certainty to businesses about the areas of the business tax system they intend to keep stable, and the areas they intend to review over the course of this Parliament.

The Government have also committed to a review of the business rates system. At the autumn Budget, the Government published a discussion paper that set out the Government’s priority areas for reform of the business rates tax system. The Government have therefore already set out areas of the business rates system where they will provide stability. Given our existing processes and recent commitments, I ask the hon. Member to withdraw the new clause.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

That was a disappointing response from the Minister, if not predictable.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Unpredictable, you mean.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Sorry—it has been a long afternoon.

We need to provide certainty, and the new clause was intended to be constructive. It would frame the next fiscal event so as to address all the issues that businesses have been talking to us about. There are issues with business confidence, and yesterday we saw more companies laying people off. This is a serious time, and we need the Government to listen to what is happening, so I intend to press the new clause to a Division.

Question put, That the clause be read a Second time.

Division 8

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 6


Conservative: 4
Liberal Democrat: 2

Noes: 9


Labour: 9

New Clause 11
--- Later in debate ---
James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I beg to move, That the clause be read a Second time.

As we know, households currently face a number of challenges, and the measures in the Bill and the Budget will serve only to exacerbate them. At the time of the Budget, the OBR confirmed that real household disposal income will be

“1¼ per cent lower by the start of 2029. The bulk of this difference (around 85 per cent) is explained by policies announced in this Budget.”

It is because of the measures in the Bill and the Budget that growth is forecast to be lower over the forecast period than predicted in March last year. Higher borrowing means that interest rates are forecast to be higher for longer, which means that mortgage rates will be higher for longer. Borrowing costs have hit a 27-year high under this Chancellor—hardly the stability that is her watchword. The Government inherited inflation at target; since then inflation has increased, which means less money in people’s pockets. All those effects will be felt by the working families the Government said were their priority at the general election.

As we discussed in Committee of the whole House, the Bill’s education tax will hit people who have chosen to prioritise providing for their children’s education in the place that they consider best suits their child’s needs. The Conservatives are for 100% of children, and we back parents’ freedom to choose; the Labour party is adopting a self-defeating ideological approach to our education system, including academies, that seeks to divide. The education tax will hit 100,000 children with special needs who are in independent schools but without education, health and care plans. We have already seen children withdrawn from schools and schools closing as a result.

Measures such as increased alcohol duty, air passenger duty and vehicle duty will impact household finances directly, and borrowing costs have risen, meaning hard-working families will have to pay the costs—[Interruption.] Excuse me, my voice is going. Any impact that changes in the Bill will have on households should be closely monitored, which is what the new clause seeks to achieve.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the shadow Minister set out, the new clause would require the Government to report on the likely impact of the tax measures on households across the income distribution. The Government already published that information alongside the autumn Budget in the “Impact on households” report, which illustrated the distributional impact of Government measures that have a direct impact on household incomes. Those measures come from welfare benefits, tax paid or benefits in kind received through public services by UK residents.

The analysis shows that the Government decisions at the autumn Budget 2024 and spending review 2025 phase 1 are progressive. Increases to public service spending means that households are, on average, better off in 2025-26 as a result of those decisions. The impacts of Government decisions benefit households in the lowest-income deciles the most, on average, as a percentage of income in 2025-26. The increases in tax are concentrated on the highest-income households. Overall, on average, all but the richest 10% of households will benefit from policy decisions in 2025-26.

Since the assessment of the impact of the Budget on households across the income distribution has already been published, I ask the shadow Minister to withdraw the new clause.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

In the light of my failing voice I will not move the next new clause, so this will be the last time I will speak in the Committee. I thank you, Ms Vaz, and Mr Mundell, the Clerks and other officials, as well as Committee members. I also echo the thanks for the Chartered Institute of Taxation and others, and I thank Billy Falcon in my office, who has done sterling work in supporting me. I am grateful to the Minister for his comments. I am sure the rest of the Committee will be delighted that I beg to ask leave to withdraw the clause.

Clause, by leave withdrawn.

--- Later in debate ---
James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

On a point of order, Ms Vaz. I thank you and Mr Mundell for chairing for the Committee. I thank all the Clerks and officials who have looked after us so well this week, and officials in the Treasury who have helped me to prepare for the Bill. I also thank all hon. Members present—both my hon. Friends and Opposition Members.

On a personal level, I have particularly enjoyed interacting with the lead Opposition spokesperson, the hon. Member for Grantham and Bourne, with our roles having been switched following events last July. Despite our political differences, he is someone with whom I enjoy debating important matters relating to Finance Bills. I thank all Members for their time, and I look forward to seeing them on Report.

None Portrait The Chair
- Hansard -

I add my thanks to all the Clerks who have supported me in this role. I also say to Mr MacDonald that you have done exceptionally well as a new Member on a new Committee. Take this as a good learning exercise—we learn every day.

Bill, as amended, accordingly to be reported.

Finance Bill

(Limited Text - Ministerial Extracts only)

Read Full debate
Report stage & 3rd reading
Monday 3rd March 2025

(1 year, 5 months ago)

Commons Chamber
Finance Act 2025 Read Hansard Text Watch Debate Amendment Paper: Consideration of Bill Amendments as at 3 March 2025 - large print - (3 Mar 2025)

This text is a record of ministerial contributions to a debate held as part of the Finance Act 2025 passage through Parliament.

In 1993, the House of Lords Pepper vs. Hart decision provided that statements made by Government Ministers may be taken as illustrative of legislative intent as to the interpretation of law.

This extract highlights statements made by Government Ministers along with contextual remarks by other members. The full debate can be read here

This information is provided by Parallel Parliament and does not comprise part of the offical record

Graham Stuart Portrait Graham Stuart
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I said I would speak for six minutes and I have now spoken for six minutes, but interestingly I have not talked about the main topic I was going to touch on: oil and gas. I made my point in an earlier intervention, but I appeal to the Government because putting up taxes on oil and gas in the North sea will mean that there will be tens of thousands of job losses, and a loss of engineering and other capacity in this country, which is vital to the transition to net zero. In response to my interaction with the hon. Member for Barking (Nesil Caliskan) earlier, no one expects the tax take from this sector to go up in the coming years as a result of the measure; the tax take will go down. The rate can be put up to such a level that it means there will be a lower tax take; the hon. Member for Angus and Perthshire Glens (Dave Doogan) spoke powerfully about that as well.

The hon. Member for Barking appeared to accept that point, and she seemed to have a belief in the Minister on the Front Bench that they would listen if it turned out that that was a short-sighted move. If it means that we import more oil and gas from abroad—by the way, that almost always has a higher embedded carbon content than domestically produced oil and gas—that does not benefit the environment, it certainly does not benefit all the jobs that we would have in this country, and it loses us tax revenue. It is truly a crazy policy.

I appeal to Labour Members, especially the new Members, on this point. We heard from the distinguished economist the hon. Member for Loughborough (Dr Sandher) earlier, who was retreading his speech for about the fourth time, little realising it was supposed to be focused on these particular amendments—[Interruption.] Anyway, he did it with great good humour. But I would ask him to take his finely honed mind and address these issues. If the oil and gas policy is as crazy as every expert witness says it is, then he and others should suggest that the Government change course. The hon. Member for Barking said that the Government should consider changing course if the policy did not deliver what it was supposed to deliver, so I ask Government Members to support the amendments that we have put down tonight and oppose this ridiculous Bill. I look forward to hearing from the Minister.

James Murray Portrait The Exchequer Secretary to the Treasury (James Murray)
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

At the heart of the Prime Minister’s plan for change is our mission to grow the economy to put more money in people’s pockets. We are determined to make people better off. We know that investment and growth depend on the essential foundations of economic stability, fiscal responsibility and public services being on a firm footing, but this Government inherited a challenging and unsustainable set of future spending plans based on unfunded commitments that had not been shared with the OBR or the British people.

No responsible Government could have let things carry on as they were. That is why at the autumn Budget, my right hon. Friend the Chancellor set out the Government’s plans to fix the foundations of the economy and deliver change—a plan to protect working people, fix public services, including the NHS, and rebuild Britain. That has meant taking difficult decisions on tax, spending and welfare to repair the public finances and support investment in public services, and the Government have done that while protecting people’s payslips. We have also ensured that the UK is one of the best places in the world to grow a business, with corporation tax capped at 25% and reforms that will support small businesses and the British high street. This Finance Bill represents the next step in delivering on the autumn Budget by legislating for several key manifesto commitments, supporting businesses to invest and implementing reforms to the tax system.

I thank all hon. Members for their contributions during the debate; before I turn to the individual amendments, I will briefly address some of the points that they made. I thank my hon. Friend the Member for Loughborough (Dr Sandher) for setting out the importance of growth and making people better off, and for his thorough analysis of all the amendments and new clauses to the Bill, which I seem to recall. Perhaps that was in fact my hon. Friend the Member for Dartford (Jim Dickson), who did go through all the new clauses—I thank him for his contribution. I also thank my hon. Friend the Member for Barking (Nesil Caliskan) for being on the Finance Bill Committee, although I note her description that she “sat through” it, rather than thoroughly enjoying the episode.

I also thank Opposition Members for their contributions to the debate. The hon. Member for Bridgwater (Sir Ashley Fox) recognised that even in his view, he could agree with a few points in our Bill, which I welcome.

Ashley Fox Portrait Sir Ashley Fox
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I invited the Minister to explain how the Budget would improve the lot of farmers. In particular, I gave the example of the £5 million family farm that would incur an inheritance charge of £400,000. How will that family pay that out of an annual income of about £50,000? That is eight years’ income, with nothing to live on.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

The debate on this Finance Bill has to focus on matters that are within the Bill and in the new clauses and amendments. As the hon. Gentleman will know, and as Madam Deputy Speaker reminded him, he strayed rather outside the ambit of the Finance Bill by referring to important changes to agricultural property relief that are not dealt with by the Bill or by any of the new clauses or amendments. I gently point out that any of his constituents, whatever industry they work in, will see that the income tax on their earnings does not go up as a result of this Government keeping their commitment in that regard.

Luke Evans Portrait Dr Luke Evans
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The Minister is right to point to the amendments in front of us. New clause 3 looks at household income specifically. If he is so confident in the measures he and the Chancellor are putting forward, why will he not accept new clause 3, which has the ability to show just how fantastic the Budget and the Finance Bill are from the evidence base that we have?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I was hoping that the hon. Gentleman would again leap to the defence of Liz Truss, as he did just last week. Sadly, that was not to be the case in his intervention. I will come on to the new clauses in a moment; I am only halfway through thanking people on his side of the House for intervening, so I would be grateful if he would let me make a little progress.

The hon. Member for Wimbledon (Mr Kohler) spoke about his concerns that things will be unworkable when the wine easement ends, but it ended over a month ago. Our early indications are that firms, warehouse keepers and HMRC have adapted well to the new system, although I and my officials will carefully monitor the situation.

Paul Kohler Portrait Mr Kohler
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Has the Minister actually spoken to people in the wine industry? They are absolutely at their wits’ end about this.

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I have been in routine contact with people from the wine industry throughout my time as Exchequer Secretary, and my officials are also in touch with the industry. As I said, the end of the wine easement happened at the beginning of February, and our early indications are that firms, warehouse keepers and HMRC have adapted well.

The hon. Member for Strangford (Jim Shannon) made a rare early speech during the debate, which rather took me by surprise. He raised his points with typical grace and forthrightness. I will address some of his points later in my remarks, but on the point about the impact of changes in the Finance Bill on some of the firms that export their spirits, I remind him that duty does not apply to exports. That part of the legislation would not be relevant to those considerations.

--- Later in debate ---
Graham Stuart Portrait Graham Stuart
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

Will the Minister give way before he moves on?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

One more time.

Graham Stuart Portrait Graham Stuart
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The Minister is gracious, if not always in the Whips’ best books. Does he expect pensioners who are solely reliant on the state pension to get drawn into tax and the need to produce a tax return? Has he made an assessment of that, and what kinds of numbers would there be?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

As the right hon. Gentleman will be aware, in the coming financial year 2025-26 the personal allowance will be above the level of the new state pension, so what he said should not apply when it is people’s sole income. However, there are already cases of individual pensioners who do owe tax; indeed, around two thirds of pensioners pay tax, because they also have private pensions. They pay via pay-as-you-earn or self-assessment.

I will not go into detail about the Government amendments to visual effects relief, because I assume they have the consent of the whole House. However, I will briefly speak to some of the amendments tabled by Opposition Members, as I feel I should address them. I will take together new clauses 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 8, which would require the Government to review the number of individuals receiving the full state pension and their income tax liabilities over the next four years, and to publish various impact assessments regarding the impact of changes to the energy profits levy, as well as the impact of the Bill on households, small and medium-sized enterprises, distilleries, wine producers and the hospitality industry.

The Government remain opposed to all of these new clauses, for the same reasons that I gave in Committee. First, the relevant information on those receiving the state pension and their tax liabilities is already published by HMRC, the Department for Work and Pensions and the OBR, and is publicly available.

Daisy Cooper Portrait Daisy Cooper
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

In new clause 8, which deals with alcohol pricing, we have made explicit that we are not just looking for an impact assessment of the tax that the Government intend to raise. It is about the estimate of administrative operational costs—that is, the red tape that is going to be put on the industry. Does the Minister agree that we need that impact assessment, and will he meet me to discuss how we can do it?

James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

The impacts of the changes to the alcohol duty and the energy profits levy have already been set out in the tax information and impact note that was published alongside the autumn Budget, so that information is already in the public domain. Information on the impact on households was also published alongside the autumn Budget in the “Impact on households” report, which demonstrated that households are on average better off in 2025-26 as a result of these decisions.

Finally, I will address the amendments tabled by the Opposition that deal with VAT on private school fees—several hon. Members have spoken about that matter. Amendments 67 to 69 would collectively remove clauses 47 to 49, which remove the VAT exemption for private schools and set out anti-forestalling provisions and the commencement date.

Ending the VAT tax break for private schools is a tough but necessary decision that will secure the additional funding needed to help deliver on our commitments, including those relating to education and young people. This policy took effect at the beginning of January, and I note that in his speech, the shadow Minister, the hon. Member for North West Norfolk (James Wild), did not say how his party would pay for its decision to reintroduce that tax break for private schools. The policy will raise £1.7 billion by the final year of this Parliament, so it is essential that the Opposition explain what they would cut from the schools budget, from education services, or from any other public services to pay for the reintroduction of that tax break. I will happily give way if the shadow Minister would like to make an intervention to place on record how he will pay for it. I do not see him leaping to his feet, so I will move on.

Finally in the debate we are having about VAT on private schools, the Government set out the expected impacts of this policy in the autumn Budget, so I do not believe that new clause 7—which would require the Government to make a regular statement on the impact of pupils with special educational needs and disabilities—is necessary. However, I take this opportunity to make clear that in developing this policy, the Government carefully considered the impact it would have, including on pupils with special educational needs and disabilities. I am sure that the hon. Member for St Albans (Daisy Cooper) and her colleagues will welcome the extra £1 billion next year for high needs funding that we have been able to announce thanks to our decisions on tax policy, including on private schools.

I hope I have set out why the Opposition amendments are unnecessary, and indeed why reintroducing the VAT tax break for private schools not only runs counter to the manifesto on which the Government were elected, but represents an unfunded tax cut from the Opposition—have they learned nothing? I therefore urge the House to reject those amendments, and I commend our amendments to the House. Again, I extend my thanks to all Members who have contributed to this debate.

James Wild Portrait James Wild
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

I beg to ask leave to withdraw the clause.

Clause, by leave, withdrawn.

New Clause 2

Energy (oil and gas) profits levy: impact assessment of increase in rate

“(1) The Chancellor of the Exchequer must, within six months of this Act coming into force, commission and publish an assessment of the expected impact of Sections 15 to 17 of this Act on—

(a) domestic energy production and investment;

(b) the UK’s energy security;

(c) energy prices, and;

(d) the UK economy.

(2) The assessment must examine the impact of provisions in this Act in comparison with what could have been expected had the energy (oil and gas) profits levy remained unchanged.”—(James Wild.)

This new clause would require the Chancellor to commission and publish an assessment of the expected impact of changes to the energy (oil and gas) profits levy on domestic energy production, the UK’s energy security, energy prices and the UK economy.

Brought up, and read the First time.

Question put, That the clause be read a Second time.

--- Later in debate ---
19:26

Division 109

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 113

Noes: 331

New Clause 8
--- Later in debate ---
19:43

Division 110

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 176

Noes: 332

Clause 26
--- Later in debate ---
19:58

Division 111

Question accordingly negatived.

Ayes: 167

Noes: 347

Schedule 3
--- Later in debate ---
James Murray Portrait James Murray
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

I beg to move, That the Bill be now read the Third time.

At the autumn Budget, my right hon. Friend the Chancellor laid the essential foundations for boosting investment and growth to put more money in people’s pockets, the No. 1 mission of the Government under the Prime Minister’s plan for change. The Budget was built on robust fiscal rules, rules that put a stop to day-to-day spending being funded through borrowing and to get net financial debt falling as a share of GDP.

The Finance Bill delivers on our manifesto commitments by removing the outdated concept of domicile status from the tax system, increasing the capital gains tax rate for carried interest, increasing the higher rates of stamp duty for additional dwellings, introducing the 20% standard rate of VAT on private school fees, and changing the energy profits levy by extending the period over which it applies and adjusting its rate by 3 percentage points.

As we know, my right hon. Friend the Chancellor set out at Budget how the fiscal inheritance was far worse than we had expected. The Opposition, when in government, let public spending plans become unsustainable. They did not share this with the OBR or the British people. It fell to us to fix that mess when we took office. That is why we had to make an increase to capital gains tax, changes to inheritance tax thresholds and a plan to close the tax gap by a record package of £6.5 billion of additional tax revenue by the end of the Parliament.

I thank right hon. and hon. Members from across the House for their often helpful and insightful contributions to the debates during the Bill’s passage. I would like to thank officials at the Treasury and in Parliament for their work on the policies and the legislation that have led to the Bill whose consideration we are now concluding. The Bill plays a key role in delivering economic stability, repairing the public finances and laying the essential foundations for growth. It is through that growth that we will put more money into the pockets of people across Britain, and I commend it to the House.

--- Later in debate ---
20:16

Division 112

Question accordingly agreed to.

Ayes: 339

Noes: 172

Bill read the Third time and passed.

Finance Bill

(Limited Text - Ministerial Extracts only)

Read Full debate
2nd reading & Committee negatived & 3rd reading
Wednesday 19th March 2025

(1 year, 4 months ago)

Lords Chamber
Finance Act 2025 Read Hansard Text Watch Debate Amendment Paper: Consideration of Bill Amendments as at 3 March 2025 - large print - (3 Mar 2025)

This text is a record of ministerial contributions to a debate held as part of the Finance Act 2025 passage through Parliament.

In 1993, the House of Lords Pepper vs. Hart decision provided that statements made by Government Ministers may be taken as illustrative of legislative intent as to the interpretation of law.

This extract highlights statements made by Government Ministers along with contextual remarks by other members. The full debate can be read here

This information is provided by Parallel Parliament and does not comprise part of the offical record

Moved by
Lord Livermore Portrait Lord Livermore
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

That the Bill be now read a second time.

Lord Livermore Portrait The Financial Secretary to the Treasury (Lord Livermore) (Lab)
- Hansard - - - Excerpts

My Lords, it is a pleasure to open this Second Reading debate on the Finance Bill. I take this opportunity to warmly welcome my noble friend Lady Caine of Kentish Town to your Lordships’ House, and I very much look forward to her maiden speech.

The Bill before your Lordships’ House legislates for tax changes announced in the Budget last October, many of which come into effect this financial year. That was a once-in-a-generation Budget, on a scale commensurate with the challenging inheritance that this Government faced, an inheritance consisting of three distinct crises: a crisis in the public finances, a crisis in our public services and a crisis in the cost of living.

In the public finances, as noble Lords may have heard me say before, this Government inherited a £22 billion black hole—a series of commitments made by the previous Government that they did not fund and did not disclose. The OBR has established that the previous Government concealed £9.5 billion and

“did not provide the OBR with all information available”.

As we now know, during the five months they had left in office, the previous Government continued to amass unfunded commitments that they did not disclose. By the Spring Budget, Treasury records show that these had reached £16.3 billion; by July, they had reached £22 billion.

The Treasury has published a line-by-line breakdown of these unfunded commitments: 260 separate pressures that the previous Government did not fund and did not disclose. The previous Government also failed to budget for costs they knew would materialise, including £11.8 billion to compensate victims of the infected blood scandal and £1.8 billion to compensate victims of the Post Office Horizon scandal.

Of course, this Government inherited not just broken public finances but broken public services, with NHS waiting lists at record levels, children in portakabins as school roofs crumbled and rivers filled with polluted waste. Added to this was a cost of living crisis that had hit working people hard, with inflation peaking at over 11%. This was the reality we inherited. Faced with this reality, any responsible Government would need to act.

That is why this Government took action in the Budget to wipe the slate clean, repair the public services, protect working people and invest in Britain. That included a historic investment of an additional £25.7 billion for the NHS, which is helping to bring down waiting lists more quickly and put an end to over a decade of under- investment and neglect. We took this action in the fairest way possible, by keeping the promise we made to working people in our manifesto not to increase their income tax, national insurance or VAT.

The Government did, however, need to take some very difficult decisions elsewhere in relation to tax—difficult decisions, but the right decisions. We have always been clear that there are costs to responsibility and that the increase in employers’ national insurance contributions will have consequences for businesses and beyond, but the costs of irresponsibility would have been far greater. As a result of the decisions we have taken, we have created a foundation of stability on which we are now taking forward our agenda of growth and reform.

The Bill before your Lordships’ House is wide ranging, and I will speak to the measures within it in three distinct categories: first, the measures the Government have taken to deliver on the specific commitments made in our manifesto; secondly, measures to put the tax system on a fairer and more sustainable footing; and thirdly, measures to improve health outcomes and support the clean energy transition in line with our growth strategy.

On the first of these, our manifesto included a commitment, which is being delivered through this Bill, to remove the outdated concept of domicile status from the tax system and ensure that everyone who is a long-term resident in the UK pays their taxes here. In its place, the Bill introduces a new residence-based regime from April this year. This new regime will be internationally competitive and focused on attracting the best talent and investment into the UK. The new rules mean that anyone who has been tax resident in the UK for more than four years will pay UK tax on their foreign income and gains, as is the case for other UK residents. That is a much simpler and clearer test than exists under the current regime.

The independent Office for Budget Responsibility has confirmed that these reforms will raise a total of £33.8 billion over the five-year forecast period. This includes £21.1 billion from the previous Government’s reform and £12.7 billion from the further reforms announced at the Budget. This will help to fund vital public services and provide stability in the public finances. Reflecting our continued engagement with stakeholders to ensure the reforms operate as intended, the Chancellor recently announced that we are making elements of these reforms simpler to use and more attractive, while retaining the structures announced at the Budget.

Our manifesto also pledged to

“end the VAT exemption … for private schools to invest in our state schools”.

This Bill delivers on that commitment too. Some 94% of children in this country attend state schools. However, too many children do not get the opportunities they deserve because too often these schools are held back by a lack of investment. That is why we introduced VAT on private school fees from 1 January this year to secure the additional funding needed to improve educational outcomes across the UK. Together with our changes to business rates, this measure will raise around £1.8 billion a year by 2029-30 and just under £500 million in this year alone.

The Government published a tax impact and information note setting out the impacts of this policy at the time of the Budget. The Government’s costings, set out in a detailed costings note, have been certified by the OBR. The evidence to date supports these assessments, and we remain very confident in them. Private schools have continued to open in England. Pupil movements remain in line with expectations. Many private schools are partially or fully absorbing costs, instead of passing on higher fees. More pupils are receiving their first choice of school than they did last year.

A final key manifesto commitment relates to the energy profits levy on oil and gas companies. The Bill before your Lordships’ House fulfils our promise to increase the rate of the levy by three percentage points to 38%. It also extends the levy by one year and removes an investment allowance for the oil and gas industry that was not available to any other sector. While oil and gas will continue to play an important role in the energy mix during the transition, we must drive public and private investment towards cleaner energy.

The money raised from these changes will help finance our clean energy transition, enhance energy security and create new jobs. To support these objectives, the Bill maintains 100% first-year allowances in the energy profits levy regime, along with a targeted decarbonisation allowance to help the sector reduce its emissions.

The Bill also contains a range of measures to make the tax system fairer and more sustainable and to restore stability to the public finances. The Bill takes a balanced approach towards capital gains tax, which is paid by fewer than 1% of adults each year. The higher main rate will increase from 18% to 24%, ensuring that the system remains internationally competitive, with the UK retaining the lowest rate of any European G7 economy. The new headline top rate will also remain lower than it was from 2010 to 2016. We are maintaining business asset disposal relief, with its £1 million lifetime limit, and increasing the rates of capital gains tax applied to this relief and investors’ relief in a phased way to give businesses time to adjust.

On inheritance tax, the Bill will ensure that wealthy estates contribute their fair share by extending the freeze in inheritance tax thresholds by a further two years to 5 April 2030. To support home ownership, the Bill also increases the higher rates of stamp duty land tax, so that those looking to move home or purchase their first property have a greater advantage over second home buyers, landlords and companies purchasing residential property.

Putting the tax system on a fairer and more sustainable footing also requires addressing the tax gap—the difference between the amount of tax that is owed and the amount that is collected. The measures set out by the Chancellor in the Budget last October represent the most ambitious package ever to close the tax gap and ensure that everyone who should be paying their taxes is doing so.

Overall, our package is expected to raise £6.5 billion per year by 2029-30. We will achieve that by investing £1.9 billion in HMRC staff and modernised IT systems, including recruiting an additional 5,000 compliance staff, and we will remove loopholes used to reduce tax liabilities. For example, the Bill introduces capital gains on liquidation of a limited liability partnership, changing the way capital gains are taxed and closing a route used for avoidance.

The third and final set of measures in the Bill seek to reduce health-related harms, support the clean energy transition and fund our vital public services. As our growth strategy makes clear, improving health outcomes is essential for delivering resilient, long-term growth. The Bill renews the tobacco duty escalator at RPI plus 2% and increases duty by a further 10% on hand-rolling tobacco this year. The soft drinks industry levy is being reviewed and uprated to maintain incentives for manufacturers to reduce their sugar contents. Alcohol duty is uprated in line with RPI, except for draught products in pubs, recognising the unique role that pubs have in communities.

To support our net-zero commitments, we are introducing new powers to allow for the introduction of the carbon border adjustment mechanism, which will place a carbon price on emissions-intensive goods imported into the UK. We are supporting the take-up of electric vehicles by increasing incentives for zero-emission vehicles in the vehicle excise duty first-year rates.

This Bill delivers on the Government’s manifesto commitments, puts the tax system on a fairer and more sustainable footing, supports the transition to clean energy and improves health outcomes. It is also a Bill to fix the foundations of our economy by repairing the £22 billion black hole in the public finances that we inherited.

The measures contained within the Bill reflect responsible choices. The Government have always been clear that there are costs to this responsibility, but the costs of irresponsibility would have been far greater. As a result of these choices, we have now created a foundation of stability in the public finances on which we will drive forward our agenda of growth and reform. We have set out a clear strategy for achieving our growth mission, but we are not satisfied. That is why we are going further and faster to put Britain on a better path and to deliver for the British people. I beg to move.

Baroness Neville-Rolfe Portrait Baroness Neville-Rolfe (Con)
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

My Lords, I start with a note of regret that participants in this vital debate are given an advisory time of only five minutes. As the Official Opposition’s spokesman, I can speak for a little longer, but the time set aside seems inadequate to deal with all stages of such an important Bill—especially on top of consigning the national insurance contributions Bill to the Moses Room. We have distinguished economic and financial experts in this House, and we should make it easier to hear from them in prime time. I look forward to the maiden speech of the noble Baroness, Lady Caine of Kentish Town, and to welcoming her to their number.

It seems a long time since the Chancellor delivered her Budget and James Murray, the Exchequer Secretary, introduced the Bill in the other place. At that time, the Chancellor was destroying morale and animal spirits by talking the economy down, and then bashing business with the highest tax burden in the history of our country. Now, growth is flatlining—as we predicted—and the legacy of fragility lives on, with 10-year bond rates currently at 4.6%.

I have some sympathy for the Minister, as it was necessary to deal with the challenges facing the country—not least improving productivity, which is the long-term way to sustainable growth. That also means tackling the public sector, which the Health Secretary, Wes Streeting, has shown the determination to do, not least with the abolition of NHS England and the multiple tiers of staffing that he hopes to tackle.

The worst and biggest mistake in the Budget was the hike in national insurance—the jobs tax—especially the lowering of the threshold, not least because it will not deliver the hoped-for savings. The OBR has said that by 2029-30, the annual yield from these NIC increases will be slashed by nearly £10 billion through the job cuts and lower nominal wages these measures will inflict. Moreover, a further £5 billion a year will be needed to compensate public service employers. We will come back to these issues at ping-pong next week.

The second mistake, which will hit entrepreneurs, family businesses and the farming community, is the class-driven raid on IHT—the family farms tax. We look forward to hearing the results of the consultation and hope that the noble Lord, Lord Wood of Anfield, the new chair of the Economic Affairs Committee, will follow convention and arrange a sub-committee to look at the changes before the details are finalised.

The third mistake is the ideologically driven tax grab on private schools—the education tax. The Bill introduces the first-ever tax on education, and I will major on this because it is provided for in the Bill before us. The Minister has also done so, albeit from a different perspective. Since 1 January 2025, all education, boarding and vocational training provided by private schools in the UK has been subject to VAT at the standard rate of 20%. Alongside this, the Government are removing charitable business rates relief for independent schools in England, meaning they will, for the first time, face the additional burden of local business taxes from April 2025.

To be clear, this is a new, punitive tax on education. Its imposition part-way through the academic year will cause—and has already caused—significant disruption to the education of thousands of children. It harms parents on modest incomes who have worked hard to send their children to the school they believe is best suited to them, and will make independent schools unaffordable for military families, who make the greatest sacrifice by serving in our Armed Forces.

Most of all, the Government’s education taxes will have a disastrous impact on pupils with special educational needs and disabilities, especially on those in independent and state schools who lack education, health and care plans. Over 100,000 children with special needs—many of whom are in independent schools—will be hit. The Government have acknowledged that the policy will have a “disruptive impact” on pupils with SEND, potentially forcing them out of their schools as fees become unaffordable, which will overwhelm the state-funded system and burden local authorities with a surge in EHCP applications.

Ultimately, this tax on education could, according to the Adam Smith Institute, cost the taxpayer £1.6 billion a year if it forces a quarter of pupils into the state sector. This policy is a direct attack on aspiration. It punishes those who have worked hard to succeed and we will only begin to see the real damage at the start of the next academic year. Parents will deprive themselves of much to avoid taking a child out of school during the year, but, in the autumn, hard-pressed parents will in many cases have no choice but to remove their children from private education.

The Government have also broken their manifesto promises with the Budget and the Finance Bill. Their pledge was:

“We will ensure taxes on working people are kept as low as possible”.


Yet, they have increased the tax burden to a historic high of 38.2% by 2029-30.

Rather than creating an environment that promotes investment and growth, the Bill makes our tax system less competitive. It abolishes the remittance basis of taxation for non-domiciled individuals and raises the main rates of capital gains tax—from 10% to 20%, and from 18% to 24%, respectively. It reduces investor relief and increases stamp duty.

These measures do not lay the foundations for the growth we need; they erode the incentives for businesses to invest and create jobs in the UK. We are seeing the consequences. More than 10,000 millionaires left Britain last year, up from 4,200 in 2023. With his growth hat on, can the Minister confirm how the Government will ensure that the UK remains an attractive place to work and invest in? What has happened to the enterprise economy?

The Government made another promise. They said:

“The dream of homeownership is now out of reach for too many young people”,


and vowed to

“support first-time buyers who struggle to save for a large deposit”.

However, once again, the promises have been broken. Millions of young people have now learned that those were empty words.

The Government have confirmed that stamp duty relief for first-time buyers will be slashed this month. This means that first-time buyers purchasing homes worth over £300,000 will pay thousands more in tax under this Budget. Rents will also be pushed higher as a result of this stamp duty hike, as stated by Paul Johnson of the Institute for Fiscal Studies. This will further squeeze young people, who are already struggling to make ends meet. It is plainly clear: the Government are not prioritising the future of young people as they should.

The Bill also perpetuates the Government’s flawed energy policy, which fails to prioritise our energy security. It increases the energy profits levy to 38%, bringing the headline rate on oil and gas activities to 78%, and extends that rate for another year, removing investment allowances.

The real-world consequences of this ideological policy are dire. Offshore Energies UK has warned that the change will stifle investment and put 35,000 jobs at risk. If investment falls—the OBR concludes that capital expenditure will be down 26% over the forecast period—the country will become more dependent on imported energy. This will not only compromise the UK’s energy security but expose consumers to price fluctuations, leaving them vulnerable to global supply disruptions.

The Government are relying on the levy to help fund GB Energy and support the transition to clean power. However, if investment in UK oil and gas declines, the revenue generated by the levy will diminish, eroding the very schemes that they claim will create a “green energy superpower”. We should be maximising our homegrown energy, not undermining domestic production.

There are three other points that I hope the Minister may be able to clear up. First, what are the Government’s plans for the digital services tax, particularly in the light of adverse comments from Washington about the future of the tax in any trade deal? I was in favour of the introduction of the tax as a means of reducing the discrimination against physical retail that has been so damaging to our high streets. Any reassurance would be most welcome.

Secondly, the Government acknowledged that the transitional provisions for remittance by non-doms were faulty and helpfully tabled an amendment in the other place, now paragraph 6 of Schedule 9. However, I have been advised by the Chartered Institute of Taxation that this is also defective, so that, for example, individuals who brought money into the UK to buy a house several years ago would now face a big retrospective tax charge. To stop yet further departures from the UK to avoid such perverse effects, could the Minister make a statement that the Government recognise the issue and commit to a further amendment in the next Finance Bill?

Thirdly, and this is important, will the Minister repeat the Chancellor’s commitment that the Government will not extend the freeze of income tax and national insurance contribution thresholds beyond April 2028?

I conclude by reminding the House that the Government inherited the fastest-growing economy in the G7, with inflation under control, unemployment halved and the deficit reduced, yet the measures in the Bill do nothing to boost growth or to secure our stable future. The combination of the jobs tax, the family farms tax and the education tax has devastated business confidence, put the future of British farming in jeopardy and is disrupting the education of hundreds of thousands of children. This was a Budget that failed to rebuild the foundations of our nation, as promised. It does not deliver the economic growth that we need. It does quite the opposite. The Government pledged that their prime mission would be to boost economic growth. Instead, they have consistently talked down the British economy and growth has evaporated. Ministers must act in the Spring Statement next week to correct the mistakes they made and put the British economy back on track.

--- Later in debate ---
Lord Livermore Portrait Lord Livermore (Lab)
- View Speech - Hansard - - - Excerpts

My Lords, it is a pleasure to close this Second Reading debate on the Finance Bill. I am grateful to all noble Lords for their contributions and questions. I join others in warmly congratulating my noble friend Lady Caine of Kentish Town on her fascinating maiden speech. My noble friend brings a wealth of experience to your Lordships’ House, particularly in the creative industries that she spoke about with great expertise today. I am very pleased that she chose the table that she did and I very much look forward to working with her, and to her further contributions in debates such as this.

Upon taking office, this Government inherited three distinct crises: a crisis in the public finances; a crisis in our public services; and a crisis in the cost of living. As my noble friend Lord Eatwell said, that included a £22 billion black hole in the public finances, public services at breaking point, with NHS waiting lists at record levels, and working people suffering the worst cost of living crisis in a generation, inflation having reached over 11%. Faced with this reality, any responsible Government would have needed to act. That is why we took action in the Budget to wipe the slate clean, to repair the public services, to protect working people and to invest in Britain. We did so in the fairest way possible by, contrary to what the noble Baroness, Lady Neville-Rolfe, said, keeping our promises to working people not to increase their income tax, national insurance or VAT.

However, we needed to take some very difficult decisions elsewhere on tax, including some of those contained in the Bill. They were difficult decisions but they were the right ones, because not acting was simply not an option. As a result of those decisions, as my noble friend Lord Eatwell also said, we have created a foundation of stability on which we are now taking forward our agenda of growth and reform. It is notable that during the many debates on this subject since the Autumn Budget, including today, we have not heard any alternative put forward by the party opposite: no alternative for dealing with the challenges we face or for restoring economic stability, and therefore no plan for driving economic growth. They have shown no humility for the economic damage they inflicted on this country over 14 years, they have come up with no alternative plan and they have provided no apology. It falls to this Government to clean up the mess that we inherited.

The noble Baronesses, Lady Neville-Rolfe and Lady Lawlor, and the noble Lord, Lord Altringham, spoke about economic growth. As my noble friend Lord Hain said, there was, of course, no bigger failure by the previous Government than their failure on growth. The combined effect of their austerity, their disastrous Brexit deal and their Liz Truss mini-Budget was devastating. Had the economy grown by the average of other OECD countries over the past 14 years, it would be more than £150 billion larger today. The OECD’s interim economic outlook, published on Monday, shows that in a changing world, as the noble Baroness, Lady Kramer, observed, increased global headwinds are affecting all G7 economies. Although the UK is forecast to be Europe’s fastest-growing G7 economy over the coming years, second only to the US, the structural problems in our economy run deep. That is why the Government are going further and faster to protect our country, reform our public services and boost growth.

Our strategy consists of three key elements: stability, investment and reform. It recognises that, first and foremost, it is businesses, investors and entrepreneurs that drive growth, as many have said today, alongside a Government who systematically remove the barriers that they face. It includes launching the biggest sustained increase in defence spending since the Cold War; fundamentally reshaping the British state to deliver for working people and their families; and taking on the blockers to get Britain building again.

The noble Baronesses, Lady Neville-Rolfe and Lady Kramer, spoke about the changes to employer national insurance contributions, which are being legislated for separately in the national insurance contributions Bill. We have always been clear that there are costs to responsibility, and the increase in employers’ national insurance contributions will have consequences for businesses and beyond. But the consequences of irresponsibility, for the economy and for working people, would have been far greater. We saw that with the Liz Truss mini-Budget, which crashed the economy and saw typical mortgage payments increase by some £300 a month.

The noble Baroness, Lady Penn, asked about the Spring Statement. I am happy to confirm that there will continue to be only one fiscal event a year: the Budget every autumn. She will have to wait, I am afraid, as will my noble friend Lord Davies of Brixton, until next Wednesday to hear what the Chancellor has to say.

The Bill before your Lordships’ House spans three distinct categories: first, the measures the Government have taken to deliver on the specific commitments made in our manifesto; secondly, measures to put the tax system on a fairer and more sustainable footing; and thirdly, measures to improve health outcomes and support the clean energy transition, in line with our growth strategy.

The Government made a series of commitments in our manifesto that are being delivered through the Bill. They include our commitment to remove the outdated concept of domicile status from the tax system and ensure that everyone who is a long-term resident in the UK pays their taxes here. This was focused on by the noble Lords, Lord Markham, Lord Leigh of Hurley and Lord Altringham. In its place, the Bill introduces a new residence-based regime from April. This new regime will be internationally competitive and focused on attracting the best talent and investment to the UK.

During the passage of the Bill, as mentioned by the noble Baroness, Lady Neville-Rolfe, the Government tabled a number of minor technical changes and administrative easements to ensure that the new regime works as intended. As part of this, we have made changes to ensure that no tax will be due in any past or future tax year for taxpayers in circumstances where they were previously UK-resident and taxed on the remittance basis; they remitted foreign income or gains during a period of long-term non-residence before 6 April 2025; and they have enjoyed or continue to enjoy the benefits of the remitted foreign income and gains after resuming their UK residence. These changes provide certainty for taxpayers and ensure that no tax will be due in these circumstances. The existing remittance rules will continue to apply in circumstances not covered by this amendment so that, where a non-taxable remittance has been made prior to 6 April 2025, a second remittance of the same income or gains remains taxable.

The noble Lords, Lord Markham and Lord Leigh of Hurley, asked about the impact of these changes. We are confident that our new regime will remain internationally competitive and focused on attracting the best talent and investment to the UK. Evidence from the previous Government’s reforms to the non-dom regime in 2017 show that the vast majority of former non-doms who became liable for tax on their worldwide income and gains remained UK-resident and continued to contribute to the UK economy. The new regime will also be more competitive for new arrivals over their first four years of UK residence than the current rules. The noble Lord, Lord Leigh of Hurley, and the noble Baroness, Lady Lawlor, asked about the amount raised, which we remain confident of. The OBR has certified that the non-dom reforms the Government are legislating will raise £33.8 billion over the forecast period.

The noble Lord, Lord Markham, raised concerns about changes being made to the transfer of assets abroad rules in relation to the reforms to non-domicile status. The transfer of assets abroad legislation is a wide-ranging anti-avoidance provision aimed at preventing individuals who are UK resident avoiding a tax liability by transferring assets to a person abroad. I reassure the noble Lord that the changes to these rules will not displace the effect of the old remittance basis rules for the years in which they had effect, such that a tax charge will continue to arise only at the point of remittance. The noble Lord, Lord Markham, also raised a concern that the introduction of the temporary repatriation facility—the TRF—could lead to retrospective taxation if the Government choose to change the rates of tax charged in the future. The rates of the TRF charge are set out in the Bill and will be set at 12% for the tax years 2025-26 and 2026-27, and at 15% for 2027-28.

Our manifesto also pledged to

“end the VAT exemption … for private schools to invest in our state schools”.

The Bill delivers on that commitment, as focused on by the noble Baroness, Lady Kramer. Some 94% of children in this country attend state schools; however, too many children do not get the opportunities they deserve because these schools are too often held back by a lack of investment. That is why we introduced VAT on private school fees from 1 January this year, to secure the additional funding needed to improve educational outcomes across the UK. Despite what the noble Baroness, Lady Neville-Rolfe, seemed to suggest, the evidence to date supports the assessments we have made and we remain confident in them.

Another key manifesto commitment relates to the energy profits levy on oil and gas companies, mentioned by the noble Baroness, Lady Neville-Rolfe. The Bill fulfils our promise to increase the rate of the levy by three percentage points to 38%. It also extends the levy by one year and removes the 29% investment allowance. Although oil and gas will continue to have a role in the energy mix during the transition, we must drive public and private investment towards cleaner energy. The Government recognise that oil and gas will continue to have an important role. The sector continues to benefit from £84 of tax relief for every £100 of private investment. It will also continue to benefit from a decarbonisation allowance at a similar value of relief as it received prior to the increase in the rate of the energy profits levy.

The noble Baroness, Lady Penn, and the noble Lord, Lord Altrincham, asked about the impact on jobs and investment as a result of this change. The Government are committed to managing the energy transition in a way that supports jobs in existing and future industries. That is why, beyond the abolition of the investment allowance in the energy profits levy regime, we have not made any additional reductions to the level of tax relief that the sector can claim. We are also taking steps to give the sector and its investors long-term certainty by publishing a consultation looking at how the fiscal regime will respond to oil and gas price spikes after the energy profits levy ends. An impact assessment was also published at the time of the Budget.

The Bill also contains a range of measures to make the tax system fairer and more sustainable and to restore stability to the public finances. The noble Baronesses, Lady Neville-Rolfe and Lady Coffey, and the noble Lord, Lord Fuller, spoke about the reforms to agricultural property relief and business property relief, which will be legislated for separately. Under the current system, 100% relief on business and agricultural assets is heavily skewed towards the wealthiest estates. According to the latest data from HMRC, 40% of agricultural property relief is claimed by just 7% of estates making claims. That amounts to just 117 estates claiming £219 million of relief. It is neither fair nor sustainable to maintain such a large tax break for such a small number of claimants, given the wider pressure on the public finances. The new system, which will apply from April next year, maintains significant tax reliefs for estates while supporting the public finances in a fair way.

The reliefs sit on top of existing spousal exemptions and nil-rate bands. Therefore, a couple with agricultural or business assets will typically be able to pass on up to £3 million-worth of assets without paying any inheritance tax. I am pleased to say that I did hear the noble Baroness, Lady Penn, clearly on this occasion with her question. The reforms to APR and BPR from April 2026 are expected to raise £520 million in 2029-30. This is a combined policy across the reliefs, rather than separate policies for each relief, so a breakdown of the revenue between them is not available.

The noble Baroness, Lady Coffey, asked about double-cab pick-ups. The change announced at the Autumn Budget 2024 will be implemented in April 2025, and HMRC has put in place extensive transitional arrangements for businesses which purchase, lease or order a double-cab pick-up prior to this. As a result, the charge will not impact the capital allowance’s treatment of anyone who already owns a double-cab pick-up or who purchases one before April 2025. For employers and employees with a benefit-in-kind currently or who purchase, lease or order a DCPU before 6 April 2025, the existing treatment will continue to apply until the earlier of the disposal lease expiry or 5 April 2029. There are alternative vehicles with the same off-road and haulage capabilities that are still treated as goods vehicles, such as single-cab pick-ups.

The noble Baroness, Lady Neville-Rolfe, asked about the digital services tax. The UK’s objective has always been to ensure that all businesses pay their fair amount of UK tax on the value they derive from the UK market. The UK remains committed to removing a digital services tax once the pillar 1 global solution on international tax is in place. The Government are looking forward to working with the new US Administration to understand their concerns regarding the DST and to consider how these can be addressed in a way that preserves the DST’s policy objectives.

The noble Lord, Lord Leigh of Hurley, and the noble Baroness, Lady Kramer, asked about the position of the US Government on pillar 2. The UK and the US continue to enjoy a strong relationship, as the Prime Minister’s recent visit to Washington demonstrated. We recognise that the US Administration have concerns about pillar 2, and the Government are looking forward to engaging with the US to work through these concerns, alongside other members of the inclusive framework.

My noble friend Lord Davies of Brixton asked about the rationale for requiring administrators of UK-registered pension schemes to be UK residents. Under existing rules for such schemes, the scheme administrator can be resident in the EEA, which can make enforcement of tax debts from the scheme difficult and costly for HMRC. This requirement will support HMRC’s enforcement activities, as there will be a UK resident for it to engage with.

The third and final set of measures in the Bill seek to reduce health-related harm, support the clean energy transition and fund our vital public services. As our growth strategy makes clear, improving health outcomes is essential for delivering resilient long-term growth. Transitioning to net zero is central to this mission, and that is why the Government are capitalising on new opportunities and investment in clean energy industries right across the UK.

The noble Baroness, Lady Kramer, spoke about the impact of alcohol duty changes on pubs. Alcohol duty rates on non-draft products increased in line with RPI from February this year. However, nearly two-thirds of alcoholic drinks sold in pubs are served on draft. Therefore, instead of uprating these products in line with inflation, the Government are cutting draft duty by 1.7%, which means a penny off a pint in the pub. Overall, this change will reduce the total duty bill for eligible businesses by up to £100 million a year.

The noble Baroness, Lady Coffey, spoke about the soft-drinks levy. Based on evidence of the soft-drinks levy’s impact to date, the Government anticipate further product reformulation as a result of this measure, and this is reflected in the OBR-certified costing. This announcement will protect the real-terms value of the SDIL and maintain the incentives for manufacturers to reduce sugar content. This is not a retrospective tax: the new rates will apply only from 1 April. Historic tax rates and treatment will not change.

The noble Lord, Lord Moynihan, spoke powerfully about the importance of school sports and about childhood obesity. As I understand it, revenues from the soft-drinks levy are not formally allocated to any individual spending programmes. However, since the introduction of the SDIL, the Government have helped schools support healthier and more active lifestyles through expanded investment in the PE and sport premium, and this will continue.

This Bill delivers on the Government’s manifesto, puts the tax system on a fairer and more sustainable footing, supports the transition to clean energy and improves health outcomes. It is a Bill to fix the foundations of our economy by repairing the £22 billion black hole in the public finances that we inherited. That has involved making difficult but responsible choices to wipe the slate clean, repair public services, protect working people and invest in Britain. These decisions have been taken in the fairest way possible, by keeping our promises to working people not to increase their national insurance, VAT or income tax. As a result of these decisions, we have created a foundation of stability on which we are now taking forward our agenda of growth and reform. Low growth is not our destiny, but growth will not come without a fight. That is exactly why the Government are going further and faster to unlock the full potential of the economy.

Bill read a second time. Committee negatived. Standing Order 44 having been dispensed with, the Bill was read a third time and passed.